Use these links to rapidly review the document
Table of ContentsTABLE OF CONTENTS
PART IV

Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Form 10-K


ý

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20132014

Or

o

 


TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                  to                

Commission file number: 333-50437000-50796



SP Plus Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
 16-1171179
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

200 EE. Randolph Street, Suite 7700
Chicago, Illinois 60601-7702

(Address of Principal Executive Offices, Including Zip Code)

(312) 274-2000
(Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Standard Parking Corporation
900 N. Michigan Ave, Suite 1600
Chicago, Illinois 60611-1542

(Former Name, Former Address and Former Fiscal Year, If Changed Since Last Report)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $0.001 PER SHARE
(Title of Each Class)

THEThe NASDAQ STOCK MARKETStock Market LLC
(Name of Each Exchange on which Registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:NONE



           Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o    No ý

           Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter periods that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý    No o

           Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer ý Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
 Smaller reporting company o

           Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o    No ý

           As of June 30, 2013,2014, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equitystock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant was approximately $470.1 million, based on the closing price$470.5 million. Solely for purposes of this disclosure, shares of common stock held by executive officers and directors of the common stockregistrant as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.of such date have been excluded because such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of executive officers and directors as affiliates is not necessarily a conclusive determination for any other purposes.

           As of March 3, 2014,2, 2015, there were 21,977,31122,127,725 shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding.



DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

           Portions of the registrant's definitive proxy statement to be delivered to stockholders in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on April 22, 2014,21, 2015, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

   


Table of Contents


Table of ContentsTABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

   

Item 1.

 

Business

  
3
 

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

  2018 

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

  2826 

Item 2.

 

Properties

  2927 

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

  30 

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

  30 

PART II

 


 
 

Item 5.

 

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

  
31
 

Item 6.

 

Selected Financial Data

  32 

Item 7.

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  34 

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

  5560 

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

  5661 

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

  5661 

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

  5661 

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

  5762 

PART III

 


 
 

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

  57
63
 

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

  5863 

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

  5863 

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

  5863 

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

  5863 

PART IV

 


 
 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

  59
64
 

Signatures

  109
111
 

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

  111112 

Index to Exhibits

  112113 

Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        ThisThe Business section and other parts of this Annual Report on Form 10-K of SP Plus Corporation (the "Company," "SP Plus," "we," or "us"("Form 10-K") for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the information incorporated by reference herein includescontain forward-looking statements, within the meaning of Section 27Athe Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 that involve risks and uncertainties. Many of the Securities Actforward-looking statements are located in "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 1933,Financial Condition and Results of Operations." Forward-looking statements provide current expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. Forward-looking statements can also be identified by words such as amended, or the "Securities Act,"future," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "plans," "predicts," "will," "would," "could," "can," "may," and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the "Exchange Act." Thesesimilar terms. Forward-looking statements relate to analyses and other information that are based on forecastsnot guarantees of future performance and the Company's actual results and estimatesmay differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Part I, Item 1A of amounts not yet determinable. These statements also relate to our future prospects, developments and business strategies. The statements contained in this Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact, including information we incorporate by reference, may include forward-looking statements that involve a number of risks and uncertainties.

        We have usedunder the words "anticipate,heading "Risk Factors," "believe," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "plan," "predict," "project," "will" and similar terms and phrases, including references to assumptions in this Form 10-K, and including information we incorporate by reference, to identify forward-looking statements, about our use of such terms and phrases is the exclusive means of identifying the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are made based on our management's expectations and beliefs concerning future events affecting us and are subject to uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control. Actual results, performance and achievements could differ materially from those expressed in, or impliedincorporated herein by these forward-looking statements due to a variety of risks, uncertainties and other factors, including, but not limited to the risk factors set forth in Item 1A to this Form 10-K, which should be read in conjunction with the forward looking statements in this report.

        All of our forward-looking statements speak only asreference. Each of the date they were made,terms the "Company" and we undertake"SP Plus" as used herein refers collectively to SP Plus Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, unless otherwise stated. The Company assumes no obligation to revise or update ourany forward-looking statements or risk factors to reflect new information, future events or otherwise,for any reason, except as may be required under applicable securities laws and regulations.by law.


PART I

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

Our Company

        Effective December 2, 2013, Standard Parking Corporation changed its name to SP Plus Corporation. The name change was effected through a short-form merger pursuant to Section 253We are one of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") by merging a newly formed wholly owned subsidiaryleading providers of the Company into the Company, with the Company remaining as the surviving corporationparking management, ground transportation and other ancillary services to commercial, institutional and municipal clients in the merger. UnderUnited States, Puerto Rico and Canada. Our services include a comprehensive set of on-site parking management and ground transportation services, which include facility maintenance, security services, training, scheduling and supervising all service personnel as well as providing customer service, marketing, and accounting and revenue control functions necessary to facilitate the DGCL, the merger did not require stockholder approvaloperation of our clients' facilities. We also provide a range of ancillary services such as airport shuttle operations, valet services, taxi and had the sole effect of amending our certificate of incorporation to reflect our new legal name.livery dispatch services and municipal meter revenue collection and enforcement services.

Acquisitions and Investment in Joint Venture

        On October 2, 2012, we completed our acquisition (the "Central Merger") of Central Parking Corporation ("Central") for 6,161,332 shares of our common stock and the assumption of $217.7 million of Central's debt net of cash acquired. Additionally, Central's former stockholders will be entitled to receive $27.0 million to be paid three years after closing, to the extent the $27.0 million is not used to satisfy seller indemnity obligations pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 12,28, 2012. Our consolidated results of operations for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 include Central's results of operations for the entire year. Our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 include Central's results of operations for the period of October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012. Our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December

        On October 31, 2011 do not include amounts related2014, we entered into an agreement to Central's results of operations.

        We are oneestablish a joint venture with Parkmobile USA, Inc. ("Parkmobile USA") and contributed all of the leading providersassets and liabilities of our proprietaryClick and Park® parking management, ground transportation and other ancillary services to commercial, institutional and municipal clientsprepayment business in exchange for a 30 percent interest in the United States, Puerto Riconewly formed legal entity called Parkmobile, LLC ("Parkmobile"). Parkmobile is a leading provider of on-demand and prepaid transaction processing for on-and off-street parking and transportation services. The Parkmobile joint venture combines two parking transaction engines, with SP Plus contributing theClick and Park® parking prepayment systems, which enables consumers to reserve and pay for parking online in advance and Parkmobile USA contributing its on demand transaction engine that allows consumers to transact real-time payment for parking privileges in both on- and off-street environments. We account for our investment in the joint venture with Parkmobile under the equity method of accounting.


Table of Contents

and Canada. Our services include a comprehensive set of on-site parking management and ground transportation services, which consist of training, scheduling and supervising all service personnel as well as providing customer service, marketing, maintenance, security and accounting and revenue control functions necessary to facilitate the operation of our clients' parking facilities. We also provide a range of ancillary services such as airport shuttle operations, valet services, taxi and livery dispatch services and municipal meter revenue collection and enforcement services. We strive to be the #1 or #2 provider in each of the core markets in which we operate. As a given geographic market achieves a threshold operational size, we typically will establish a local office in order to promote increased operating efficiency. We rely on both organic growth and acquisitions to increase our client base and leverage our fixed corporate and administrative costs within each major metropolitan area. Our clients choose to outsource with us in order to attract, service and retain customers, gain access to the breadth and depth of our service and process expertise, leverage our significant technology capabilities and enhance their parking facility revenue, profitability and cash flow.Operations

        We have provided parking services since 1929.        Our history and resulting experience have allowed us to develop and standardize a rigorous system of processes and controls that enable us to deliver consistent, transparent, value-added and high-quality parking facility management services. We serve a variety of industries and have end-market specific specialization in airports, healthcare facilities, hotels, municipalities and government facilities, commercial real estate, residential communities, retail and colleges and universities. The professionals dedicated to each of ourSP+ operating divisions and service lines possess subject matter expertise that enables them to meet the specific demands of their clients. Additionally, we complement our core services and help to differentiate our clients' parking facilities by offering to their customersAmbiance in Parking®, an approach to parking facility management that includes a comprehensive package of amenity and customer service programs. These programs not only make the parking experience more enjoyable, but also convey a sense of the client's sensitivity to and appreciation for the needs of its parking customers. In doing so, we believe the programs serve to enhance the value of the parking properties themselves.

        We have also dedicated significant resources to human capital management, providing comprehensive training for our employees, delivered primarily through the use of our web-basedSP+ UniversityTM learning management system, which promotes customer service and client retention in addition to providing our employees with continued training and career development opportunities.        Our focus on customer service and satisfaction is a key driver of our high location retention rate, which was approximately 90% for the year ended December 31, 2014, and was approximately 87% for the year ended December 31, 2013, and was approximately 89% for the year ended December 31, 2012, excluding Central for the period of time in 2012 it was not under our ownership and dispositions required by the Department of Justice in connection with the Central Merger.

        We operate our clients' facilities through two primary types of arrangements: management contractcontracts and lease.leases.

        As of December 31, 2013,2014, we operated approximately 80%81% of our locations under management contracts, and approximately 20%19% of our locations under leases.


Table We held a partial ownership interest in four parking facilities (two leased and two managed) as of Contents

        Our focus on recurring, predominantly fixed-fee management contracts provides us with a measure of insulation from broader economic cyclesDecember 31, 2014 and enhances our visibility and relative predictability because our management contract revenue does not fluctuate materially in relation to variations in parking volumes. Additionally, we are positioned to benefit from improving macroeconomic conditions and increased parking volumes through our use of lease contracts. We believe our revenue model and contract structure mix provides a competitive advantage when compared with competitors in our industry.2013.

        Our revenue is derived from a broad and diverse group of clients, industry end-markets and geographies. Our clients include some of North America's largest private and public owners, municipalities, managers and developers of major office buildings, residential properties, commercial properties, shopping centers and other retail properties, sports and special event complexes, hotels, and hospitals and medical centers. No single client accounted for more than 3% of our revenue or more than 2% of our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013.2014. Additionally, we have built a diverse geographic footprint that as of December 31, 20132014 included operations in 4644 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico, and municipalities, including New York, Los Angeles, Chicago, Boston, Washington D.C. and Houston, among others, and four Canadian provinces. Our strategy is focused on building scale and leadership positions in large, strategic markets in order to leverage the advantages of scale across a larger number of parking locations in a single market.

        While a large share of our operating arrangements are fixed-fee management contracts, we continue to grow our lease and management contract businesses. Generally, management contracts provide us with insulation from economic cycles and enhance our earnings visibility because our management contract revenue does not fluctuate materially in relation to variations in parking volumes; our lease contracts experience variability, as revenues typically increase in periods of improving macroeconomic


Table of Contents

conditions through increased parking volumes and typically decrease during periods of deteriorating macroeconomic conditions through reduced parking volumes.

As of December 31, 2013,2014, we managed approximately 4,200 parking facility locations containing approximately 2.12.0 million parking spaces in approximately 420411 cities, operated 3044 parking-related service centers serving 7571 airports, operated a fleet of approximately 730770 shuttle buses carrying approximately 3741.0 million passengers per year, operated 136338 valet locations and employed a professional staff of approximately 24,000 people.

        We are a leader in the field of introducing automation and technology as part of our parking facility and transportation operations, having been a leader in the use of mobile payment technology, mobile parking apps that show parking options and shuttle bus locations for customers, implementation of remote parking management operations and the use of License Plate Recognition (LPR) system for parking enforcement operations. Our proprietaryWe continue to utilize and provide theClick and Park® technology to our customers through our joint venture with Parkmobile, which is an internet-based, fully-hosted system that allows customers to reservea leading provider of on-demand and pre-pay theirprepaid transaction processing for on-and off-street parking fees and receive customized driving directions to their destinations. As opposed to services that simply provide identical driving directions to all users, the patentedClick and Park® routing system automatically changes the routing assigned to customers as the engineered capacities of major roadways are reached. Similarly, our proprietaryClick and Ride® technology lets people reserve and pay for bus seating online, while our deployment of remote management technology enables us to monitor revenue at parking operations and provide 24-hour-a-day customer assistance (including remedying equipment malfunctions).transportation services.

        Our ability to innovate operations by integrating and incorporating appropriate technologies into our service lines allows us to further strengthen our relationships with clients, improve cost efficiency, enhance customer service and introduce new customer facing services. This continuous commitment to using automation and technology to innovate within operations is demonstrated through theour continued use of theClick and Park® andClick and Ride® technology, as a customer offering through our joint venture partner Parkmobile, and our development of new online parking programs and electronic shuttle pass systems that support large entertainment and sporting venues, various sized urban garages, office buildings and public transportation hubs. We also innovate through application of our in-house interactive marketing expertise and digital advertising to increase parking demand, development of electronic payment tools to increase customer convenience and streamline revenue processes, use of advanced video and intercom services to enhance customer service to parking patrons 24-hours-a-day, the creation of our remote management services technology and operating center that enables us to remotely monitor facilities and parking operations, and the use of our LPR system and video analytics for car counting, on-street enforcement and enhanced security.security and our proprietaryMPM Plus® monthly parker management and billing system provides comprehensive and reliable billing of the parking-related provisions of multi-year commercial tenant leases.

Services

        As a professional parking management company, we provide a comprehensive, turn-key package of parking services to our clients. Under a typical management contract structure, we are responsible for providing and supervising all personnel necessary to facilitate daily parking operations including cashiers, porters, valet attendants, managers, bookkeepers, and a variety of maintenance, marketing, customer service, and accounting and revenue control functions. By way of example, our typical day-to-day operating duties, whether performed using our own personnel or subcontracted vendors, include:


Table of Contents

        The scope of our management services typically also includes a number of functions that support the basic daily facility operations, such as:

Ancillary Services

        Beyond the conventional parking facility management services described above, we also offer an expanded range of ancillary services. For example:

Industry Overview

        The parking industry is large and fragmented and includes companies that provide temporary parking spaces for vehicles on an hourly, daily, weekly, or monthly basis along with providing various ancillary services. A substantial number of companies in the industry offer parking services as a non-core operation in connection with property management or ownership, and the vast majority of companies in the industry are small, private and operate a singlelimited number of parking facility.facilities. Accordingly, the industry remains highly fragmented and dynamic. From time to time, smaller operators find they lack the financial resources, economies of scale and/or management techniques required to compete for the business of increasingly sophisticated clients or family owners face difficult generational transfers. We expect this


Table of Contents

trend to continue and will provide larger parking management companies with opportunities to expand their businesses and acquire smaller operators. We also expect that small new operators will continue to enter the business as they have for decades.

        Parking facilities operate under three general types of arrangements:

        The general terms and benefits of these three types of arrangements are as follows:


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

      relationships with large, national property managers, developers and owners;

      efficient cost structure due to economies of scale; and

      financial resources to invest in infrastructure and information systems.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe we have the following key competitive strengths:

            A Leading Market Position with a Unique Value Proposition.We are one of the leading providers of parking management, ground transportation and other ancillary services, to commercial, institutional, and municipal clients in the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada. We strive to be the #1 or #2 provider in each of the core markets in which we operate. We market and offer many of our services under ourSP+ brand, which reflects our ability to provide customized solutions and meet the varied demands of our diverse client base and their wide array of property types, and supplement them withAmbiance in Parking®, a comprehensive package of amenity and customer service programs. We can augment our parking services by providing our clients with related services through ourSP+ Facility Maintenance,SP+ Transportation,SP+ Event Logistics and, in certain sections of the country,SP+


    Table of Contents

    Security service lines, thus enabling our clients to efficiently address various needs through a single vendor relationship. We believe our ability to offer a comprehensive range of services on a national basis is a significant competitive advantage and allows our clients to attract, service and retain customers, gain access to the breadth and depth of our service and process expertise, leverage our significant technology capabilities and enhance their parking facility revenue, profitability and cash flow.

            Our Scale and Diversification.As of December 31, 2013, we managed approximately 4,200 parking facility locations containing approximately 2.1 million parking spaces in approximately 420 cities, operated 30 parking-related service centers serving 75 airports, operated a fleet of approximately 730 shuttle buses, operated 136 valet locations and employed a professional staff of approximately 24,000 people. We benefit from diversification across    Expanding our entire client base, industry end-markets and geographic locations.locations has enabled us to significantly enhance our operating efficiency over the past several years by standardizing processes and managing overhead.

      Client BaseBase..  Our clients include some of the nation's largest private and public owners, municipalities, managers and developers of major office buildings, residential properties, commercial properties, shopping centers and other retail properties, sports and special event complexes, hotels, and hospitals and medical centers. No single client accounted for more than 3% of our revenue or more than 2% of our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013.2014.

      Industry End-MarketsEnd-Markets..  We believe that our industry end-market diversification, such as colleges and universities, hospitals and medical centers, municipalities and event services, allows us to minimize our exposure to industry-specific seasonality and volatility. We believe that the breadth of end-markets we serve and the depth of services we offer to those end-markets provide us with a broader base of customers that we can target.

      Geographic LocationsLocations..  We have a diverse geographic footprint that includes operations in 4644 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico and four Canadian provinces as of December 31, 2013.2014. We strive to be the #1 or #2 provider in each of the core markets in which we operate, and our strategy is focused on building size and leadership positions in large, strategic markets in order to leverage the advantages of scale across a larger number of parking locations in a single market.

            Additionally, our scale has enabled us to significantly enhance our operating efficiency over the past several years by standardizing processes and managing overhead costs.


Table of Contents

            Stable Client Relationships.We have a track record of providing our clients and parking customers with a consistent, value-added and high quality parking facility management experience, as reflected by our high location retention rate, which was approximately 87% for the year ended December 31, 2013, and was approximately 89% for the year ended December 31, 2012, excluding Central for the period of time in 2012 it was not under our ownership and dispositions required by the Department of Justice in connection with the Central Merger.rates. As our clients continue to outsource the management of their parking operations and look to consolidate the number of their outsourcing providers, we believe this trend has meaningful benefits to companies like ours, which has a national footprint and scale, extensive industry experience, broad process capabilities, and a demonstrated ability to create value for our clients.

            Established Platform for Future Growth.We have invested resources and developed a national infrastructure and technology platform whichthat is complemented by significant management expertise, which enables us to scale our business for future growth effectively and efficiently. We have the ability to transition into a new location very quickly, from the simplest to the most complex operation, and have experience working with incumbent facility managers to effectaffect smooth and efficient takeovers and integrate new locations seamlessly into our operations.

            Visible and Predictable Business Model.We believe that our business model provides us with a measure of insulation from broader economic cycles, because a significant portion of our combined locations operates on fixed-fee and reverse management fee management contracts that for the most part are not dependent upon the level of utilization of those parking facilities. Additionally, because we do only have a partial ownership interest in four parking facilities, we have limited the risks of real estate ownership. We benefit further from visibility provided by a recurring revenue model reinforced by high location retention rates, have approximated 89% over the past five years, excluding Central for the period of time in 2012 it was not under our ownership and dispositions required by the department of justice in connection with Cental Merger.rates.

            Highly Capital Efficient Business with Attractive Cash Flow Characteristics.Our business generates attractive cash flow due to negative working capital dynamics and our low capital expenditure requirements. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012,2014, we generated approximately $11.4$51.6 million of cash flow from operating activities, and during the same period our capital expenditures for the purpose of


    Table of Contents

    leasehold improvements and equipment were $5.0$13.5 million. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, we generated approximately $34.9 million of cash flow from operating activities, and during the same period our capital expenditures for the purpose of leasehold improvements and equipment were $15.7 million.

            Focus on Operational Excellence and Human Capital Management.Our culture and training programs place a continuing focus on excellence in the execution of all aspects of day-to-day parking facility operation. This focus is reflected in our ability to deliver to our clients a professional, high-quality product through well-trained, service-oriented personnel, which we believe differentiates us from our competitors. To support our focus on operational excellence, we manage our human capital through a comprehensive, structured program that evaluates the competencies and performance of all of our key operations and administrative support personnel on an annual basis. Based on those evaluations, we create detailed developmental plans designed to provide our personnel with the skills and tools needed to perform their current duties effectively and to prepare themselves for future growth and advancement. We have also dedicated significant resources to human capital management, providing comprehensive training for our employees, delivered primarily through the use of our web-basedSP+ UniversityTM learning management system, which promotes customer service and client retention in addition to providing our employees with continued training and career development opportunities.


Table of Contents

            Experienced Management Team.    Our current senior management team has a proven track record of growing our existing business organically and consistently integrating acquisitions. The named executive officers have been working together for more than 13 years, and our executive management team has an average of 27 years of experience in the parking industry.

Our Growth Strategy

        Building on these competitive strengths, we believe we are well positioned to execute on the following growth strategies:

            Leverage Benefits from Central Merger.Our acquisition of Central in October 2012 resulted in a combined company offering a broader range of services, with greater quality and cost effectiveness, which we believe will enable us to become a vendor of choice for outsourced parking facility management, maintenance, ground transportation and security services. More specifically and as a result of our acquisition of Central, we have effectively doubled our location footprint by adding more than 2,200 locations and approximately one million parking spaces to our portfolio, and we intendcontinue to promotefocus on promoting revenue growth selling our current products and services to these new locations. In addition, we intend to strengthenare focused on further strengthening our ability to serve our customers by integrating Central's customer-facing products and services, such as its centralized customer service centers, direct-to-consumer marketing programs, various web-based applications (including iPhone and Android apps) and enhanced technology applications, such as those used by its remote management services division, as well as its USA Parking System, Inc. ("USA Parking") valet expertise. In addition, we intendcontinue to take advantage of scale efficiencies by consolidating back-office processes and eliminating duplicate infrastructure, and to leverage increased purchasing volume, all of which are collectively expected to generate significant cost synergies and enable us to expand our client base and grow the business from a lower cost platform. We expect that our combined company will generate sufficient free cash flow to enable us to make additional investments in parking-related technology to accelerate development of new products and services that further improve our clients' satisfaction and our customers' parking experience. We also believe that sharing of complementary capabilities will allow the combined company to leverage customer information and technology to deliver services to our customers more effectively and to better understand customer preferences while also providing client-focused services, such as automated and web-based transportation, security, maintenance, parking enforcement and meter collection products and services; customer relationship management systems and the capability to capture parking data on a large scale; and enhanced property management technology, including electronic marketing services, billing systems and automated reporting. We believe these complementary capabilities also will bolster our ability to build upon existing relationships with, and attract, employees, clients and customers.


    Table of Contents

            Grow the Hospitality Business.USA Parking, one of the subsidiaries we acquired in the Central Merger, is a leader in the valet industry, and management believescontinues to believe there is significant opportunity to use USA Parking's capability to develop a national valet business. As of December 31, 2013, we operated 136 valet locations. Our objective is to focus on the most important aspects of the valet business promptly upon obtaining a new location, from the first contact with a potential customer to the execution of our services. Given the importance of neat, clean and polite service, the success of our valet business is dependent upon ensuring that its valet associates deliver excellent service every day. To accomplish this objective, our USA University subsidiary provides training to its valet associates. USA University, which began operating in 1995, trained approximately 1,5002,000 employees during our past fiscal year to become an integrated extension of our clients' staff and blend seamlessly into the overall hospitality experience. In addition, we are expanding USA University to train a growing number of employees in valet


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

Services

        As a professional parking management company, we provide a comprehensive, turn-key package of parking services to our clients. Under a typical management contract structure, we are responsible for providing and supervising all personnel necessary to facilitate daily parking operations including cashiers, porters, valet attendants, managers, bookkeepers, and a variety of maintenance, marketing, customer service, and accounting and revenue control functions. By way of example, our typical day-to-day operating duties, whether performed using our own personnel or subcontracted vendors, include:


Table of Contents

        The scope of our management services typically also includes a number of functions that support the basic daily facility operations, such as:

        Beyond the conventional parking facility management services described above, we also offer an expanded range of ancillary services. For example:


Table of Contents

        We offer a comprehensive package of amenity and customer service programs, branded asAmbiance in Parking®, many at nominal or no cost to the client. These programs not only make the parking experience more enjoyable, but also convey a sense of the client's sensitivity to and appreciation of the needs of its parking customers. In doing so, we believe the programs serve to enhance the value of the parking properties themselves.

        Musical Theme Floor Reminder System.    Our musical theme floor reminder system is designed to help customers remember the garage level on which they parked. A different song is played on each floor of the parking garage. Each floor also displays distinctive signage and graphics that correspond with the floor's theme. For example, in one parking facility with U.S. colleges as a theme, a different college logo is displayed, and that college's specific fight song is heard, on each parking level. Other parking facilities have themes such as famous recording artists, musical instruments, and professional sports teams.

        Books-To-Go® CD Library.    Monthly customers can borrow—free of charge—audio CDs to which they can listen as they drive to and from work. A wide selection of fiction, non-fiction and business titles is maintained in the facility office.

        Films-To-Go® DVD Library.    This amenity builds on the success of our popularBooks-To-Go® program. DVDs of many popular movie titles are stocked in the parking facility office and made available free of charge to monthly customers. The movie selections are updated on a regular basis.

        SPokes.    Monthly parkers at participating facilities can check out a cruiser bike, free of charge, for their personal use. Parking customers make their reservations through the facility manager, and all riders are provided with helmets. Returned bikes and helmets are inspected and cleaned by a facility employee before reuse.

        Complimentary Driver Assistance Services.    Parking facility attendants provide a wide range of complimentary services to customers with car problems. Assistance can include charging weak batteries, inflating/changing tires, cleaning windshields and refilling windshield washer fluid. Attendants also can help customers locate their vehicles and escort them to their cars.

        SP Equipment & Technology Upgrade Program® Services (SETUP®).    We provide clients with a complete turnkey solution to managing all phases of new equipment projects, from initial design to installation to ongoing maintenance. Our design team will suggest a complete solution intended to return to our clients the greatest value for their investment based upon consideration of a wide array of choices as to both equipment (such as Pay-On-Foot, Automated Vehicle Identification and Automated Credit/Debit Card machine technology) and services (procurement, project management, installation and maintenance).

        SPareTM Emergency Care Services.    Under our SPareTM Emergency Care Services program, customers experiencing vehicle problems beyond weak batteries and low tire pressure call our toll-free number to receive, on a pay-per-use basis, a basic package of emergency services, including towing, jump starting, flat tire changing, fuel delivery, extracting a vehicle from the side of the road and lock-out service. The emergency services are provided at the parking facility or anywhere on the road.


Table of Contents

        CarCare Maintenance Services.    A car service vendor will pick-up a customer's car from the parking facility, contact the customer with an estimate, service the car during normal working hours and return it to the facility before the end of the business day.

        Automated Teller Machines.    On-site ATM machines provide customers access to cash from bankcards and credit cards. We arrange for the installation of the machine, operated and maintained by


Table of Contents

an outside vendor. The parking facility realizes supplemental income from a fixed monthly rent and a share of usage transaction fees.

        Complimentary Courtesy Umbrellas and Flashlights.    Courtesy umbrellas are loaned to customers on rainy days. A similar lending program can be implemented to provide flashlights in emergency situations or power outages.

        Complimentary Services/Customer Appreciation Days.    Our clients select from a variety of complimentary services that we provide as a special way of saying "thank you" to our parking customers. Depending on client preferences, coffee, donuts and/or newspapers occasionally are provided to customers during the morning rush hour. On certain holidays, candy, with wrappers that can be customized with the facility logo, can be distributed to customers as they exit. We also can distribute personalized promotional items, such as ice scrapers and key-chains.

        Web-Based Applications.    As a result of the Central Merger, we acquired and utilize a portfolio of PC-based applications that are also supported with iPhone and Android apps. These advanced technology and feature rich applications are designed to support client and customer acquisition and retention, deliver business programs that benefit employees and other organizational members, and include direct-to-consumer programs intended to enhance daily, monthly and event parking revenue at our locations. These platforms are easily integrated with ecommerce capabilities such as the Company's proprietaryClick and Park® online reservation and payment engine.engine through our joint venture partner Parkmobile.

        Centralized Contact Center.    We deliver a high level of customer service by bringing our national customer service expertise to local markets through a centralized system designed to enhance consistency and performance. A centralized team of trained Contact Center professionals offer increased availability and improved responsiveness to meet customer needs. Whether via email, phone or other communication channels, our customer support team is readily accessible by our customers, and centralized databases provide the team with necessary customer-related information on a city-by-city basis.

Business Development

        Our efforts to attract new clients are primarily concentrated in and coordinated by a dedicated business development group, whose background and expertise is in the field of sales and marketing, and whose financial compensation is determined to a significant extent by their business development success. This business development group is responsible for forecasting sales, maintaining a pipeline of prospective and existing clients, initiating contacts with such clients, and then following through to coordinate meetings involving those clients and the appropriate members of our operations hierarchy. By concentrating our sales efforts through this dedicated group, we enable our operations personnel to focus on achieving excellence in our parking facility operations and maximizing our clients' parking profits and our own profitability.

        We also place a specific focus on marketing and client relationship efforts that pertain to those clients having a large regional or national presence. Accordingly, we assign a dedicated executive to those clients to address any existing portfolio issues, as well as to reinforce existing and develop new account relationships and to take any other action that may further our business development interests.


Table of Contents

Support Operations

        We maintain regional and city offices throughout the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada in order to support approximately 24,000 employees and approximately 4,200 locations. These offices serve as the central bases through which we provide the employees to staff our parking facilities as well as the on-site and support management staff to oversee those operations. Our administrative staff accountants are based in those same offices and facilitate the efficient, accurate and timely production


Table of Contents

and delivery to our clients of our monthly reports. Having these all-inclusive operations and accounting teams located in regional and city offices throughout the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada allows us to add new locations quickly and in a cost-efficient manner. To facilitate the training of our facility personnel throughout the country, we have createdSP+ UniversityTM, the foundation of all our formal training programs that span a wide range of topics including soft skills, technology, software, leadership skills and operating procedures. Courses are deployed using a multitude of methods including classroom sessions, web-based sessions, and self-managed, computer-based training.SP+ UniversityTM is available to our employees on a 24/7 basis so they may access training and information when they need it. In addition, we are expanding USA University to train a growing number of employees in valet operations serving other parking locations, including Class A office buildings and residences, municipalities, airports and stadiums and entertainment complexes, to provide high-quality service.

        Our overall basic corporate functions in the areas of finance, human resources, risk management, legal, purchasing and procurement, general administration, strategy and information and technology are based in our Chicago corporate office and Nashville support office. The Chicago corporate office also supports and promotes consistency throughout our field operations by developing and administering our operational, financial and administrative policies, practices and procedures.

Clients and Properties

        Our client base includes a diverse cross-section of public and private owners of commercial, institutional and municipal real estate. No single client represented more than 3% of revenues or more than 2% of our gross profit for the year ended December 31, 2013. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we retained an average of 88%, excluding Central for the period of time in 2012 it was not under our ownership and dispositions required by the Department of Justice in connection with the Central Merger.

Information Technology

        We believe that automation and technology can enhance customer convenience, lower labor costs, improve cash management and increase overall profitability. We have been a leader in the field of introducing automation and technology to the parking business and we were among the first to adopt electronic fund transfer (EFT) payment options, pay-on-foot (ATM) technology and bar code decal technology. Our proprietarycontinuous commitment to using automation and technology to innovate within operations is demonstrated through our continued use of theClick and Park®Park technology enables people to reserve® and purchase parking online, in advance, both for sporting and special events as well as in a wide array of other commercial parking environments. At many locations,Click and Park®Ride users® technology, as a customer offering through our joint venture partner Parkmobile, which is a leading provider of on-demand and prepaid transaction processing for on-and off-street parking and transportation services, and our development of new online parking programs and electronic shuttle pass systems that support large entertainment and sporting venues, various sized urban garages, office buildings and public transportation hubs. We also can get customized directions showing what routeinnovate through application of our in-house interactive marketing expertise and digital advertising to takeincrease parking demand, development of electronic payment tools to getincrease customer convenience and streamline revenue processes, use of advanced video and intercom services to theirenhance customer service to parking destination most efficiently. Similarly,patrons 24-hours-a-day, the creation of our proprietaryClick and Ride®SP+ Remote Management Services technology and operating center, the use of our LPR system lets people reserve and payvideo analytics for bus seating online, in advance. Ourcar counting, on-street enforcement and enhanced security and our proprietaryMPM Plus® monthly parker management and billing system provides comprehensive and reliable billing of the parking-related provisions of multi-year commercial tenant leases.

        In connection with the Central Merger, we acquired aSP+ Remote Management Services allows us to provide remote parking management service located in Austin, Texas. We relocated existing other remote management operations from Chicago and Seattle to Austin, Texas and rebranded as our SP+ Remote Management Services operating division. From the Austin office, SP+ Remote Management Servicesservices, whereby personnel are able to monitor revenue and other aspects of a parking operation and provide 24-hour-a-day customer assistance (including remedying equipment malfunctions). After consolidating remote operations, we have begun expanding the locations where our remote management technology is installed. As of December 31, 20132014, we providedSP+ Remote Management Services to approximately 150200 locations. We expect this business to grow as clients focus on improving the profitability of their parking operations by decreasing labor costs at their locations through remote management.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2014, we employed 24,030 individuals, including 14,057 full-time and 9,973 part-time employees and as of December 31, 2013, we employed 23,937 individuals, including 14,225 full-time and 9,682 part-time employees. Approximately 32% of our employees are covered by collective


Table of Contents

        To promote internal efficiency, we have created advanced information systems that connect local offices across the country to our corporate headquarters. These systems support accounting, financial management and reporting practices, general operating procedures, training, employment policies, cash controls and marketing procedures. Our commitment to the application of technology in the parking management business has resulted in the creation of a proprietary product,Client View®, an Internet-based system that gives our clients the flexibility and convenience to access and download their monthly financials and detailed back-up reports. In addition, use of our electronic, web-based procurement and payment system controls costs by automatically enforcing procurement policies and efficiently processing the associated payables. We believe that our standardized processes and controls enhance our ability to successfully add new locations and expand our operations into new markets.

Employees

        As of December 31, 2013, we employed 23,937 individuals, including 14,255 full-time and 9,682 part-time employees. As of December 31, 2012, we employed 25,011 individuals, including 14,940 full-time and 10,071 part-time employees. Approximately 34% of our employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements and represented by labor unions. Various union locals represent parking attendants and cashiers in the following cities: Atlanta, Akron (OH), Baltimore, Boston, Buffalo, Chicago, Cleveland, Dallas, Denver, Detroit, Jersey City, Kansas City, Long Beach (CA), Los Angeles, Manchester (NH), Miami, New York City, Newark, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, Portland, Rochester, San Francisco, San Jose, San Juan (Puerto Rico), Santa Monica, Seattle, Syracuse and Washington, DC.

        We are frequently engaged in collective bargaining negotiations with various union locals. No single collective bargaining agreement covers a material number of our employees. We believe that our employee relations are generally good.

Insurance

        We purchase comprehensive liability insurance covering certain claims that occur in the operations that we lease or manage. The primary amount of such coverage is $1.75 million per occurrence and $1.75 million in the aggregate per facility for our general/garage liability, $2.0 million per occurrence and $2.0 million in the aggregate per facility for our garagegaragekeepers legal liability coverage and garage keepers legal$2.0 million per occurrence for auto liability coverage. In addition, we purchase workers' compensation insurance for all eligible employees and umbrella/excess liability coverage. Under our various liability and workers' compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to pay directly or reimburse the insurance carrier for the first $250,000$0.5 million of anyeach loss (or, as of January 1, 2014, the first $500,000 of any loss in the case ofcovered by our generalgeneral/garage liability or automobile liability policies only).and $0.25 million for each loss covered by our workers' compensation and garagekeepers legal liability policies. As a result, we are effectively self-insured for all claims up to those levels. We utilize a third-party administrator to process and pay claims. We also purchase property insurance that provides coverage for loss or damage to our property and in some cases our clients' property, as well as business interruption coverage for lost operating income and certain associated expenses. The deductible applicable to any given loss under our property insurance policy varies based upon the insured values and the peril that causes the loss. We believe that our insurance coverage is adequate and consistent with industry practice. Because of the size of the operations covered and our claims experience, we purchase insurance policies at prices that we believe represent a discount to the prices that would typically be charged to parking facility owners on a stand-alone basis. The clients for whom we operate parking facilities pursuant to management contracts have the option of purchasing their own liability insurance policies (provided that we are named as an additional insured pursuant to an additional insured endorsement), but historically most of our clients have chosen to obtain insurance coverage by being named as additional insureds under our master liability insurance policies.

        We purchaseprovide group health insurance with respect to eligible full-time employees (whether they work at leased facilities, managed facilities or in our support offices) and their family members.. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we insured our eligible full-time employees and their family members through either a fully insured program or a self-insured program with a $175,000 stop-loss limit.


Table of Contents

Effective January 1, 2014, we modified our group health insurance program and will self-insure all eligible full-time employees and their family membersself-insured the cost of the medical claims for these participants up to a $175,000 stop loss limit.

stop-loss limit of $0.3 million per individual. Pursuant to our management contracts, we charge those clients an allocated portion of our insurance-related costs.

Competition

        The parking industry is fragmented and highly competitive, with limited barriers to entry. We face direct competition for additional facilities to manage or lease, while our facilities themselves compete with nearby facilities for our parking customers and in the labor market generally for qualified employees. Moreover, the construction of new parking facilities near our existing facilities can adversely affect our business. There are only a few national parking management companies that compete with us. However, we also face competition from numerous smaller, locally owned independent parking operators, as well as from developers, hotels, national financial services companies and other institutions that manage their own parking facilities as well as facilities owned by others. Many municipalities and other governmental entities also operate their own parking facilities, potentially eliminating those facilities as management or lease opportunities for us. Some of our present and potential competitors have or may obtain greater financial and marketing resources than we have, which may negatively impact our ability to retain existing contracts and gain new contracts. We also face significant competition in our efforts to provide ancillary services such as shuttle bus services and on-street parking enforcement because a number of large


Table of Contents

companies specialize in these services. In addition, entry barriers into these ancillary service businesses are low.

        We believe that we compete for management clients based on a variety of factors, including fees charged for services, ability to generate revenues and control expenses for clients, accurate and timely reporting of operational results, quality of customer service, and ability to anticipate and respond to industry changes. Factors that affect our ability to compete for leased locations include the ability to make financial commitments, long-term financial stability, and the ability to generate revenues and control expenses. Factors affecting our ability to compete for employees include wages, benefits and working conditions.

Regulation

        Our business is subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations, and in some cases, municipal and state authorities directly regulate parking facilities. Our facilities in New York City are, for example, subject to extensive governmental restrictions concerning automobile capacity, pricing, structural integrity and certain prohibited practices. Many cities impose a tax or surcharge on parking services, which generally range from 10% to 50% of revenues collected. We collect and remit sales/parking taxes and file tax returns for and on behalf of our clients and ourselves. We are affected by laws and regulations that may impose a direct assessment on us for failure to remit sales/parking taxes or to file tax returns for ourselves and on behalf of our clients.

        Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous owner or operator of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property. Such laws typically impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. In connection with the operation of parking facilities, we may be potentially liable for any such costs. We held a partial ownership interest in four parking facilities as of December 31, 2013 and six parking facilities as of December 31, 2012. We may now be liable for such costs as a result of such previous ownership by Central and our current ownership. In addition, from time to time we are involved in environmental issues at certain of our locations or in connection with our operations. While it is difficult to predict the ultimate outcome of any of these matters, based on


Table of Contents

information currently available, management believes that none of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. The cost of defending against claims of liability, or of remediating a contaminated property, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

        Several state and local laws have been passed in recent years that encourage car-pooling and the use of mass transit or impose certain restrictions on automobile usage. These types of laws have adversely affected our revenues and could continue to do so in the future. For example, the City of New York imposed restrictions in the wake of the September 11 terrorist attacks, which included street closures, traffic flow restrictions and a requirement for passenger cars entering certain bridges and tunnels to have more than one occupant during the morning rush hour. It is possible that cities could enact additional measures such as higher tolls, increased taxes and vehicle occupancy requirements in certain circumstances, which could adversely impact us. We are also affected by zoning and use restrictions and other laws and regulations that are common to any business that deals with real estate.

        In addition, we are subject to laws generally applicable to businesses, including but not limited to federal, state and local regulations relating to wage and hour matters, employee classification, mandatory healthcare benefits, unlawful workplace discrimination, human rights laws and whistle blowing. Several cities in which we have operations either have adopted or are considering the adoption of so-called "living wage" ordinances, which could adversely impact our profitability by requiring companies that contract with local governmental authorities and other employers to increase wages to levels substantially above the federal minimum wage. In addition, we are subject to provisions of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, as amended ("OSHA"), and related regulations. Any actual or alleged failure to comply with any regulation applicable to our business or any whistle-blowing claim, even if without merit, could result in costly litigation, regulatory action or otherwise harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In connection with certain transportation services provided to our clients, including shuttle bus operations, we provide the vehicles and the drivers to operate these transportation services. The U.S. Department of Transportation and various state agencies exercise broad powers over these


Table of Contents

transportation services, including, licensing and authorizations, safety and insurance requirements. Our employee drivers must also comply with the safety and fitness regulations promulgated by the Department of Transportation, including those related to drug and alcohol testing and service hours. We may become subject to new and more restrictive federal and state regulations. Compliance with such regulations could hamper our ability to provide qualified drivers and increase our operating costs.

        We are also subject to consumer credit laws and credit card industry rules and regulations relating to the processing of credit card transactions, including the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act and the Payment Card Data Security Standard. These laws and these industry standards impose substantial financial penalties for non-compliance.

        Various other governmental regulations affect our operation of parking facilities, both directly and indirectly, including the Americans with Disabilities Act (the "ADA"). Under the ADA, all public accommodations, including parking facilities, are required to meet certain federal requirements related to access and use by disabled persons. For example, the ADA requires parking facilities to include handicapped spaces, headroom for wheelchair vans, attendants' booths that accommodate wheelchairs and elevators that are operable by disabled persons. When negotiating management contracts and leases with clients, we generally require that the property owner contractually assume responsibility for any ADA liability in connection with the property. There can be no assurance, however, that the property owner has assumed such liability for any given property and there can be no assurance that we would not be held liable despite assumption of responsibility for such liability by the property owner.


Table of Contents

Management believes that the parking facilities we operate are in substantial compliance with ADA requirements.

        Regulations by the Federal Aviation Administration may affect our business. The FAA generally prohibits parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during times of heightened alert. The 300 foot rule and new regulations may prevent us from using a number of existing spaces during heightened security alerts at airports. Reductions in the number of parking spaces may reduce our gross profit and cash flow for both our leased facilities and those facilities we operate under management contracts.

Intellectual Property

        SP Plus® and theSP+® and the SP+ logo, SP+ GAMEDAY®, Innovation In Operation®,Click and Park® and the Click and Park® logo, Standard Parking® and the Standard Parking logo, CPC®, Central Parking System®, Central Parking Corporation®, USA Parking®, Focus Point Parking® and Allright Parking® are service marks registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office. In addition, we have registered the names and, as applicable, the logos of all of our material subsidiaries and divisions as service marks with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the equivalent state registry. We invented the Multi-Level Vehicle Parking Facility musical Theme Floor Reminder System. We have also registered the copyright rights in our proprietary software, such asClient View©,Hand Held Program©,License Plate Inventory Programs© andParkStat© with the United States Copyright Office. We also own the URL parking.com.

Corporate Information

        Our headquarters are located at 200 E. Randolph Street, Suite 7700, Chicago, Illinois 60601-7702. Our telephone number is (312) 274-2000. Our website address iswww.spplus.com. Our periodicAnnual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and other informationamendments to those reports filed with or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the SECSecurities Exchange Act of 1934 are also available free of charge through the Investor Relations section of our web siteat www.spplus.com as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are electronically filedwe file such material with, or furnishedfurnish it to, the SEC. Information contained onSecurities and Exchange Commission (SEC). We provide references to our web site or any other web sitewebsite for convenience, but our website does not constitute, and should not be viewed as, part hereof, and our website is not incorporated by reference into this or any of our other report we filefilings with or furnish to the SEC, and you should not consider information contained on our web sites or any other web site to be a part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.


ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the specific risk factors described below together with all other information contained in or incorporated by reference into this Report, as these risks, among others, are important factors that could cause our actual results to differ from our historical result, and the occurrence of the adverse developments described in these risk factors could materially and adversely harm our business , financial condition, results of operations or preopects. It is not possible to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not consider any such list to be a complete statement of all potential risks or uncertainties applicable to our business.

We may be unable to integrate Central's business with our own successfully.

        On October 2, 2012, we completed our acquisition of Central Parking Corporation, and Central is now our wholly owned subsidiary. We are devoting significant management attention and resources to integrating Central's business practices and operations with our own. Potential difficulties we may encounter as part of the integration process include the following:


Table of Contents

        It is possible that the integration process could result in diversion of the attention of our management, which could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with customers, clients, employees and other constituencies or our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the merger, or could reduce our earnings or otherwise adversely affect our business and financial results.

We incurred substantial additional indebtedness in connection with the Central Merger.

        In connection with the Central Merger, we entered into a credit agreement dated October 2, 2012 providing for $450.0 million in secured Senior Credit Facility ("Senior Credit Facility) consisting of (1) a $200.0 million five-year revolving credit facility and (2) a $250.0 million term loan facility with Bank of America, N.A., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and certain other financial institutions. In conjunction with Central Merger, we assumed approximately $217.7 million of Central's debt, net of cash acquired, which was repaid at closing using the proceeds of the Senior Credit Facility. In addition, the proceeds from these borrowings have been used by us to finance in part the Central Merger, the costs and expenses related to the Central Merger, our ongoing working capital needs and other general corporate purposes. As a result, we have indebtedness that is substantially greater than our indebtedness prior to the Central Merger. This higher level of indebtedness may:

        We cannot assure you that cash flow from operations, combined with additional borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility and any future credit facility, will be available in an amount sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness, or to fund other liquidity needs. If the consolidated leverage ratio exceeds certain thresholds, the interest rate on indebtedness outstanding under our credit facility will be higher. In addition, if the consolidated leverage ratio exceeds certain other thresholds, we will be required to make mandatory prepayments of our outstanding indebtedness using excess free cash flow.


Table of Contents

        We ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

The following discussion of risk factors contains forward-looking statements. These risk factors may incur substantial additional indebtednessbe important to understanding any statement in this Form 10-K or elsewhere. The following information should be read in conjunction with Part II, Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Form 10-K.

The business, financial condition and operating results of the Company can be affected by a number of factors, whether currently known or unknown, including but not limited to those described below. Any one or more of such factors could directly or indirectly cause the Company's actual results of operations and financial condition to vary materially from past or anticipated future results of operations and financial condition. Any of these factors, in whole or in part, could materially and adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition, results of operations and stock price.

Because of the following factors, as well as other factors affecting the Company's financial condition and operating results, past financial performance should not be considered to be a reliable indicator of future performance, and investors should not use historical trends to anticipate results or trends in future periods.

Certain of our leases acquired in the future, which could cause the related risks to intensify. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before their respective maturities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including our Senior Credit Facility, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to refinance our debt, we may default under the terms of our indebtedness, which could lead to an acceleration of the debt. We do not expect that we could repay all of our outstanding indebtedness if the repayment of such indebtedness was accelerated.

The Central Merger may result in a loss of customers, clients and strategic alliances.

        As a result of the Central Merger, some of our customers, clients, potential customers or clients or strategic partners may terminate their business relationship with us. Potential clients or strategic partners may delay entering into, or decide not to enter into, a business relationship with us because of the Central Merger. If customer or client relationships or strategic alliances are adversely affected by the Central Merger, our business and financial performance could suffer.

Our management contracts and leases expose us to certain risks, including structural repair obligations under certain lease contractsobligations.

        The loss or renewal on less favorable terms of a substantial number of management contracts or leases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. A material reduction in the operating income associated with the integrated services we provide under management contracts and leases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our management contracts are typically for a term of one to three years, although the contracts may often be terminated, without cause, on 30 days' notice or less, giving clients regular opportunities to attempt to negotiate a reduction in fees or other allocated costs. Any loss of a significant number of clients could in the aggregate materially adversely affect our operating results.

        We are particularly exposed to increases in costs for locations that we operate under leases because we are generally responsible for all the operating expenses of our leased locations. Additionally, someCertain of our leases acquired in the Central Merger include provisions allocating to us responsibility for allthe costs of certain structural and other repairs required onto be made to the property, including repairs arising as a result of ordinary wear and tear. We maywill incur costs for structural repair obligations in 20142015 and future years, although we are not yet able to estimate the full extent and amount of our liability for these repairs in any particular year or in the aggregate. Additionally, the applicable indemnity under the merger agreementMerger Agreement may not cover all such obligations, and there will be timing differences between our payments to satisfy these obligations and our receipt of indemnification thereof, and some indemnification obligations may be satisfied by the selling stockholders of Central either through the surrender of shares of our common stock.stock or payment in cash or some combination thereof. Accordingly, our expenditures to cover these structural and other repair obligations could have a material adverse impact on our operating results (including our gross profit derived from locations that we operate under leases) and cash flows for 20142015 and future years. Any other increase in the cost of parking services could also reduce our gross profit derived from locations that we operate under leases. As of December 31, 2013, we operated 20% of our locations under leases, compared to 9% prior to the Central Merger.

Adverse litigation judgments or settlements resulting from legal proceedings in which we may be involved in the normal course of business, and a dispute with Central's former stockholders, could affect our operations and financial condition.

        In the normal course of business, we are from time to time involved in various legal proceedings. The outcome of these legal proceedings cannot be predicted. It is possible that an unfavorable outcome of some or all of the matters could cause us to incur substantial liabilities that may have a material adverse effect upon our financial condition and results of operations. Any significant adverse litigation, judgments or settlements could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results


Table of Contents

of operations. In addition, Central is subject to a number of ongoing legal proceedings, and we will incur substantial expenses defending such matters and may have judgments levied against us that are substantial and may not be covered by previously established reserves.

We have incurred substantial expensesperiodically given Central's former stockholders notice regarding indemnification matters since the closing date of the Merger and expecthave made adjustments for known matters, although Central's former stockholders have not agreed to incursuch adjustments nor made any elections with respect to using cash or stock as payment for any indemnified matters. Furthermore, following our notices of


Table of Contents

indemnification matters, the representative of Central's former stockholders has indicated that they may make additional substantial expenses relatedinquiries and potentially raise issues with respect to the Centralour indemnification claims, and that they may assert various claims of their own relating to the Merger Agreement. Under the Merger Agreement, all post-closing claims and disputes, including indemnification matters, are ultimately subject to resolution through binding arbitration or, in the case of a dispute as to the calculation of "Net Debt Working Capital," resolution by an independent public accounting firm. We intend to pursue these dispute resolution processes, as applicable, in a timely manner, although our integration with Central.

        Aspursuit of December 31, 2013, wethese processes may be delayed by actions taken by representatives of Central's former stockholders. An unfavorable outcome could have incurred or expectan adverse impact to incur approximately $51.9 million in total merger and integration costs, including $10.2 million in transaction costs, $31.4 million for synergy planning and integration costs and $10.3 million for financing costs and original issue discount costs. There are many factors beyond our control that could affect the total amount of merger and integration expenses. Moreover, many of the expenses that will be incurred are, by their nature, difficult to estimate accurately. To the extent these merger and integration expenses are higher than anticipated, our future operating results andbusiness, financial condition may be materially adversely affected and our ability to meet the leverage ratio and fixed charged ratio mandated by our Senior Credit Facility may be impaired.results of operations.

We are subject to intense competition that could constrain our ability to gain business, as well as our profitability.

        We believe that competition in parking facility management and ancillary services is intense. The low cost of entry into the parking facility management business has led to a strongly competitive, fragmented market consisting primarily of a variety of entities ranging from single lot operators to large regional and national multi-facility operators, as well as municipal and other governmental entities that choose not to outsource their parking operations. Competitors may be able to adapt more quickly to changes in customer requirements, devote greater resources to the promotion and sale of their services or develop technology that is as or more successful than our proprietary technology solutions that are designed to strengthen customer loyalty and optimize facility pricing and performance. We provide nearly all of our services under contracts, many of which are obtained through competitive bidding, and many of our competitors also have long-standing relationships with our clients. Providers of parking facility management services have traditionally competed on the basis of cost and quality of service. As we have worked to establish ourselves as principal members of the industry, we compete predominately on the basis of high levels of service and strong relationships. We may not be able to, or may choose not to, compete with certain competitors on the basis of price. As a result, a greater proportion of our clients may switch to other service providers or self-manage. Furthermore, these strong competitive pressures could impede our success in bidding for profitable business and our ability to increase prices even as costs rise, thereby reducing margins.

Our management contracts and leases expose us to certain risks.

        The loss or renewal on less favorable terms of a substantial number of management contracts or leases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. A material reduction in the operating income associated with the integrated services we provide under management contracts and leases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our management contracts are typically for a term of one to three years, although the contracts may often be terminated, without cause, on 30 days' notice or less, giving clients regular opportunities to attempt to negotiate a reduction in fees or other allocated costs. Any loss of a significant number of clients could in the aggregate materially adversely affect our operating results.

        We are particularly exposed to increases in costs for locations that we operate under leases because we are generally responsible for all the operating expenses of our leased locations. During the first and fourth quarters of each year, seasonality impacts our performance with regard to moderating revenues, with the reduced levels of travel most clearly reflected in the parking activity associated with our airport and hotel businesses as well as increases in certain costs of parking services, such as snow removal, all of which negatively affects gross profit.


Table of Contents

We are increasingly dependent on information technology, and potential disruption, cyber attacks, cyber terrorism and security breaches present risks that could harm our business.

        We are increasingly centralized and dependent on automated information technology systems to manage and support a variety of business processes and activities. In addition, a portion of our business operations is conducted electronically, increasing the risk of attack or interception that could cause loss or misuse of data, system failures or disruption of operations. Improper activities by third parties, exploitation of encryption technology, new data-hacking tools and discoveries and other events or developments may result in a future compromise or breach of our networks, payment card terminals or other payment systems. In particular, the techniques used by criminals to obtain unauthorized access to sensitive data change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target; accordingly, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. Any significant breakdown, invasion, destruction or interruption of these systems could negatively impact our operations. In addition, there is a risk of business interruption, reputational damage and potential legal liability damages from leakage of confidential information. The occurrence of acts of cyber terrorism such as website defacement, denial of automated payment services, sabotage of our proprietary on-demand technology or the use of electronic social media to disseminate unfounded or otherwise harmful allegations to our reputation, could have a material adverse effect on our business. Any business interruptions or damage to our reputation could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. While we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses and would not remedy damage to our reputation.

        In October 2014, a third-party vendor retained by our client that provides and maintains payment card systems in some of our parking facilities notified us that an unauthorized person had used a remote access tool to connect to some of its payment processing systems and that our customers' data was at risk. We retained a leading computer forensic firm to conduct an investigation and further determine the facts. After extensive analysis, we discovered evidence confirming that criminals used a remote access tool to install malware that searched for payment card data that was being routed through the computers that accept payments made at the parking facilities (the "Data Breach"). The malware has now been removed from servers that were attacked and it no longer presents a threat to customers using the impacted parking garages that we operate. We have received a small number of reports of fraudulent use of payment cards potentially connected to the data breach. We fulfilled all obligations for notifying our payment processors and impacted customers. We have also implemented additional security measures including forcing our vendors to use two-factor authentication for remote access.

        We do not have control over security measures taken by third-party vendors hired by our clients to prevent unauthorized access to electronic and other confidential information. There can be no assurance that other third-party payment processing vendors will not suffer a similar attack in the future, that unauthorized parties will not gain access to personal financial information, or that any such incident will be discovered in a timely manner.

We have incurred substantial indebtedness that requires us to comply with certain financial and operating covenants under our credit facility and to make payments as they become due, and our failure to comply could cause amounts borrowed under the facility to become immediate due and payable or prevent us from borrowing under the facility.

        On February 20, 2015, we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement ("Restated Credit Facility), providing for $400.0 million in secured senior credit facility ("Restated Senior Credit Facility) consisting of (i) a $200.0 million revolving credit facility and (ii) a $200.0 million term loan facility (which is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization) with Bank of America, Wells Fargo Bank and certain other financial institutions. The Restated Credit Facility matures on February 20, 2020, at which time any amounts outstanding will be due and payable in full. As of February 20, 2015, we had


Table of Contents

$200.0 million outstanding under the term loan facility and $147.3 million outstanding under the revolving credit facility, respectively. This level of indebtedness may:

    require us to dedicate a significant percentage of our cash flow from operations to payments on our debt, thereby reducing the availability of cash flow to fund capital expenditures, pursue other acquisitions or investments in new technologies, make stock repurchases, pay dividends and for general corporate purposes;

    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic conditions, including increases in interest rates if the borrowings bear interest at variable rates or if such indebtedness is refinanced at a time when interest rates are higher; and

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in or challenges relating to our business and industry, creating competitive disadvantages compared to other competitors with lower debt levels and borrowing costs.

        We are required to comply with specified financial and operating covenants and to make scheduled payments of our term loan, which could limit our ability to operate our business as we otherwise might operate it. Our failure to comply with any of these covenants or to meet any payment obligations under the Restated Credit Facility could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, would result in any amounts outstanding, including any accrued interest and unpaid fees, becoming immediately due and payable.

        We cannot assure you that cash flow from operations, combined with additional borrowings under the Restated Credit Facility and any future credit facility, will be available in an amount sufficient to enable us to repay our indebtedness, or to fund other liquidity needs. If the consolidated leverage ratio exceeds certain thresholds, the interest rate on indebtedness outstanding under our credit facility will be higher.

        We may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, which could cause the related risks to intensify. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before their respective maturities. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including indebtedness under our Restated Credit Facility, on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to refinance our debt, we may default under the terms of our indebtedness, which could lead to an acceleration of the debt. We do not expect that we could repay all of our outstanding indebtedness if the repayment of such indebtedness was accelerated.

We must comply with public and private regulations that may impose significant costs on us.

        Under various federal, state and local environmental laws, ordinances and regulations, a current or previous ownerowners or operatoroperators of real property may be liable for the costs of removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on, under or in such property.their properties. This applies to properties we either own or operate. These laws typically impose liability without regard to whether the owner or operator knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of such hazardous or toxic substances. We may be potentially liable for such costs as a result of our operation of parking facilities. Additionally, Central previously owned a large number of real properties; we acquired a partial ownership interest in six parking facilities as part of the Central Merger and as of December 31, 2013, we heldhold a partial ownership interest in four of these parking facilities.facilities acquired in the Central Merger, and Central previously owned a large number of properties that we did not acquire. We may now be liable for such costs as a result of such previous and current ownership. In addition, from time to time we are involved in environmental issues at certain locations or in connection with our operations. The cost of defending against claims of liability, or remediation of a contaminated property, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition,


Table of Contents

several state and local laws have been passed in recent years that encourage car pooling and the use of mass transit. Laws and regulations that reduce the number of cars and vehicles being driven could adversely impact our business.

        In connection with certain transportation services provided to our clients, including shuttle bus operations, we provide the vehicles and the drivers to operate these transportation services. The U.S.


Table of Contents

Department of Transportation and various state agencies exercise broad powers over these transportation services, including, licensing and authorizations, safety and insurance requirements. Our employee drivers must also comply with the safety and fitness regulations promulgated by the Department of Transportation, including those related to drug and alcohol testing and service hours. We may become subject to new and more restrictive federal and state regulations. Compliance with such regulations could hamper our ability to provide qualified drivers and increase our operating costs.

        We are also subject to consumer credit laws and credit card industry rules and regulations relating to the processing of credit card transactions, including the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act and the Payment Card Data Security Standard. These laws and these industry standards impose substantial financial penalties for non-compliance.

        In addition, we are subject to laws generally applicable to businesses, including but not limited to federal, state and local regulations relating to wage and hour matters, employee classification, mandatory healthcare benefits, unlawful workplace discrimination and whistle blowing. Any actual or alleged failure to comply with any regulation applicable to our business or any whistle-blowing claim, even if without merit, could result in costly litigation, regulatory action or otherwise harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        We collect and remit sales/parking taxes and file tax returns for and on behalf of ourselves and our clients. We are affected by laws and regulations that may impose a direct assessment on us for failure to remit sales/parking taxes and filing of tax returns for ourselves and on behalf of our clients.

Deterioration in economic conditions in general could reduce the demand for parking and ancillary services and, as a result, reduce our earnings and adversely affect our financial condition.

        Adverse changes in global, national and local economic conditions could have a negative impact on our business. In addition, our business operations tend to be concentrated in large urban areas. Many of our customers are workers who commute by car to their places of employment in these urban centers. Our business could be materially adversely affected to the extent that weak economic conditions or demographic factors have resulted in the elimination of jobs and high unemployment in these large urban areas. In addition, increased unemployment levels, the movement of white-collar jobs from urban centers to suburbs or out of North America entirely, increased office vacancies in urban areas, movement toward home office alternatives or lower consumer spending could reduce consumer demand for our services.

        Adverse changes in economic conditions could also lead to a decline in parking at airports and commercial facilities, including facilities owned by retail operators and hotels. In particular, reductions in parking at leased facilities can lower our profit because a decrease in revenue would be exacerbated by fixed costs that we must pay under our leases.

        If adverse economic conditions reduce discretionary spending, business travel or other economic activity that fuels demand for our services, our earnings could be reduced. Adverse changes in local and national economic conditions could also depress prices for our services or cause clients to cancel their agreements to purchase our services.


Table of Contents

The financial difficulties or bankruptcy of one or more of our major clients could adversely affect our results.

        Future revenue and our ability to collect accounts receivable depend, in part, on the financial strength of our clients. We estimate an allowance for accounts we do not consider collectible, and this allowance adversely impacts profitability. In the event that our clients experience financial difficulty, become unable to obtain financing or seek bankruptcy protection, our profitability would be further impacted by our failure to collect accounts receivable in excess of the estimated allowance. Additionally, our future revenue


Table of Contents

would be reduced by the loss of these clients or by the cancellation of leases or management contracts by clients in bankruptcy.

Additional funds would need to be reserved for future insurance losses if such losses are worse than expected.

        We provide liability and worker's compensation insurance coverage consistent with our obligations to our clients under our various management contracts and leases. We are obligated to reimburse our insurance carriers for, or pay directly, each loss incurred up to the amount of a specified deductible or self-insured retention. The per-occurrence deductible is $250,000$0.25 million for our workers' compensation and garagekeepers legal liability policies and $500,000$0.5 million for our automobile liability policy. The per-occurrence self-insured retention for our general liability policy is $500,000.$0.5 million. We also purchase property insurance that provides coverage for loss or damage to our property, and in some cases our clients' property, as well as business interruption coverage for lost operating income and certain associated expenses. The deductible applicable to any given loss under the property insurance policies varies based upon the insured values and the peril that causes the loss. The stop-loss limit applicable under the group health insurance we provide for eligible employees is $175,000$0.3 million per illness. Our financial statements reflect our funding of all such obligations based upon guidance and evaluation received from third-party insurance professionals. There can be no assurance, however, that the ultimate amount of our obligations will not exceed the amount presently funded or accrued, in which case we would need to set aside additional funds to reserve for any such excess. Changes in insurance reserves as a result of periodic evaluations of the liabilities can cause swings in operating results that may not be indicative of the operations of our ongoing business. Additionally, our obligations could increase if we receive a greater number of insurance claims, or if the severity of, or the administrative costs associated with, those claims generally increases. A material increase in insurance costs due to a change in the number or severity of claims, claim costs or premiums paid by us could have a material adverse effect on our operating income.

Labor disputes could lead to loss of revenues or expense variations.

        At December 31, 2013,2014, approximately 34%32% of our employees were represented by labor unions and approximately 27%30% of our collective bargaining contracts are up for renewal in 2014,2015, representing approximately 11%4% of our employees. In addition, at any given time, we may face a number of union organizing drives.

        When one or more of our major collective bargaining agreements becomes subject to renegotiation or when we face union organizing drives, we may disagree with the union on important issues that, in turn, could lead to a strike, work slowdown or other job actions. There can be no assurance that we will be able to renew existing labor union contracts on acceptable terms. In such cases, there are no assurances that we would be able to staff sufficient employees for our short-term needs. A strike, work slowdown or other job action could in some cases disrupt us from providing services, resulting in reduced revenues. If declines in client service occur or if our clients are targeted for sympathy strikes by other unionized workers, contract cancellations could result. The result of negotiating a first time agreement or renegotiating an existing collective bargaining agreement could result in a substantial increase in labor and benefits expenses that we may be unable to pass through to clients. In addition, potential legislation could make it significantly easier for union organizing drives to be successful and could give third-party arbitrators the ability to impose terms of collective bargaining agreements upon


Table of Contents

us and a labor union if we are unable to agree with such union on the terms of a collective bargaining agreement.

        In addition, we make contributions to multiemployer benefit plans on behalf of certain employees covered by collective bargaining agreements and could be responsible for paying unfunded liabilities incurred by such benefit plans, which amount could be material.


Table of Contents

The restatementNegative or unexpected tax consequences could adversely affect our results of operations.

        Adverse changes in underlying profitability and financial outlook of our historical financial statements has already consumed,operations could lead to changes in valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets on our consolidated balance sheet, which could materially and may continue to consume, aadversely affect our results of operations. Additionally, changes in U.S. tax laws or state tax laws or our interpretation of existing laws in states where we have significant amount of our time and resources and mayoperations could have a materialan adverse effect on stock pricedeferred tax assets and liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets and results of operations. We are also subject us to claims.tax audits by governmental authorities in the United States and Canada. Negative unexpected results from one or more such tax audits or our failure to sustain our reporting positions on examination could have an adverse effect on our results of operations and our effective tax rate.

We have investments in joint ventures and may be subject to certain financial and operating risks with our joint venture investments.

        We have restated certain historicalacquired or invested in a number of joint ventures, and may acquire or enter into joint ventures with additional companies. These transactions create risks such as: (i) additional operating losses and expenses in the businesses acquired or joint ventures for which we have made investments in, (ii) the dependence on the investee's accounting, financial statementsreporting and similar systems, controls and processes of other entities whose financial performance is incorporated into our financial results due to reflectour investment in that entity, (iii) potential unknown liabilities associated with a correctioncompany we may acquire or in which we invest, (iv) our accounting for deficiency payments made pursuantrequirement or obligation to commit and provide additional capital, equity, or credit support as required by the Bradley Agreement. We have also determined that, solelyjoint venture agreements, (v) the joint venture partner may be unable to perform its obligations as a result of our prior accountingfinancial or other difficulties or be unable to provide for additional capital, equity or credit support as required by the Bradley Agreement, we had a material weakness in our internal control over financial reportingjoint venture agreements and that, accordingly, our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of the end of certain prior reporting periods, even though we had previously determined that they were effective. It is difficult to predict all of the ramifications to us from this restatement. The restatement process was time and resource-intensive and involved substantial attention from management and significant costs and expenses, including for legal and other professional advisors and for third parties retained to assist us with the restatement. Although we have now completed the restatement, it is possible that we will have inquiries from the SEC and/or Nasdaq regarding our restated financial statements or related matters, which could consume a significant amount(vi) disruption of our resources. Moreover, many companies that have been required to restate their historical financial statements have experienced volatility in stock prices and declines in stock prices and stockholder lawsuits, which can be expensive to defend and divertongoing business, including loss of management attention and resources. We may suffer similar consequences asfocus on the business. As a result of future acquisitions or joint ventures for which we may invest in, we may need to issue additional equity securities, spend our restatement.cash, or incur debt and contingent liabilities, any of which could reduce our profitability and harm our business. In addition, valuations supporting our acquisitions or investments in joint ventures could change rapidly given the global economic environment and climate. We could determine that such valuations have experienced impairments other-than-temporary declines in fair value which could adversely impact our financial results.

NaturalWeather conditions, including natural disasters, or acts of terrorism could disrupt our business and services.

        Hurricanes,Weather conditions, including fluctuations in temperatures, hurricanes, snow or severe weather storms, earthquakes, drought, floods or otherheavy flooding, natural disasters or acts of terrorism may result in reduced revenues. Disastersrevenues and gross profit. Weather conditions, natural disasters and acts of terrorism may also cause economic dislocations throughout the country. Weather conditions, including natural disasters, could lead to reduced levels of travel and require increase in certain costs of parking services of which could negatively affect gross profit. In addition, terrorist attacks have resulted in, and may continue to result in, increased government regulation of airlines and airport facilities, including imposition of minimum distances between parking facilities and terminals, resulting in the elimination of currently managed parking facilities. We derive a significant percentage of our gross profit from parking facilities and parking related services in and around airports. The Federal Aviation Administration generally prohibits parking within 300 feet of airport terminals during periods of heightened security. While the prohibition is not currently in effect, there can be no assurance that this governmental prohibition will not again be reinstated. The existing regulations governing parking within 300 feet of airport terminals or future regulations may prevent us from using certain parking spaces. Reductions in the number of parking spaces and air travelers may reduce our revenue and cash flow for both our leased facilities and those facilities we operate under management contracts.

The Company is increasingly dependent on information technology, and potential disruption, cyber attacks, cyber terrorism, security breaches, and expanding social media vehicles present new risks.

        We are increasingly dependent on information technology systems to manage and support a variety of business processes and activities, and any significant breakdown, invasion, destruction or interruption of these systems could negatively impact our operations. In addition, there is a risk of business interruption, reputational damage and potential legal liability damages from leakage of confidential information. Acts of cyber terrorism involve the premeditated use of disruptive activities, or the threat thereof, involving computers and/or networks, with the intention to cause harm or further social, ideological, religious, political or similar objectives. The occurrence of acts of cyber terrorism such as


Table of Contents

website defacement, denialBecause our business is affected by weather related trends, typically in the first and fourth quarters of automated payment services, sabotageeach year, our results may fluctuate from period to period, which could make it difficult to evaluate our business.

        Weather conditions, including fluctuations in temperatures, snow or severe weather storms, heavy flooding, hurricanes or natural disasters, can negatively impact portions of our proprietary on-demand technology orbusiness. We periodically have experienced fluctuations in our quarterly results arising from a number of factors, including the usefollowing:

    reduced levels of electronic social media to disseminate unfounded or otherwise harmful allegations totravel during and as a result of severe weather conditions, which is reflected in lower revenue from urban, airport and hotel parking; and

    increased costs of parking services, such as snow removal.

        These factors reduced our reputation, could have a material adverse effect on our business. The inappropriate usegross profit in the first quarters of certain media vehicles2014 and 2013 and could cause brand damagegross profit reductions in the future. As a result of these seasonal affects, our revenue and earnings in the second, third and fourth quarters tend to be higher than revenue and earnings in the first quarter. Accordingly, you should not consider our first quarter results as indicative of results to be expected for any other quarter or information leakage. Negative postsfor any full fiscal year. Fluctuations in our results could make it difficult to evaluate our business or comments about us on any social networking website could seriously damagecause instability in the market price of our reputation. In addition, the disclosure of non-public information through external media channels could lead to information loss. Identifying new points of entry as social media continues to expand represents new challenges. Any business interruptions or damage to our reputation could negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations.common stock.

State and municipal government clients may sell or enter into long-term leases of parking-related assets to our competitors.

        In order to raise additional revenue, a number of state and municipal governments have either sold or entered into long-term leases of public assets or may be contemplating such transactions. The assets that are the subject of such transactions have included government-owned parking garages located in downtown commercial districts and parking operations at airports. The sale or long-term leasing of such government-owned parking assets to our competitors or clients of our competitors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to expand our business will be dependent upon the availability of adequate capital.

        The rate of our expansion will depend in part on the availability of adequate capital, which in turn will depend in large part on cash flow generated by our business and the availability of equity and debt capital. In addition, our senior credit facilityRestated Senior Credit Facility contains provisions that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and/or make substantial investments or acquisitions. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will be able to finance our current growth strategy.strategies.

The sureties for our performance bond program may elect not to provide us with new or renewal performance bonds for any reason.

        As is customary in the industry, a surety provider can refuse to provide a bond principal with new or renewal surety bonds. If any existing or future surety provider refuses to provide us with surety bonds, either generally or because we are unwilling or unable to post collateral at levels sufficient to satisfy the surety's requirements, there can be no assurance that we would be able to find alternate providers on acceptable terms, or at all. Our inability to provide surety bonds could also result in the loss of existing contracts. Failure to find a provider of surety bonds, and our resulting inability to bid for new contracts or renew existing contracts, could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Federal health care reform legislation may adversely affect our business and results of operations.

        In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 were signed into law in the U.S. (collectively, the "Health Care Reform Laws").


Table of Contents

The Health Care Reform Laws include a large number of health-related provisions, that become effective over the next four years, including requiring most individuals to have health insurance and establishing new regulations on health plans. Although the Health Care Reform Laws do not mandate that employers offer health insurance, penalties will be assessed on large employers who do not offer health insurance that meets certain affordability or benefit requirements beginningrequirements. Effective January 1, 2015.2014, we modified our group health insurance program and we now self-insure all eligible full-time employees and their family members up to a $0.3 million stop loss limit. Providing such additional health insurance benefits to our employees, or the payment of penalties if such coverage is not provided, wouldcould increase our health insurance-related expenses. If we are unable to raise the rates we charge our clients to cover this expense,these expenses, such increases in expense could reduce our operating profit.


Table of Contents

        In addition, under the Health Care Reform Laws, employers will have to file a significant amount of additional information with the Internal Revenue Service and will have to develop systems and processes to track requisite information. We will have to modify our current systems to do so, which could increase our general and administrative expense.expenses.

We do not maintain insurance coverage for all possible risks.

        We maintain a comprehensive portfolio of insurance policies to help protect us against loss or damage incurred from a wide variety of insurable risks. Each year, we review with our professional insurance advisers whether the insurance policies and associated coverages that we maintain are sufficient to adequately protect us from the various types of risk to which we are exposed in the ordinary course of business. That analysis takes into account various pertinent factors such as the likelihood that we would incur a material loss from any given risk, as well as the cost of obtaining insurance coverage against any such risk. There can be no assurance that we may not sustain a material loss for which we do not maintain any, or adequate, insurance coverage.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

        Not applicable.


Table of Contents

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

Parking Facilities

        We operate parking facilities in 4644 states and the District of Columbia in the United States, Puerto Rico and four provinces of Canada. The following table summarizes certain information regarding our facilities as of December 31, 2013:2014:

 
  
 # of Locations  
 # of Spaces  
 
States/Provinces
 Airports and Urban Cities Airport Urban Total Airport Urban Total 

Alabama

 Airports, Auburn, Birmingham and Mobile  1  68  69  1,074  14,180  15,254 

Alberta

 Airports, Calgary, Edmonton, and Sherwood Park  3  6  9    1,561  1,561 

Arkansas

 Little Rock    1  1    371  371 

Arizona

 Phoenix, Tempe, Nogales, Scottsdale,    30  30    24,712  24,712 

California

 Airports, Beverly Hills, Glendale, Long Beach, Los Angeles, Newport Beach, Riverside, Sacramento, San Francisco, San Jose and Santa Monica  29  762  791  59,439  257,202  316,639 

Colorado

 Airports, Aurora, Colorado Springs, Denver, Greenwood Village, and Lakewood  9  159  168  40,477  68,732  109,209 

Connecticut

 Airports, Hartford and Windsor Locks  12  6  18  12,868  1,166  14,034 

Delaware

 Wilmington    3  3    1,167  1,167 

District of Columbia

 Airport and Washington, DC                   

Florida

 Airports, Coral Gables, Ft. Lauderdale, Ft. Myers, Miami, Orlando, Saint Petersburg and Tampa  14  218  232  49,877  86,190  136,067 

Georgia

 Airports and Atlanta  16  62  78  35,367  41,167  76,534 

Hawaii

 Honolulu    37  37    14,630  14,630 

Idaho

 Airport  1    1  915    915 

Illinois

 Airports, Chicago and Evanston  13  320  333  37,366  121,222  158,588 

Indiana

 Indianapolis    7  7    2,130  2,130 

Kansas

 Topeka    2  2    832  832 

Kentucky

 Airports and Lexington  6  18  24  16,807  3,430  20,237 

Louisiana

 Airports, Baton Rouge, Kenner, and New Orleans  9  93  102  10,474  25,149  35,623 

Maine

 Airports and Portland  3  3  6  3,081  1,890  4,971 

Manitoba

 Winnipeg    8  8    941  941 

Maryland

 Baltimore, Landover, Oxon Hill, Rockville    63  63    60,799  60,799 

Massachusetts

 Boston and Cambridge    100  100    36,629  36,629 

Michigan

 Airports and Detroit  14  31  45  34,439  15,587  50,026 

Minnesota

 Minneapolis and St. Paul    37  37    11,851  11,851 

Mississippi

 Jackson    16  16    5,672  5,672 

Missouri

 Airports, Kansas City and St. Louis  7  84  91  26,644  37,587  64,231 

Montana

 Airports  6    6  5,170    5,170 

Nebraska

 Airports and Omaha  2  11  13  1,307  2,349  3,656 

New Hampshire

 Airports  5    5    8,427  8,427 

New Jersey

 Camden, Jersey City, Newark, Paterson and Wayne    90  90    79,284  79,284 

New Mexico

 Airport and Albuquerque  1  8  9    4,186  4,186 

New York

 Airports, Bronx, Brooklyn, Buffalo, Flushing, Long Island City, Manhattan and New York City  8  558  566  15,547  84,022  99,569 

North Carolina

 Airport and Charlotte  3  30  33  2,352  19,186  21,538 

North Dakota

 Airports  2    2  2,336    2,336 

Ohio

 Airports, Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus and Dayton  17  174  191  17,859  94,637  112,496 

Oklahoma

 Oklahoma City and Tulsa    26  26    6,728  6,728 

Ontario

 Hamilton, Kitchener and Toronto    125  125    35,649  35,649 

Oregon

 Airports and Portland  8  10  18  18,293  4,042  22,335 

Pennsylvania

 Airports, Harrisburg, and Philadelphia  4  80  84  7,241  60,389  67,630 

Puerto Rico

 Carolina and San Juan    30  30    17,378  17,378 

Quebec

 Gatineau    8  8    4,647  4,647 

Rhode Island

 Airports, Providence, and Warwick  7  18  25  9,027  7,537  16,564 

South Carolina

 Columbia and Greenville    3  3    1,651  1,651 

South Dakota

 Airports  2    2  2,716    2,716 

Tennessee

 Airports, Knoxville, Memphis and Nashville  6  90  96  11,938  19,759  31,697 

Texas

 Airports, Austin, Dallas, Ft. Worth, Houston and San Antonio  29  236  265  42,081  167,590  209,671 

Utah

 Airports, Farmington, and Salt Lake City  9  14  23  15,161  5,247  20,408 

Virginia

 Airports, Arlington, Newport News, Richmond and Virginia Beach  8  108  116  11,280  37,038  48,318 

Washington

 Airport, Bellevue and Seattle  1  102  103  1,253  23,088  24,341 

West Virginia

 Charleston    15  15    5,367  5,367 

Wisconsin

 Airports and Milwaukee  12  34  46  20,099  17,435  37,534 
                

 Totals  263  3,980  4,243  512,486  1,558,162  2,070,648 
                
                
 
  
 # of Locations  
 # of Spaces  
 
States/Provinces
 Airports and Urban Cities Airport Urban Total Airport Urban Total 

Alabama

 Airports, Birmingham, Mobile and Talladega  1  60  61  1,074  10,483  11,557 

Alberta

 Calgary, Edmonton and Sherwood Park    9  9    1,229  1,229 

Arizona

 Glendale, Mesa, Nogales, Phoenix, Scottsdale, Sedona and Tempe    32  32    22,747  22,747 

California

 Airports, Glendale, Long Beach, Los Angeles, Newport Beach, Oakland, Riverside, Sacramento, San Francisco, San Jose, Santa Monica and other various cities  21  769  790  54,936  261,372  316,308 

Colorado

 Airports, Aurora, Boulder, Broomfield, Colorado Springs, Denver, Golden, Greenwood Village, Lakewood, Lone Tree, Westminster and other various cities  9  164  173  40,477  65,182  105,659 

Connecticut

 Airports, Hartford, Stamford, Waterbury and Windsor Locks  8  5  13  7,941  2,725  10,666 

Delaware

 Wilmington    3  3    1,167  1,167 

District of Columbia

 Airport and Washington, DC  1  73  74    17,252  17,252 

Florida

 Airports, Coral Gables, Ft. Lauderdale, Jacksonville, Miami, Miami Beach, Orlando, South Miami, St. Petersburg, Tampa, West Palm Beach and other various cities  24  233  257  46,602  97,567  144,169 

Georgia

 Airports, Athens, Atlanta, Decatur, and Duluth  16  71  87  35,367  46,670  82,037 

Hawaii

 Aiea, Honolulu, Kaneohe, Lahaina, Wailuku and Waipahu    39  39    15,039  15,039 

Idaho

 Airport  1    1  915    915 

Illinois

 Airports, Chicago, Elgin, Evanston, Harvey, Lake County, North Chicago, Oak Lawn, Oak Park, Rosemont, Schaumburg and other various cities  13  317  330  37,366  124,877  162,243 

Indiana

 Indianapolis and South Bend    7  7    2,130  2,130 

Kansas

 Kansas City and Topeka    3  3    832  832 

Kentucky

 Airports, Covington, Erlanger, Frankfort and Lexington  6  16  22  16,807  3,368  20,175 

Louisiana

 Airports, Baton Rouge, Gretina, Kenner, New Orleans, Shreveport and Westwego  7  75  82  10,324  16,362  26,686 

Maine

 Airports and Portland  3  3  6  3,081  1,890  4,971 

Manitoba

 Winnipeg    2  2    399  399 

Maryland

 Baltimore, Bethesda, Ellicott City, Landover, Oxon Hill, Riverdale, Rockville, Silver Spring and Towson    54  54    53,414  53,414 

Massachusetts

 Attleboro, Boston, Cambridge, Charlestown, Chelsea, Lawrence, Roxbury, Somerville, Springfield and Worcester    98  98    33,669  33,669 

Michigan

 Airports, Ann Arbor, Birmingham, Detroit, Flint, Freeland, Grand Rapids, Kalamazoo, Lansing, Royal Oak, Traverse City and other various cities  14  32  46  34,416  16,152  50,568 

Minnesota

 Minneapolis and St. Paul    36  36    11,459  11,459 

Mississippi

 Jackson    15  15    4,484  4,484 

Table of Contents

 
  
 # of Locations  
 # of Spaces  
 
States/Provinces
 Airports and Urban Cities Airport Urban Total Airport Urban Total 

Missouri

 Airports, Barnhart, Clayton, Kansas City, Springfield and St. Louis  7  79  86  24,816  34,690  59,506 

Montana

 Airports  6    6  5,170    5,170 

Nebraska

 Airports, Lincoln and Omaha  2  12  14  1,307  2,949  4,256 

New Hampshire

 Airports  5    5  8,427    8,427 

New Jersey

 Atlantic City, Bayonne, Camden, East Rutherford, Jersey City, New Brunswick, Newark, Paterson, Wayne and Weehawken    88  88    67,281  67,281 

New Mexico

 Airport and Albuquerque  1  8  9    3,777  3,777 

New York

 Airports, Bronx, Brooklyn, Buffalo, Elmhurst, Flushing, Hamburg, Manhattan, New York City, Ronkonkoma, Syracuse and other various cities  8  546  554  15,547  101,274  116,821 

North Carolina

 Airports, Asheville, Carolina Beach,Charlotte, Fletcher, Greensboro, Wilmington, and Winston Salem  8  50  58  17,208  19,674  36,882 

North Dakota

 Airports  2    2  2,336    2,336 

Ohio

 Airports, Akron, Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus, Dayton, Lakewood, North Canton and Westerville  16  170  186  17,892  95,521  113,413 

Oklahoma

 Oklahoma City and Tulsa    26  26    6,728  6,728 

Ontario

 Brampton, Cambridge, Kitchener, Mississauga, North York, Oshawa, Ottawa, Saultsaintemarie, Thunder bay and Toronto    89  89    36,550  36,550 

Oregon

 Airports, Corvallis, Medford, Portland and Redmond  8  16  24  18,293  9,259  27,552 

Pennsylvania

 Airports, Avoca, Chester, Harrisburg, Lancaster, Middletown, Norristown, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh and Scranton  4  70  74  7,241  57,181  64,422 

Puerto Rico

 Caguas, Carolina, Dorado, Guaynabo, Ponce, Rio Grande and San Juan    40  40    19,736  19,736 

Quebec

 Gatineau    8  8    4,647  4,647 

Rhode Island

 Airports, Newport, Providence and Warwick  7  16  23  9,027  7,138  16,165 

South Carolina

 Columbia    2  2    1,311  1,311 

South Dakota

 Airports  2    2  2,716    2,716 

Tennessee

 Airports, Blountville, Knoxville, Memphis and Nashville  9  71  80  18,300  15,560  33,860 

Texas

 Airports, Addison, Austin, Dallas, El Paso, Ft. Worth, Houston, Irving, San Antonio, Waco and Woodlands  33  234  267  37,481  140,230  177,711 

Utah

 Airports, Farmington, Park City and Salt Lake City  10  16  26  15,067  5,536  20,603 

Virginia

 Airports, Arlington, Fairfax, Manassas, Newport News, Norfolk, Reston, Richmond, Roanoke, Vienna and Virginia Beach  8  109  117  11,280  39,662  50,942 

Washington

 Airport, Bellevue, Bellingham, Renton, Seattle and Tukwila  1  103  104  1,253  23,394  24,647 

West Virginia

 Charleston    8  8    2,655  2,655 

Wisconsin

 Airports, Appleton, Green Bay, Lacrosse, Madison and Milwaukee  12  33  45  20,099  17,062  37,161 

 Totals  273  3,910  4,183  522,766  1,522,284  2,045,050 

        We have interest in fifteenseventeen joint ventures, seventwelve limited liability companies, twelveeighteen general partnerships, and one limited partnership that each operate between one and thirty-five parking facilities. We also held a partial ownership interest in four parking facilities as of December 31, 2013.2014.


Table of Contents

        For additional information on our properties, see also Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Summary of Operating Facilities" and Note D. and Note L. of the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data".Data."

Office Leases

        We lease approximately 35,000 square feet for our corporate offices in Chicago, Illinois. We believe that this space will be adequate to meet our current and foreseeable future needs.

        We also lease approximately 40,00033,000 square feet for our support office in Nashville, Tennessee, which expires on March 31, 2014.Tennessee. We have entered into a new lease for approximately 33,000 square feet that will commence on April 1, 2014 and we believe that this space will be adequate to our meet current and foreseeable future needs.

        We also lease regional offices in various cities in the United States and Canada. These lease agreements generally include renewal and expansion options, and we believe that these facilities are adequate to meet our current and foreseeable future needs.


Table of Contents

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

        We are subject to litigation in the normal course of our business. The outcomes of legal proceedings and claims brought against us and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. We accrue a charge against income when our management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In addition, we accrue for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against us by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of our intent to appeal. In addition, we are from time-to-time party to litigation, administrative proceedings and union grievances that arise in the normal course of business, and occasionally pay non-material amounts to resolve claims or alleged violations of regulatory requirements. There are no "normal course" matters that separately or in the aggregate, would, in the opinion of management, have a material adverse effect on our operations, financial condition or cash flow.

        In determining the appropriate loss contingencies, we consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of potential loss. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a potential loss or a range of potential loss involves significant estimation and judgment.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

        Not applicable.


Table of Contents


PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

        Effective December 2, 2013, we changed our name from Standard Parking Corporation to SP Plus Corporation. In conjunction with our name change, we changed the ticker symbol under which ourOur common stock is tradedlisted on the NASDAQ Global SelectStock Market from "STAN" toLLC under the symbol "SP". The following table sets forth for the periods indicated, the high and low intraday sales prices forof our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.Stock Market LLC during each quarter of the two most recent calendar years.


 2013 2012  2014 2013 

 Sales Price Sales Price  Sales Price Sales Price 
Quarter Ended
 High Low High Low  High Low High Low 

March 31

 $22.60 $19.34 $20.81 $17.00  $27.48 $24.55 $22.60 $19.34 

June 30

 $23.26 $20.00 $21.52 $18.33  $26.08 $21.09 $23.26 $20.00 

September 30

 $26.92 $21.40 $24.31 $20.87  $22.25 $18.83 $26.92 $21.40 

December 31

 $28.09 $21.97 $23.87 $20.68  $25.23 $19.26 $28.09 $21.97 

Holders

        As of March 3, 2014, there were 2,772 holders of our common stock, based on the number of record holders of our common stock.

Dividends

        We did not pay a cash dividend in respect of our common stock in 20132014 or 2012.2013. By the terms of our Restated Senior Credit Facility, we can pay cash dividends on our capital stock not to exceed $10.0 million in aggregate while such facility is in effect. Any future dividends will be determined based on earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, and other factors considered relevant by our Board of Directors. There are no restrictions on the ability of our wholly owned subsidiaries to pay cash dividends to us.

Holders

        As of March 2, 2015, there were 2,880 holders of our common stock, based on the number of record holders of our common stock.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

Plan Category
 Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and
Rights
(a)
 Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants and
Rights
(b)
 Number of Securities
Remaining Available
for Future Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation Plans
(Excluding Securities
Reflected in
Column (a))
(c)
  Number of
Securities to be
Issued Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and
Rights (a)
 Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and
Rights
 Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available
for Future
Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans
(Excluding
Securities
Reflected in
Column (a))
 

Equity compensation plans approved by securities holders

 722,469 $0.06 605,025  651,918 $0.06 500,202 

Equity compensation plans not approved by securities holders

        
       

Total

 722,469 $0.06 605,025  651,918 $0.06 500,202 
       
       

Stock Repurchases

        In June 2011, our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase shares of our common stock, on the open market, up to $20.0 million in aggregate and cancelled a prior authorization from 2008. There were no stockshare repurchases forin the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. As of December 31, 2013,aggregate. Under this repurchase


Table of Contents

$12.5program, we may purchase our common shares from time to time in open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions and may make all or part of the purchases pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans. Any repurchased shares are retired and returned to an authorized but unissued status. The repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time without notice. As of December 31, 2014, $12.5 million remained available for stock repurchases under the June 2011 authorization by the Board of Directors. We made no stock repurchases during 2014 or 2013.

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table presents selected historicalconsolidated data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2013, 2012statements and 2011, derived from our audited consolidated financial statements,the notes thereto, which are included in Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data". The table also presents selected historical consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included herein. The selected financial data set forth below should be readthe information contained in conjunction with Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and ResultResults of Operations" and the historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for years 2013, 2012 and 2011, which are included in Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data".

        On October 2, 2012, we completed our acquisition (the "Central Merger") of Central Parking Corporation ("Central"). Our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 include Central's results of operations for the entire year. Our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 include Central's results of operations for the period October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012. Our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 do not include amounts related to Central's results of operations.


Table of ContentsOperations."

        The results of operations for the historical periods included in the following table are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods. See Item 1A. "Risk Factors" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of risk factors that could impact our future results.

        On October 2, 2012, we completed our acquisition (the "Central Merger") of Central Parking Corporation ("Central"). Our consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2014 include Central's results of operations for the entire year. Our consolidated results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012 include Central's results of operations for the period October 2, 2012 through December 31, 2012.


Table of Contents


 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 

 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009  2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 

 (In thousands)
  (In millions)
 

Statement of Operations Data:

                      

Parking services revenue:

                      

Lease contracts

 $489,575 $250,355 $147,510 $138,664 $140,441  $496.6 $489.6 $250.4 $147.5 138.7 

Management contracts

 347,346 230,501 173,725 171,331 153,382  338.3 347.3 230.5 173.7 171.3 

 834.9 836.9 480.9 321.2 310.0 

Reimbursed management contract revenue

 629,878 473,082 408,427 411,148 401,671  679.8 629.9 473.1 408.4 411.1 
           

Total revenue

 1,466,799 953,938 729,662 721,143 695,494  1,514.7 1,466.8 954.0 729.6 721.1 

Cost of parking services:

                      

Lease contracts

 456,090 231,781 136,494 128,613 130,897  455.7 456.1 231.8 136.5 128.6 

Management contracts

 208,730 141,949 97,186 96,912 87,812  207.9 208.7 141.9 97.2 96.9 

 663.6 664.8 373.7 233.7 225.5 

Reimbursed management contract expense

 629,878 473,082 408,427 411,148 401,671  679.8 629.9 473.1 408.4 411.1 
           

Total cost of parking services

 1,294,698 846,812 642,107 636,673 620,380  1,343.4 1,294.7 846.8 642.1 636.6 

Gross profit:

                      

Lease contracts

 33,485 18,574 11,016 10,051 9,544  40.9 33.5 18.6 11.0 10.1 

Management contracts

 138,676 88,552 76,539 74,419 65,570  130.4 138.6 88.6 76.5 74.4 
           

Total gross profit

 172,101 107,126 87,555 84,470 75,114  171.3 172.1 107.2 87.5 84.5 

General and administrative expenses

 98,931 86,540 48,297 47,878 44,707  101.5 98.9 86.5 48.3 47.9 

Depreciation and amortization

 31,193 13,513 6,618 6,074 5,828  30.3 31.2 13.5 6.6 6.1 
           

Operating income

 41,977 7,073 32,640 30,518 24,579  39.5 42.0 7.2 32.6 30.5 

Other expense (income):

           

Interest expense

 19,034 8,616 4,691 5,335 6,012  17.8 19.0 8.6 4.7 5.3 

Interest income

 (643) (297) (227) (218) (268) (0.4) (0.6) (0.3) (0.2) (0.2)
           

Gain on contribution of a business to an unconsolidated entity

 (4.1)     

Equity in losses from investments in unconsolidated entity

 0.3     

 18,391 8,319 4,464 5,117 5,744 
           

Total other expense (income)

 13.6 18.4 8.3 4.5 5.1 

Income before income taxes

 23,586 (1,246) 28,176 25,401 18,835  25.9 23.6 (1.1) 28.1 25.4 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 8,821 (3,620) 10,700 9,770 6,807  (0.2) 8.8 (3.6) 10.7 9.8 
           

Net income

 14,765 2,374 17,476 15,631 12,028  26.1 14.8 2.5 17.4 15.6 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 2,676 1,034 378 268 123  3.0 2.7 1.0 0.4 0.3 
           

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation(1)

 $12,089 $1,340 $17,098 $15,363 $11,905  $23.1 $12.1 $1.5 $17.0 $15.3 
           
           

Balance Sheet Data (at end of year):

                      

Cash and cash equivalents

 $23,158 $28,450 $13,220 $7,305 $8,256  $18.2 $23.2 $28.5 $13.2 $7.3 

Total assets(2)

 862,375 905,283 242,971 242,843 230,180  825.8 862.4 905.3 242.9 242.8 

Total debt(3)

 288,662 310,559 82,013 97,902 113,211  253.4 288.7 310.6 82.0 97.9 

Total SP Plus Corporation stockholders' equity(4)

 $203,108 $186,248 $41,251 $29,204 $8,554  $229.1 $203.1 $186.2 $41.3 $29.2 

(1)
Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation for 2012 includes the following significant amounts from the Central Merger: Total revenue, excluding reimbursed revenue, of $127.8 million; Totaltotal cost of parking services, excluding reimbursed expense, of $190.0 million; and Generalgeneral and administrative expenses of $24.6 million.


Table of Contents

(2)
Total assets as of December 31, 2012 includes the impact of assets acquired in the Central Merger of $624.9 million.

(3)
Total long-term debt, including current portion as of December 31, 2012, includes $217.7 million of debt, net of cash acquired, assumed in the Central Merger.

(4)
Total SP Plus Corporation stockholders' equity as of December 31, 2012 includes approximately $140.7 million related to the issuance of our common stock in the Central Merger.

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        This Item 7, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and other parts of this Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements provide current expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. Forward-looking statements can also be identified by words such as "future," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "plans," "predicts," "will," "would," "could," "can," "may," and similar terms. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and the Company's actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K under the heading "Risk Factors," which are incorporated herein by reference. The following discussion of our results of operations should be read in conjunction with the "Selected Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in Part II, Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Each of the related notes included elsewhere herein. This discussion containsterms the "Company" and "SP Plus" as used herein refers collectively to SP Plus Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, unless otherwise stated. The Company assumes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statementsfor any reason, except as a result of many factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in Item 1A "Risk Factors" and elsewhere herein. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."required by law.

Overview

    Our Business

        We manageprovide parking facilitiesmanagement, ground transportation and other ancillary services to commercial, institutional and municipal clients in urban markets and at airports across the United States, Puerto Rico and in four Canadian provinces.Canada. Our services include a comprehensive set of on-site parking management and ground transportation services, which include facility maintenance, security services, training, scheduling and supervising all service personnel as well as providing customer service, marketing, and accounting and revenue control functions necessary to facilitate the operation of our clients' facilities. We also provide a range of ancillary services such as airport shuttle operations, valet services, taxi and livery dispatch services and municipal meter revenue collection and enforcement services. We typically enter into contractual relationships with property owners or managers as opposed to owning facilities.

        We operate our clients' properties through two types of arrangements: management contracts and leases. Under a management contract, we typically receive a base monthly fee for managing the facility, and we may also receive an incentive fee based on the achievement of facility performance objectives. We also receive fees for ancillary services. Typically, all of the underlying revenues and expenses under a standard management contract flow through to our clients rather than to us. However, some management contracts, which are referred to as "reverse" management contracts, usually provide for larger management fees and require us to pay various costs. Under lease arrangements, we generally pay to the property owner either a fixed annual rent, a percentage of gross customer collections or a combination thereof. We collect all revenues under lease arrangements and we are responsible for most operating expenses, but we are typically not responsible for major maintenance, capital expenditures or real estate taxes. Margins for lease contracts vary significantly, not only due to operating performance, but also due to variability of parking rates in different cities and varying space utilization by parking facility type and location. As of December 31, 2013,2014, we operated 80%81% of our locations under management contracts and 20%19% under leases.

        In evaluating our financial condition and operating performance, management's primary focus is on our gross profit and total general and administrative expense and general and administrative expense as a percentage of our gross profit.expense. Although the underlying economics to us of management contracts and leases are similar, the manner in which we are required to account for them differs. Revenue from leases includes all gross customer collections derived from our leased locations (net of local parking taxes), whereas revenue from management contracts only includes our contractually


Table of Contents

agreed upon management fees and amounts attributable to ancillary services. Gross customer collections at facilities under management contracts, therefore, are not included in our revenue. Accordingly, while a change in the proportion of our operating agreements that are structured as leases versus management contracts may cause significant fluctuations in reported revenue and expense of parking services, that change will not artificially affect our gross profit. For example, as of December 31, 2013, 80%2014, 81% of our locations were operated under management contracts and 81%76% of our gross profit for the year ended


Table of Contents

December 31, 20132014 was derived from management contracts. Only 42%41% of total revenue (excluding reimbursed management contract revenue), however, was from management contracts because under those contracts the revenue collected from parking customers belongs to our clients. Therefore, gross profit and total general and administrative expense, rather than revenue, are management's primary focus.

    General Business Trends

        We believe that sophisticated commercial real estate developers and property managers and owners recognize the potential for parking and related services to be a profit generator rather than a cost center. Often, the parking experience makes both the first and the last impressions on their properties' tenants and visitors. By outsourcing these services, they are able to capture additional profit by leveraging the unique operational skills and controls that an experienced parking management company can offer. Our ability to consistently deliver a uniformly high level of parking and related services and maximize the profit to our clients improves our ability to win contracts and retain existing locations. Our location retention rate was approximately 87% for the year ended December 31, 2013, and was approximately 89% for the year ended December 31, 2012, excluding Central for the period of time in 2012 it was not under our ownership and dispositions required by the Department of Justice in connection with the Central Merger.

    Summary of Operating Facilities

        We focus our operations in core markets where a concentration of locations improves customer service levels and operating margins. The following table reflects our facilities operated at the end of the years indicated:


 December 31,
2013(1)
 December 31,
2012(2)
 December 31,
2011
  December 31, 

Managed facilities

 3,393 3,325 1,953 

 2014 2013 2012(2) 

Leased facilities(1)

 850 939 201  774 850 939 
       

Managed facilities(1)

 3,409 3,393 3,325 

Total facilities

 4,243 4,264 2,154  4,183 4,243 4,264 
       
       

(1)
Includes partial ownership in two managed facilities and two leased facilities acquired in the Central Merger.

(2)
Includes 1,388 managed facilities, 754 leased facilities, 2,142 total facilities and partial ownership in two managed facilities and four leased facilities acquired in the Central Merger.

    Revenue

        We recognize parking services revenue from lease and management contracts as the related services are provided. Substantially all of our revenues come from the following two sources:

    Parking services revenue—lease contract.  Parking services revenues related to lease contracts consist of all revenue received at a leased facility, including parking receipts (net of parking tax), consulting and real estate development fees, gains on sales of contracts and payments for exercising termination rights.

    Parking services revenue—management contract.  Management contract revenue consists of management fees, including both fixed and performance-based fees, and amounts attributable to

Table of Contents

      ancillary services such as accounting, equipment leasing, payments received for exercising termination rights, consulting, development fees, gains on sales of contracts, insurance and other


    Table of Contents

        value-added services with respect to managed locations. We believe we generally purchase required insurance at lower rates than our clients can obtain on their own because we effectively self-insureself-insured for all liability, and worker's compensation and health care claims by maintaining a large per-claim deductible. As a result, we have generated operating income on the insurance provided under our management contracts by focusing on our risk management efforts and controlling losses. Management contract revenues do not include gross customer collections at the managed locations as these revenues belong to the property owners rather than to us. Management contracts generally provide us with management fees regardless of the operating performance of the underlying facilities.

            Conversions between type of contracts, lease or management, are typically determined by our clients and not us. Although the underlying economics to us of management contracts and leases are similar, the manner in which we account for them differs substantially.

      Reimbursed Management Contract Revenue

            Reimbursed management contract revenue consists of the direct reimbursement from the property owner for operating expenses incurred under a management contract, which is reflected in our revenue.

      Cost of Parking Services

            Our cost of parking services consists of the following:

      Cost of parking services—lease contract.  The cost of parking services under a lease arrangement consists of contractual rental fees paid to the facility owner and all operating expenses incurred in connection with operating the leased facility. Contractual fees paid to the facility owner are generally based on either a fixed contractual amount or a percentage of gross revenue or a combination thereof. Generally, under a lease arrangement we are not responsible for major capital expenditures or real estate taxes.

      Cost of parking services—management contract.  The cost of parking services under a management contract is generally the responsibility of the facility owner. As a result, these costs are not included in our results of operations. However, our reverse management contracts, which typically provide for larger management fees, do require us to pay for certain costs.

    Reimbursed Management Contract Expense

        Reimbursed management contract expense consists of direct reimbursed costs incurred on behalf of property owners under a management contract, which is reflected in our cost of parking services.

    Gross Profit

        Gross profit equals our revenue less the cost of generating such revenue. This is the key metric we use to examine our performance because it captures the underlying economic benefit to us of both lease contracts and management contracts.

    General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses include salaries, wages, benefits, payroll taxes, insurance, travel and office related expenses for our headquarters, field offices, supervisory employees, and board of directors.


Table of Contents

    Depreciation and Amortization

        Depreciation is determined using a straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various asset classes or in the case of leasehold improvements, over the initial term of the operating lease or its useful life, whichever is shorter. Intangible assets determined to have finite lives are amortized over their estimated remaining useful life.

Results of Operations

    Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

        As noted previously, our consolidated results of operations for the yearyears ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 include Central's results of operations for the entire year, and the financial results for the year ended December 31, 2012 include only approximately three months of operations related to the acquired Central operations due to the timing of the closing of the Central Merger on October 2, 2012. To help understand the operating results for the periods,Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012, the term "Central operations" refers to the results of Central on a stand-alone basis for the period from October 2, 2012 to December 31, 2012 and the term "Standard operations" refers to the results of Standard on a stand-alone basis and not inclusive of results from the acquired operations of Central for the twelve months ended December 31, 2012.

    Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013

    Segments

        An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses, and about which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by our chief operating decision maker (CODM), in deciding how to allocate resources. Our CODM is our president and chief executive officer.

        The chief operating decision maker does not evaluate segments using discrete asset information. The business is managed based on regions administered by executive vice presidents. On November 1, 2013, the Companywe changed itsour internal reporting segment information reported to its CODM. The CompanyWe now reportsreport Ontario, Manitoba and Quebec in Region Oneregion one and Missouri, Nebraska, North Carolina and South Carolina in Region Five. Allregion five. The following includes the current internal reporting for which all periods presented have been restated to reflect the new internal reporting to the CODM.

    Region One, encompasses operations in Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Virginia, West Virginia, Wisconsin and the three Canadian provincesProvinces of Manitoba, Ontario, and Quebec.



    Region Two, encompasses event planning and transportation, and itsour technology-based parking and traffic management systems.



    Region Three, encompasses operations in Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington, and the Canadian provinceProvince of Alberta.



    Region Four, encompasses all major airport and transportation operations nationwide.



    Region Five encompasses Alabama, Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Puerto Rico, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Texas.



    Other, consists of ancillary revenue that is not specifically identifiable to a region and insurance reserve adjustments related to prior years.

        The following tables presentare a summary of revenues (excluding reimbursed management contract revenue), cost of parking services (excluding reimbursed management contract expense) and gross


Table of Contents

profit by regions for the material factorscomparable years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and the comparable years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

        Segment revenue information is summarized as follows:

 
 Year Ended December 31, 
 
 Region
One
 Region
Two
 Region
Three
 Region
Four
 Region
Five
 Other Total Variance 
 
 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 Amount % 
 
 (In millions)
 

Lease contract revenue:

                                                 

New location

 $15.8 $2.3 $0.2 $ $6.7 $1.2 $2.5 $0.7 $2.9 $0.2 $ $ $28.1 $4.4 $23.7  538.6%

Contract expirations

  7.7  12.4      1.3  5.2    3.1  1.7  6.2      10.7  26.9  (16.2) –60.2%

Same location

  279.0  281.2  4.5  4.4  40.9  39.6  41.5  39.7  86.1  87.8  (0.7) 1.6  451.3  454.3  (3.0) –0.7%

Conversions

  1.5  3.4      0.2  0.2  4.5    0.3  0.4      6.5  4.0  2.5  62.5%

Total lease contract revenue

 $304.0 $299.3 $4.7 $4.4 $49.1 $46.2 $48.5 $43.5 $91.0 $94.6 $(0.7)$1.6 $496.6 $489.6 $7.0  1.4%

Management contract revenue:

                                                 

New location

 $14.3 $4.1 $5.2 $0.7 $7.3 $1.4 $5.3 $0.9 $8.1 $1.7 $ $ $40.2 $8.8 $31.4  356.8%

Contract expirations

  4.0  21.9  0.3  1.2  2.2  10.9  (0.2) 0.9  2.1  4.4      8.4  39.3  (30.9) –78.6%

Same location

  82.0  83.4  24.9  29.3  49.3  51.1  100.2  98.0  32.1  36.3  (0.3) 0.4  288.8  298.5  (9.7) –3.2%

Conversions

  0.6  0.5        0.3  0.2    0.1  0.1    (0.2) 0.9  0.7  0.2  28.6%

Total management contract revenue

 $100.9 $109.9 $30.4 $31.2 $58.8 $63.7 $105.5 $99.8 $42.4 $42.5 $(0.3)$0.2 $338.3 $347.3 $(9.0) –2.6%

Parking services revenue—lease contract

        Lease contract revenue increased $7.0 million, or 1.4%, to $496.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $489.6 million for the year-ago period. The increase resulted primarily from increases in revenue from new locations and locations that impact our financial statements on anconverted from management contracts during the current year, partially offset by decreases in revenue from contract expirations and same location revenue. The decrease in same location revenue of $3.0 million, or 0.7%, was primarily due to decreases in short-term parking revenue and monthly parking revenue.

        From a reporting segment perspective, lease contract revenue increased primarily due to new locations in all five operating regions, same locations in regions two, three and four and conversions in region four. This was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five, same location revenue in regions one, five and other and conversions in regions one and five. Same location revenue decreases for the aforementioned regions were primarily due to decreases in short-term parking revenue and monthly parking revenue. The other region amounts in same location represent revenues not specifically identifiable to a region.

        Revenue associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period.

Parking services revenue—management contract

        Management contract revenue decreased $9.0 million, or 2.6%, to $338.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $347.3 million for the year-ago period. The decrease resulted primarily from decreases in contract expirations and same location revenue, which was partially offset by the increase in new location revenue and locations that converted from a lease contract during the current year. Same location revenue for those facilities decreased $9.7 million, or 3.2%, primarily due to decreased fees from ancillary services.

        From a reporting segment basis.perspective, management contract revenue decreased due to contract expirations in all five regions, same locations in regions one, two, three, five and other and conversions in region three, partially offset by, increases in management contract revenue for new locations in all five operating regions, same location in region four and conversions in regions one, four and other. The decreases in same location revenue were primarily due to decreases in fees from ancillary services. The other region amounts in same location represent revenue from ancillary services and other revenue not specifically identifiable to a region.


Table of Contents

        Revenue associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period.

Reimbursed management contract revenue

        Reimbursed management contract revenue increased $49.9 million, or 7.9%, to $679.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $629.9 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted primarily from an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

        Segment cost of parking services information is summarized as follows:

 
 Year Ended December 31, 
 
 Region One Region Two Region
Three
 Region
Four
 Region Five Other Total Variance 
 
 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 Amount % 
 
 (In millions)
 

Cost of parking services lease contracts:

                                                 

New location

 $13.8 $1.6 $0.1 $ $5.7 $1.1 $2.3 $0.6 $2.7 $0.2 $(0.1)$ $24.5 $3.5 $21.0  600.0%

Contract expirations

  6.1  13.1      1.1  4.7    2.8  1.4  5.0    (0.1) 8.6  25.5  (16.9) 66.3%

Same location

  267.1  269.3  4.1  4.3  36.6  36.7  38.6  37.2  70.4  73.6  (0.5) 2.6  416.9  423.6  (6.7) –1.6%

Conversions

  1.4  3.0      0.2  0.2  4.0    0.1  0.3      5.7  3.5  2.2  62.9%

Total cost of parking services lease contracts

 $288.4 $287.0 $4.2 $4.3 $44.2 $42.6 $44.9 $40.6 $74.6 $79.1 $(0.6)$2.5 $455.7 $456.1 $(0.4) –0.1%

Cost of parking services management contracts:

                                                 

New location

 $9.4 $2.3 $3.5 $0.5 $4.6 $0.7 $4.0 $0.8 $4.1 $1.3 $1.4 $ $27.0 $5.6 $21.4  382.1%

Contract expirations

  2.7  12.4  0.1  0.4  1.4  5.8  0.1    1.1  1.8      5.4  20.4  (15.0) –73.5%

Same location

  39.5  43.9  14.0  20.5  29.0  31.2  71.1  71.1  16.6  18.6  3.4  (4.0) 173.6  181.3  (7.7) –4.2%

Conversions

  0.1  0.1          1.7  1.4  0.1        1.9  1.5  0.4  –4.2%

Total cost of parking services management contracts

 $51.7 $58.7 $17.6 $21.4 $35.0 $37.7 $76.9 $73.3 $21.9 $21.7 $4.8 $(4.0)$207.9 $208.8 $(0.9) –0.4%

Cost of parking services—lease contracts

        Cost of parking services for lease contracts decreased $0.4 million, or 0.1%, to $455.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $456.1 million for the year-ago period. The decrease resulted primarily from decreases in costs from contract expirations and same locations, which was partially offset by increases in costs from new locations and locations that converted from management contracts during the current year. Same location costs decreased $6.7 million, or 1.6%, primarily due to lower operating expenses and lower rent expense, primarily as a result of contingent rental payments on the decrease in revenue for same locations, partially offset by structural repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger.

        From a reporting segment perspective, cost of parking services for lease contracts decreased primarily due to contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five, same locations in regions one, two, five and other and conversions in regions one and five, partially offset by increases in cost of parking services for lease contracts in same locations in regions three and four, new locations in all five regions, conversions in region four and contract expirations in region other. Same location cost decreased primarily due to a reduction on contingent rental payments on the decrease in revenue and reduced other operating costs, partially offset by structural repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger. The other region amounts represent structural repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger and other costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

        Cost of parking services associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.


Table of Contents

Cost of parking services—management contracts

        Cost of parking services for management contracts decreased $0.9 million, or 0.4%, to $207.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $208.7 million for the year-ago period. The decrease resulted from decreases in costs related to contract expirations and same locations, partially offset by increases in new locations and locations that converted from lease contracts during the current year. Same location decrease in operating expenses of $7.7 million, or 4.2%, for management contracts primarily resulted from decreases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and in the cost of providing management services.

        From a reporting segment perspective, cost of parking services for management contracts decreased due to contract expirations in regions one, two, three and five, same locations in regions one, two, three and five, partially offset by increases in cost of parking services for management contract in new locations in all five regions and other, same locations in region other, conversions in regions four and five and contract expirations in region four. Same location cost decreases primarily resulted from decreases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and in the cost of providing management services and prior year insurance reserve adjustments. The other region amounts represent prior year insurance reserve adjustments and other costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

        Cost of parking services associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

Reimbursed management contract expense

        Reimbursed management contract expense increased $49.9 million, or 7.9%, to $679.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $629.9 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted primarily from an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.


Table of Contents

        Segment gross profit/gross profit percentage information is summarized as follows:

 
 Year Ended December 31, 
 
 Region One Region Two Region Three Region Four Region Five Other Total Variance 
 
 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 2014 2013 Amount % 
 
 (In millions)
 

Gross profit lease contracts:

                                                 

New location

 $2.0 $0.7 $0.1 $ $1.0 $0.1 $0.2 $0.1 $0.2 $ $0.1 $ $3.6 $0.9 $2.7  300.0%

Contract expirations

  1.6  (0.7)     0.2  0.5    0.3  0.3  1.2    0.1  2.1  1.4  0.7  50.0%

Same location

  11.9  11.9  0.4  0.1  3.7  3.0  2.9  2.5  15.7  14.2  (0.2) (1.0) 34.4  30.7  3.7  12.1%

Conversions

  0.1  0.4          0.5    0.2  0.1      0.8  0.5  0.3  60.0%

Total gross profit lease contracts

 $15.6 $12.3 $0.5 $0.1 $4.9 $3.6 $3.6 $2.9 $16.4 $15.5 $(0.1)$(0.9)$40.9 $33.5 $7.4  22.1%

Gross profit percentage lease contracts:

                                                 

New location

  12.7% 30.4% 50.0% 0.0% 14.9% 8.3% 8.0% 14.3% 6.9% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 12.8% 20.5%      

Contract expirations

  20.8% –5.6% 0.0% 0.0% 15.4% 9.6% 0.0% 9.7% 17.6% 19.4% 0.0% 0.0% 19.6% 5.2%      

Same location

  4.3% 4.2% 8.9% 2.3% 9.0% 7.6% 7.0% 6.3% 18.2% 16.2% 28.6% –62.5% 7.6% 6.8%      

Conversions

  6.7% 11.8% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 11.1% 0.0% 66.7% 25.0% 0.0% 0.0% 12.3% 12.5%      

Total gross profit percentage

  5.1% 4.1% 10.6% 2.3% 10.0% 7.8% 7.4% 6.7% 18.0% 16.4% –14.3% –56.3% 8.2% 6.8%      

Gross profit management contracts:

                                                 

New location

 $4.9 $1.8 $1.7 $0.2 $2.7 $0.7 $1.3 $0.1 $4.0 $0.4 $(1.4)$ $13.2 $3.2 $10.0  312.5%

Contract expirations

  1.3  9.5  0.2  0.8  0.8  5.1  (0.3) 0.9  1.0  2.6      3.0  18.9  (15.9) –84.2%

Same location

  42.5  39.5  10.9  8.8  20.3  19.9  29.1  26.9  15.5  17.7  (3.1) 4.4  115.2 $117.2  (2.0) –1.7%

Conversions

  0.5  0.4        0.3  (1.5) (1.4)   0.1    (0.2) (1.0) (0.8) (0.2) 25.0%

Total gross profit management contracts

 $49.2 $51.2 $12.8 $9.8 $23.8 $26.0 $28.6 $26.5 $20.5 $20.8 $(4.9)$4.2 $130.4 $138.5 $(8.1) –5.8%

Gross profit percentage management contracts:

                                                 

New location

  34.3% 43.9% 32.7% 28.6% 37.0% 50.0% 24.5% 11.1% 49.4% 23.5% 0.0% 0.0% 32.8% 36.4%      

Contract expirations

  32.5% 43.4% 66.7% 66.7% 36.4% 46.8% 150% 100.0% 47.6% 59.1% 0.0% 0.0% 35.7% 48.1%      

Same location

  51.8% 47.4% 43.8% 30.0% 41.2% 38.9% 29.0% 27.4% 48.3% 48.8% –1033% 1100.0% 39.8% 39.3%      

Conversions

  83.3% 80.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% –750% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% 0.0% 100.0% –111.1% –114.3%      

Total gross profit percentage

  48.8% 46.6% 42.1% 31.4% 40.5% 40.8% 27.1% 26.6% 48.3% 48.9% –1500% 2100.0% 38.5% 39.9%      

Gross profit—lease contracts

        Gross profit for lease contracts increased $7.4 million, or 22.1%, to $40.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $33.5 million for year-ago period. Gross profit percentage for lease contracts was 8.2% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to 6.8% for the year-ago period. Gross profit lease contracts increases were the result of new locations, contract expirations, same locations and locations that converted from management contracts during the current year. Gross profit for lease contracts on same locations increased primarily due to decreased operating expenses and lower rent expense, primarily as a result of contingent rental payments in an amount that exceeded the decrease in revenue in short-term and monthly parking revenue, partially offset by structural repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger.

        From a reporting segment perspective, gross profit for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations in all five regions and other, contract expirations in region one, same locations in regions two, three, four, five and other and conversions in regions four and five, partially offset by decreases in gross profit for lease contracts for contract expirations in regions three, four, five and other and conversions in region one. Gross profit for lease contracts on same locations increased primarily due to decreased operating expenses and lower rent expense, primarily as a result of contingent rental payments in an amount that exceeded the decrease in revenue in short-term and monthly parking revenue, partially offset by structural repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger.

        Gross profit associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.


Table of Contents

Gross profit—management contracts

        Gross profit for management contracts decreased $8.1 million, or 5.8%, to $130.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $138.5 million in for the year-ago period. Gross profit percentage for management contracts decreased to 38.5% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to 39.9% for the year-ago period. Gross profit for management contracts decreases were primarily the result of contract expirations, same locations and locations that converted from lease contracts during the current year, partially offset by an increase in new locations. Gross profit management contracts decreases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services.

        From a reporting segment perspective, gross profit for management contracts decreased primarily due contract expirations in all five regions, same locations in region five and other, new locations in region other and conversions in regions three, four and five, partially offset by increases in gross profit for management contracts in new locations in all five operating regions, contract expirations in region four, same locations in regions one, two, three and four and conversions in regions one and other. Gross profit for management contracts decreased on same locations primarily as the result of increased costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services.

        Gross profit associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

General and administrative expenses

        General and administrative expenses increased $2.6 million, or 2.6%, to $101.5 million for year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $98.9 million for the year-ago period. The increase in general and administrative expenses primarily related to increased compensation and benefit cost, including increased cost due to an actuarial update to the mortality tables supporting certain of the Company's deferred compensation arrangements with certain executives, partially offset by decreased merger and integration related costs.

Interest expense

        Interest expense decreased $1.2 million, or 6.4%, to $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $19.0 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted primarily from a decrease in average borrowing rates and reductions in borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility.

Interest income

        Interest income decreased by $0.2 million, or 37.6%, to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, as compared to $0.6 million in the year-ago period.

Income tax expense

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized income tax benefit of $0.2 million on pre-tax earnings of $25.9 million compared to an $8.8 million income tax expense on pre-tax earnings of $23.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Our effective tax rate was a benefit of 0.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared 37.4% for the year ended December 31, 2013. Our effective tax rate decreased to a benefit of 0.8% as of December 31, 2014 compared to 37.4% as of December 31, 2013 due to the reversal of valuation allowances for deferred tax assets established for historical net operating losses. The valuation allowances were reversed due to changes in the New York tax laws in the first quarter 2014 and an entity restructuring undertaken in the fourth quarter of 2014, which resulted in our determining that the future benefit of the net operating loss carryforwards were more likely than not to be realized.


Table of Contents

Fiscal 2013 Compared to Fiscal 2012

        Segment revenue information is summarized as follows:


 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 

 Region One Region Two Region
Three
 Region
Four
 Region Five Other Total Variance  Region One Region Two Region
Three
 Region
Four
 Region Five Other Total Variance 

 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 Amount %  2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 Amount % 

 (In millions)
  (In millions)
 

Lease contract revenue:

                                                                  

New location

 $4.2 $0.5 $0.0 $0.0 $3.7 $2.0 $1.5 $0.2 $15.0 $10.1 $0.0 $0.0 $24.4 $12.8 $11.6 90.6% $4.2 $0.5 $0.0 $0.0 $3.7 $2.0 $1.5 $0.2 $15.0 $10.1 $0.0 $0.0 $24.4 $12.8 $11.6 90.6%

Contract expirations

 0.3 3.3 0.0 0.0 1.8 3.8 2.6 4.1 0.4 3.1 0.0 0.0 5.1 14.3 (9.2) -64.3% 0.3 3.3 0.0 0.0 1.8 3.8 2.6 4.1 0.4 3.1 0.0 0.0 5.1 14.3 (9.2) –64.3%

Same location

 81.3 73.2 0.0 0.0 14.6 13.6 39.4 37.8 14.4 13.6 0.1 0.1 149.8 138.3 11.5 8.3% 81.3 73.2 0.0 0.0 14.6 13.6 39.4 37.8 14.4 13.6 0.1 0.1 149.8 138.3 11.5 8.3%

Conversions

 0.3 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.3 1.3 (1.0) -76.9% 0.3 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.3 1.3 (1.0) –76.9%

Acquisition

 213.2 57.4 4.4 1.4 26.1 7.7 0.0 0.0 64.8 17.3 1.5 (0.1) 310.0 83.7 226.3 270.4% 213.2 57.4 4.4 1.4 26.1 7.7 0.0 0.0 64.8 17.3 1.5 (0.1) 310.0 83.7 226.3 270.4%
                                 

Total lease contract revenue

 $299.3 $134.8 $4.4 $1.4 $46.2 $27.1 $43.5 $43.0 $94.6 $44.1 $1.6 $0.0 $489.6 $250.4 $239.2 95.5% $299.3 $134.8 $4.4 $1.4 $46.2 $27.1 $43.5 $43.0 $94.6 $44.1 $1.6 $0.0 $489.6 $250.4 $239.2 95.5%
                                 
                                 

Management contract revenue:

                                                                  

New location

 $9.2 $1.9 $1.2 $0.4 $3.9 $0.8 $4.0 $1.5 $3.2 $0.5 $0.0 $0.0 $21.5 $5.1 $16.4 321.6% $9.2 $1.9 $1.2 $0.4 $3.9 $0.8 $4.0 $1.5 $3.2 $0.5 $0.0 $0.0 $21.5 $5.1 $16.4 321.6%

Contract expirations

 1.5 6.6 0.0 6.8 4.1 12.3 0.1 1.7 0.4 1.4 0.0 0.0 6.1 28.8 (22.7) -78.8% 1.5 6.6 0.0 6.8 4.1 12.3 0.1 1.7 0.4 1.4 0.0 0.0 6.1 28.8 (22.7) –78.8%

Same location

 49.0 46.9 8.5 9.0 33.3 32.4 45.2 45.3 14.6 17.8 (0.4) 1.0 150.2 152.4 (2.2) -1.4% 49.0 46.9 8.5 9.0 33.3 32.4 45.2 45.3 14.6 17.8 (0.4) 1.0 150.2 152.4 (2.2) –1.4%

Conversions

 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (0.1) 0.0 0.0 0.1 (0.1) -100.0% 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 (0.1) 0.0 0.0 0.1 (0.1) –100.0%

Acquisition

 50.1 13.7 21.5 5.4 22.4 5.4 50.5 13.0 24.3 7.6 0.7 (1.0) 169.5 44.1 125.4 284.4% 50.1 13.7 21.5 5.4 22.4 5.4 50.5 13.0 24.3 7.6 0.7 (1.0) 169.5 44.1 125.4 284.4%
                                 

Total management contract revenue

 $109.9 $69.2 $31.2 $21.6 $63.7 $50.9 $99.8 $61.5 $42.5 $27.3 $0.2 $0.0 $347.3 $230.5 $116.8 50.7% $109.9 $69.2 $31.2 $21.6 $63.7 $50.9 $99.8 $61.5 $42.5 $27.3 $0.2 $0.0 $347.3 $230.5 $116.8 50.7%
                                 
                                 

Parking services revenue—lease contract.contracts

        Lease contract revenue increased $239.2 million, or 95.5%, to $489.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $250.4 million for the year-ago period. The increase in lease contract revenue consisted of an increase from the Standard operations of $12.9 million, or 7.7%, and $226.3 million from the Central operations. The increase resulted primarily from increases in revenue from new and same locations and acquisitions, partially offset by decreases in revenue from contract expirations and fewer locations that converted from management contracts during the current year. Same location revenue for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2013 are the comparative periods for the two years presented, increased 8.3%. The increase in same location revenue was due to increases in short-term parking revenue of $5.8 million and increases in monthly parking revenue of $3.6 million.

        From a reporting segment perspective, lease contract revenue increased primarily due to new locations and same locations in regions one, three, four and five, combined with acquisitions in regions one, two, three and five. This was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five. Same location revenue increases for the aforementioned regions were primarily due to increases in short-term and monthly parking revenue.

        Revenue associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, duringhowever, we were operating the current period.facility in the comparative period presented.

Parking services revenue—management contract.contracts

        Management contract revenue increased $116.8 million, or 50.7%, to $347.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $230.5 million for the year-ago period. The increase in management contact revenue consisted of an increase from the Central operations of $125.4 million, partially offset by a decrease of $8.6 million, or 4.6% from the Standard operations. The increase resulted primarily from increases in revenue from new locations and acquisitions, which was partially offset by the decrease in contract expirations. Same location revenue for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2013 are the comparative periods for the two years presented, decreased 1.4%, primarily due to decreased fees from ancillary services.

        Reimbursed management contract revenue.    Reimbursed management contract revenue increased $156.8million, or 33.1%, to $629.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $473.1 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted primarily from the acquisition of Central and an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

        Lease contract revenue increased primarily due to new locations and same locations in regions one, three, four and five, combined with acquisitions in regions one, two, three and five. This was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five. Same location revenue increases for the aforementioned regions were primarily due to increases in short-term and monthly parking revenue.


Table of Contents

        ManagementFrom a reporting segment perspective, management contract revenue increased primarily due to new locations and acquisitions in all five operating regions, combined with same location revenue in regions one and three. This was partially offset by contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five and same locations in regions two, four and five. The decreases in same location revenue were primarily due to decreases in fees from ancillary services. For comparability purposes, revenue associated with contract expirations relate to the contracts that expired during the current period.

        Revenue associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

Reimbursed management contract revenue

        Reimbursed management contract revenue increased $156.8million, or 33.1%, to $629.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $473.1 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted primarily from the acquisition of Central and an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

Segment cost of parking services information is summarized as follows:


 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 

 Region One Region Two Region
Three
 Region
Four
 Region Five Other Total Variance  Region One Region Two Region
Three
 Region
Four
 Region Five Other Total Variance 

 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 Amount %  2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 Amount % 

 (In millions)
  (In millions)
 

Cost of parking services lease contracts:

                                                                  

New location

 $3.4 $0.5 $0.0 $0.0 $3.4 $2.0 $1.4 $0.2 $14.0 $9.6 $0.0 $0.0 $22.2 $12.3 $9.9 80.5% $3.4 $0.5 $0.0 $0.0 $3.4 $2.0 $1.4 $0.2 $14.0 $9.6 $0.0 $0.0 $22.2 $12.3 $9.9 80.5%

Contract expirations

 0.3 3.3 0.0 0.0 1.8 3.5 2.3 3.5 0.4 2.7 0.0 0.0 4.8 13.0 (8.2) -63.1% 0.3 3.3 0.0 0.0 1.8 3.5 2.3 3.5 0.4 2.7 0.0 0.0 4.8 13.0 (8.2) –63.1%

Same location

 77.4 68.8 0.0 0.0 13.2 12.1 37.0 35.5 13.7 12.7 (0.6) (1.0) 140.7 128.1 12.6 9.8% 77.4 68.8 0.0 0.0 13.2 12.1 37.0 35.5 13.7 12.7 (0.6) (1.0) 140.7 128.1 12.6 9.8%

Conversions

 0.3 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.3 1.1 (0.8) -72.7% 0.3 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.3 1.1 (0.8) –72.7%

Acquisition

 205.6 56.3 4.3 1.4 24.2 7.3 (0.1) 0.1 51.0 13.7 3.1 (1.5) 288.1 77.3 210.8 272.7% 205.6 56.3 4.3 1.4 24.2 7.3 (0.1) 0.1 51.0 13.7 3.1 (1.5) 288.1 77.3 210.8 272.7%
                                 

Total cost of parking services lease contracts

 $287.0 $129.2 $4.3 $1.4 $42.6 $24.9 $40.6 $40.1 $79.1 $38.7 $2.5 $(2.5)$456.1 $231.8 $224.3 96.8% $287.0 $129.2 $4.3 $1.4 $42.6 $24.9 $40.6 $40.1 $79.1 $38.7 $2.5 $(2.5)$456.1 $231.8 $224.3 96.8%
                                 
                                 

Cost of parking services management contracts:

                                                                  

New location

 $5.7 $0.9 $0.8 $0.4 $2.0 $0.4 $2.3 $0.7 $2.5 $0.2 $0.1 $0.0 $13.4 $2.6 $10.8 415.4% $5.7 $0.9 $0.8 $0.4 $2.0 $0.4 $2.3 $0.7 $2.5 $0.2 $0.1 $0.0 $13.4 $2.6 $10.8 415.4%

Contract expirations

 0.5 2.5 0.0 5.6 2.8 7.5 0.0 1.0 0.1 1.1 0.0 0.0 3.4 17.7 (14.3) -80.8% 0.5 2.5 0.0 5.6 2.8 7.5 0.0 1.0 0.1 1.1 0.0 0.0 3.4 17.7 (14.3) –80.8%

Same location

 24.4 23.7 6.8 7.1 18.7 17.8 30.8 32.0 8.3 11.2 (1.1) (1.1) 87.9 90.7 (2.8) -3.1% 24.4 23.7 6.8 7.1 18.7 17.8 30.8 32.0 8.3 11.2 (1.1) (1.1) 87.9 90.7 (2.8) –3.1%

Conversions

 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0% 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0%

Acquisition

 28.1 9.6 13.8 4.8 14.1 4.5 40.2 10.9 10.6 4.3 (3.0) (3.2) 104.0 30.9 73.1 236.6% 28.1 9.6 13.8 4.8 14.1 4.5 40.2 10.9 10.6 4.3 (3.0) (3.2) 104.0 30.9 73.1 236.6%
                                 

Total cost of parking services management contracts

 $58.7 $36.7 $21.4 $17.9 $37.6 $30.2 $73.3 $44.6 $21.7 $16.8 $(4.0)$(4.3)$208.7 $141.9 $66.8 47.1% $58.7 $36.7 $21.4 $17.9 $37.6 $30.2 $73.3 $44.6 $21.5 $16.8 $(4.0)$(4.3)$208.7 $141.9 $66.8 47.1%
                                 
                                 

Cost of parking services—lease contracts.contracts

        Cost of parking services for lease contracts increased $224.3 million, or 96.8%, to $456.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $231.8 million for the year-ago period. The increase in cost of parking services for lease contracts consisted of an increase from the Standard operations of $13.5 million, or 8.7%, and $210.8 million from the Central operations. The increase resulted primarily from increases in costs from new and same locations and acquisitions, which was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations and fewer locations that converted from management contracts during the current year. Same location costs for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2013 are the comparative for the two years presented, increased 9.8%. Same location costs increased $12.8 million primarily due to higher rent expense, primarily as a result of contingent rental payments on the increase in revenue for same locations.

        From a reporting segment perspective, cost of parking services for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations and same locations in regions one, three, four and five, combined with


Table of Contents

acquisitions in regions one, two, three and five, partially offset by contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five, conversions in region one, same locations in the other region and acquisitions in regions four and other. Same location cost increased primarily due to increases in contingent rent payments on the increase in revenue, payroll and payroll related costs and other operating costs, offset by a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years and costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

        Cost of parking services associated with contract expirations relates to contacts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

Cost of parking services—management contracts.contracts

        Cost of parking services for management contracts increased $66.8 million, or 47.1%, to $208.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $141.9 million for the year-ago period. The increase in cost of parking services for management contracts consisted of an increase from the Central acquisition of $73.1 million, partially offset by a decrease of $6.3, or 5.7%, million from the Standard operations. The decrease resulted from decreases in costs related to same locations and in contract expirations, partially offset by increase in new locations and acquisitions. Same location costs for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2013 are the comparative for the two years presented, decreased 3.1%. Same location decrease in operating expenses for management contracts primarily resulted from decrease in costs associated with reverse management contracts and in the cost of providing management services.

        Reimbursed management contract expense.    Reimbursed management contract revenue increased $156.8 million, or 33.1%, to $629.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $473.1 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted from an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.


Table of Contents

        Cost of parking services for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations and same locations in regions one, three, four and five, combined with acquisitions in regions one, two, three and five, partially offset by contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five, conversions in region one, same locations in the other region and acquisitions in regions four and other. Same locationFrom a reporting segment perspective, cost increased primarily due to increases in contingent rent payments on the increase in revenue, payroll and payroll related costs and other operating costs, offset by a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years and costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

        Cost of parking services for management contracts increased due to new locations and acquisitions in all five operating regions, combined with increases in same locations in regions one, three, four, five, and other, contract expirations in regions two and five. Partially offsetting these increases were decreases due to contract expirations in regions one, three and four, and acquisitions in the other region. Same location cost increases primarily resulted from increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and in the cost of providing management services. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent prior year insurance reserve adjustments, a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years and costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

        Cost of parking services associated with contract expirations relates to contacts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

Reimbursed management contract expense

        Reimbursed management contract revenue increased $156.8 million, or 33.1%, to $629.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $473.1 million in the year-ago period. This increase


Table of Contents

resulted from an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners. Segment gross profit/gross profit percentage information is summarized as follows:

 
 Year Ended December 31, 
 
 Region One Region Two Region Three Region Four Region Five Other Total Variance 
 
 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 Amount % 
 
 (In millions)
 

Gross profit lease contracts:

                                                 

New location

  0.8 $0.0 $0.0 $0.0 $0.3 $0.0  0.1 $0.0 $1.0 $0.5 $0.0 $0.0 $2.2 $0.5 $1.7  340.0%

Contract expirations

  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.3  0.3  0.6  0.0  0.4  0.0  0.0  0.3  1.3  (1.0) –76.9%

Same location

  3.9  4.4  0.0  0.0  1.4  1.5  2.4  2.3  0.7  0.9  0.7  1.1  9.1  10.2  (1.1) –10.8%

Conversions

  0.0  0.1  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.1  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.2  (0.2) –100.0%

Acquisition

  7.6  1.1  0.1  0.0  1.9  0.4  0.1  (0.1) 13.8  3.6  (1.6) 1.4  21.9  6.4  15.5  242.2%

Total gross profit lease contracts

 $12.3 $5.6 $0.1 $0.0 $3.6 $2.2  2.9 $2.9 $15.5 $5.4 $(0.9)$2.5 $33.5 $18.6 $14.9  80.1%

 

 

(Percentages)


 

Gross profit percentage lease contracts:

                                                 

New location

  19.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 8.1% 0.0%$6.7% 0.0% 6.7% 5.0% 0.0% 0.0% 9.0% 3.9%      

Contract expirations

  0.0% 0.0% 0.0  0.0  0.0% 7.9% 11.5% 14.6% 0.0% 12.9% 0.0% 0.0% 5.9% 9.1%      

Same location

  4.8% 6.0% 0.0  0.0  9.6% 11.0% 6.1% 6.1% 4.9% 6.6% 700.0% 1100.0% 6.1% 7.4%      

Conversions

  0.0% 25.0% 0.0  0.0  0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 11.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 15.4%      

Acquisition

  3.6% 1.9% 2.3  0.0  7.3% 5.2% 0.0% 0.0% 21.3% 20.8% –106.7% –1400.0% 7.1% 7.6%      

Total gross profit percentage

  4.1% 4.2% 2.3% 0.0% 7.8% 8.1% 6.7% 6.7% 16.4% 12.2% –56.3% 0.0% 6.8% 7.4%      

 

 

(In millions)


 

Gross profit management contracts:

                                                 

New location

 $3.5 $1.0 $0.4 $0.0 $1.9 $0.4  1.7 $0.8 $0.7 $0.3 $(0.1)$0.0 $8.1 $2.5 $5.6  224.0%

Contract expirations

  1.0  4.1  0.0  1.2  1.3  4.8  0.1  0.7  0.3  0.3  0.0  0.0  2.7  11.1  (8.4) –75.7%

Same location

  24.6  23.2  1.7  1.9  14.6  14.6  14.4  13.3  6.3  6.6  0.7  2.1  62.3  61.7  0.6  1.0%

Conversions

  0.1  0.1  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  (0.1) 0.0  0.0  0.1  (0.1) –100.0%

Acquisition

  22.0  4.1  7.7  0.6  8.3  0.9  10.3  2.1  13.5  3.3  3.7  2.2  65.5  13.2  52.3  396.2%

Total gross profit management contracts

 $51.2 $32.5 $9.8 $3.7 $26.1 $20.7  $26.5 $16.9 $20.8 $10.5 $4.2 $4.3 $138.6 $88.6 $50.0  56.4%

 

 

(Percentages)


 

Gross profit percentage management contracts:

                                                 

New location

  38.0% 52.6% 33.3% 0.0% 48.7% 50.0% 42.5% 53.3% 21.9% 60.0% 0.0% 0.0% 37.7% 49.0%      

Contract expirations

  66.7% 62.1% 0.0% 17.6% 31.7% 39.0% 100.0% 41.2% 75.0% 21.4% 0.0% 0.0% 44.3% 38.5%      

Same location

  50.2% 49.5% 20.0% 21.1% 43.8% 45.1% 31.9% 29.4% 43.2% 37.1% –175.0% 210.0% 41.5% 40.5%      

Conversions

  100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0%      

Acquisition

  43.9% 29.9% 35.8% 11.1% 37.1% 16.7% 20.4% 16.2% 55.6% 43.4% 528.6% –220.0% 38.6% 29.9%      

Total gross profit percentage

  46.6% 47.0% 31.4% 17.1% 41.0% 40.7% 26.6% 27.5% 48.9% 38.5% 2100.0% 0.0% 39.9% 38.4%      
 
 Year Ended December 31, 
 
 Region One Region Two Region
Three
 Region
Four
 Region Five Other Total Variance 
 
 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 2013 2012 Amount % 
 
 (In millions)
 

Gross profit lease contracts:

                                                 

New location

  0.8 $0.0 $0.0 $0.0 $0.3 $0.0  0.1 $0.0 $1.0 $0.5 $0.0 $0.0 $2.2 $0.5 $1.7  340.0%

Contract expirations

  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.3  0.3  0.6  0.0  0.4  0.0  0.0  0.3  1.3  (1.0) -76.9%

Same location

  3.9  4.4  0.0  0.0  1.4  1.5  2.4  2.3  0.7  0.9  0.7  1.1  9.1  10.2  (1.1) -10.8%

Conversions

  0.0  0.1  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.1  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.2  (0.2) -100.0%

Acquisition

  7.6  1.1  0.1  0.0  1.9  0.4  0.1  (0.1) 13.8  3.6  (1.6) 1.4  21.9  6.4  15.5  242.2%
                                  

Total gross profit lease contracts

 $12.3 $5.6 $0.1 $0.0 $3.6 $2.2  2.9 $2.9 $15.5 $5.4 $(0.9)$2.5 $33.5 $18.6 $14.9  80.1%
                                  
                                  
 
 (Percentages)
 

Gross profit percentage lease contracts:

                                                 

New location

  19.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 8.1% 0.0%$6.7% 0.0% 6.7% 5.0% 0.0% 0.0% 9.0% 3.9%      

Contract expirations

  0.0% 0.0% 0.0  0.0  0.0% 7.9% 11.5% 14.6% 0.0% 12.9% 0.0% 0.0% 5.9% 9.1%      

Same location

  4.8% 6.0% 0.0  0.0  9.6% 11.0% 6.1% 6.1% 4.9% 6.6% 700.0% 1100.0% 6.1% 7.4%      

Conversions

  0.0% 25.0% 0.0  0.0  0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 11.1% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 15.4%      

Acquisition

  3.6% 1.9% 2.3  0.0  7.3% 5.2% 0.0% 0.0% 21.3% 20.8% -106.7% -1400.0% 7.1% 7.6%      
                                    

Total gross profit percentage

  4.1% 4.2%$2.3 $0.0  7.8% 8.1%$6.7% 6.7% 16.4% 12.2% -56.3% 0.0% 6.8% 7.4%      
                                    
                                    
 
 (In millions)
 

Gross profit management contracts:

                                                 

New location

 $3.5 $1.0 $0.4 $0.0 $1.9 $0.4  1.7 $0.8 $0.7 $0.3 $(0.1)$0.0 $8.1 $2.5 $5.6  224.0%

Contract expirations

  1.0  4.1  0.0  1.2  1.3  4.8  0.1  0.7  0.3  0.3  0.0  0.0  2.7  11.1  (8.4) -75.7%

Same location

  24.6  23.2  1.7  1.9  14.6  14.6  14.4  13.3  6.3  6.6  0.7  2.1  62.3  61.7  0.6  1.0%

Conversions

  0.1  0.1  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  (0.1) 0.0  0.0  0.1  (0.1) -100.0%

Acquisition

  22.0  4.1  7.7  0.6  8.3  0.9  10.3  2.1  13.5  3.3  3.7  2.2  65.5  13.2  52.3  396.2%
                                  

Total gross profit management contracts

 $51.2 $32.5 $9.8 $3.7 $26.1 $20.7  26.5 $16.9 $20.8 $10.5 $4.2 $4.3 $138.6 $88.6 $50.0  56.4%
                                  
                                  
 
 (Percentages)
 

Gross profit percentage management contracts:

                                                 

New location

  38.0% 52.6% 33.3% 0.0% 48.7% 50.0% 42.5% 53.3% 21.9% 60.0% 0.0% 0.0% 37.7% 49.0%      

Contract expirations

  66.7% 62.1% 0.0% 17.6% 31.7% 39.0% 100.0% 41.2% 75.0% 21.4% 0.0% 0.0% 44.3% 38.5%      

Same location

  50.2% 49.5% 20.0% 21.1% 43.8% 45.1% 31.9% 29.4% 43.2% 37.1% -175.0% 210.0% 41.5% 40.5%      

Conversions

  100.0% 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0% 0.0% 0.0% 100.0%      

Acquisition

  43.9% 29.9% 35.8% 11.1% 37.1% 16.7% 20.4% 16.2% 55.6% 43.4% 528.6% -220.0% 38.6% 29.9%      
                                    

Total gross profit percentage

  46.6% 47.0% 31.4% 17.1% 41.0% 40.7% 26.6% 27.5% 48.9% 38.5% 2100.0% 0.0% 39.9% 38.4%      
                                    
                                    

Table of Contents

Gross profit—lease contracts.contracts

        Gross profit for lease contracts increased $14.9 million, or 80.1%, to $33.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $18.6 million for year-ago period. The increase in gross profit for lease contracts consisted of a decrease from the Standard operations of $0.6 million, or 4.4% and an increase of $15.5 million from the Central operations. Gross profit percentage for lease contracts was 6.8% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 7.4% for the year agoyear-ago period. Gross profit lease contracts increases were primarily the result of new locations and acquisitions, partially offset by same locations. Gross profit lease contracts increases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in short-term and monthly parking revenue and a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years.

        From a reporting segment perspective, gross profit for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations in regions one and five, conversions in region one, same locations in regions three, five and other, contract expirations in region four and acquisitions in all regions. Partially offsetting, were contract expirations in region one and same locations in regions one and four, and new locations in regions one and five. Gross profit lease contracts on same locations decreased primarily due to increases in rent noted previously.


Table of Contents

        Gross profit associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

Gross profit—management contracts.contracts

        Gross profit for management contracts increased $50.0 million, or 56.4%, to $138.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $88.6 million in for the year-ago period. The increase in gross profit for management contracts consisted of a decrease from the Standard operations of $2.3 million, or 3.1%, and an increase of $52.3 million from Central operations. Gross profit percentage for management contracts increased to 39.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to 38.4 for the year-ago period. Gross profit for management contracts increases were primarily the result of new locations, acquisitions and conversions, offset by same locations and contract expirations. Gross profit management contracts decreases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services. Gross profit percentage on same and new locations and contract expirations accounted for most of the decline on a percentage basis.

        Gross profit for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations in regions one and five, conversions in region one, same locations in regions three, five and other, contract expirations in region four and acquisitions in all regions. Partially offsetting, were contract expirations in region one and same locations in regions one and four, and new locations in regions one and five. Gross profit lease contracts on same locations decreased primarily due to increases in rent noted previously.

        GrossFrom a reporting segment perspective, gross profit for management contracts increased primarily due to new locations in all five operating regions, conversions and same locations in region one, contract expirations in region two and acquisitions in all regions. Partially offsetting, were contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five, combined with same locations in regions two, three, four, five and other. Gross profit for management contracts decreases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent prior year insurance reserve adjustments, a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years and amounts that are not specifically identifiable to a specific region.

        Gross profit associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that have expired, however, we were operating the facility in the comparative period presented.

General and administrative expenses.expenses

        General and administrative expenses increased $12.4 million, or 14.3%, to $98.9 million for year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $86.5 million for the year-ago period. This increase was primarily related to the addition of general and administrative expenses related to Central of $14.3 million partially offset by cost savings from process efficiencies and a reduction of merger and integration costs of $1.9 million.

Interest expense.expense

        Interest expense increased $10.4 million, or 120.9%, to $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $8.6 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted primarily from an increaseincreased in average borrowings.borrowings under our Senior Credit Facility.

Interest income.income

        Interest income increased by $0.3 million, or 116.5%, to $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, as compared to $0.3 million in the year-ago period.


Table of Contents

Income tax expense.expense

        For the year ended December 31, 2013, the Companywe recognized income tax expense of $8.8 million on pre-tax earnings of $23.6 million compared to a $3.6 million income tax benefit on a pre-tax loss of $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Income tax expense is


Table of Contents

based on an effective tax rate of approximately 37.4% for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to a benefit of approximately 290.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily due to a recognized tax benefit as a result of the reversal of accrued uncertain tax positions that were recorded in previous periods.

Results of Operations

    Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011

        Segment revenue information is summarized as follows:

 
 Year Ended December 31, 
 
 Region One Region Two Region
Three
 Region
Four
 Region Five Other Total Variance 
 
 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 Amount % 
 
 (In millions)
 

Lease contract revenue:

                                                 

New location

 $3.3 $0.6 $0.0 $0.0 $3.3 $0.4 $0.2 $0.0 $10.1 $0.0 $0.0 $0.0 $16.9 $1.0 $15.9  1590.0%

Contract expirations

  0.8  2.9  0.0  0.0  0.1  2.1  0.4  0.6  1.3  2.5  0.0  0.0  2.6  8.1  (5.5) -67.9%

Same location

  72.3  68.6  0.0  0.0  16.0  14.9  41.4  38.0  15.3  14.5  0.2  0.0  145.2  136.0  9.2  6.8%

Conversions

  1.1  1.5  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.9  0.9  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  2.0  2.4  (0.4) -16.7%

Acquisition

  57.4  0.0  1.4  0.0  7.7  0.0  0.0  0.0  17.3  0.0  (0.1) 0.0  83.7  0.0  83.7  100.0%
                                  

Total lease contract revenue

 $134.9 $73.6 $1.4 $0.0 $27.1 $17.4 $42.9 $39.5 $44.0 $17.0 $0.1 $0.0 $250.4 $147.5 $102.9  69.8%
                                  
                                  

Management contract revenue:

                                                 

New location

 $8.1 $1.8 $6.4 $0.1 $5.2 $1.6 $2.7 $0.9 $2.2 $0.8 $0.0 $0.0 $24.6 $5.2 $19.4  373.1%

Contract expirations

  2.9  9.3  1.2  0.3  3.0  7.0  0.0  1.2  0.7  2.8  0.0  0.0  7.8  20.6  (12.8) -62.1%

Same location

  43.8  42.0  8.7  8.7  37.8  37.5  45.8  45.5  16.3  12.7  0.9  0.9  153.3  147.3  6.0  4.1%

Conversions

  0.7  0.6  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.7  0.6  0.1  16.7%

Acquisition

  13.7  0.0  5.4  0.0  5.4  0.0  13.0  0.0  7.6  0.0  (1.0) 0.0  44.1  0.0  44.1  100.0%
                                  

Total management contract revenue

 $69.2 $53.7 $21.7 $9.1 $51.4 $46.1 $61.5 $47.6 $26.8 $16.3 $(0.1)$0.9 $230.5 $173.7 $56.8  32.7%
                                  
                                  

        Parking services revenue—lease contracts.    Lease contract revenue increased $102.9 million, or 69.8%, to $250.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $147.5 million for the year-ago period. The increase in lease contract revenue consisted of an increase from the Standard operations of $19.2 million, or 13.0%, and $83.7 million from the Central operations. The increase resulted primarily from increases in revenue from new and same locations and acquisitions, partially offset by decreases in revenue from contract expirations and fewer locations that converted from management contracts during the current year. Same location revenue for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2012 are the comparative periods for the two years presented, increased 6.7%. The increase in same location revenue was due to increases in short-term parking revenue of $7.9 million, or 8.0%, and increases in monthly parking revenue of $1.2 million, or 3.0%. Revenue associated with contract expirations relates to contracts that expired during the current period.

        Parking services revenue—management contracts.    Management contract revenue increased $56.8 million, or 32.7%, to $230.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $173.7 million for the year-ago period. The increase in management contact revenue consisted of an increase from the Standard operations of $12.7 million, or 7.3%, and $44.1 million from the Central operations. The increase resulted primarily from increases in revenue from new locations, acquisitions and same locations, which was partially offset by the decrease in contract expirations. Same location revenue for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2012 are the comparative periods for the two years presented, increased 4.0%, primarily due to increased fees from reverse management locations and ancillary services.


Table of Contents

        Reimbursed management contract revenue.    Reimbursed management contract revenue increased $64.7 million, or 15.8%, to $473.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $408.4 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted from an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

        Lease contract revenue increased primarily due to new locations and same locations in regions one, three, four and five, combined with acquisitions in regions one, two, three and five. This was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five. Same location revenue increases for the aforementioned regions were primarily due to increases in short-term and monthly parking revenue.

        Management contract revenue increased primarily due to new locations and acquisitions in all five operating regions, combined with same location revenue in regions one, three, four, five and other. This was partially offset by contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five and same locations in region two. The increases in same location revenue were primarily due to an increase in fees from reverse management locations and ancillary services. For comparability purposes, revenue associated with contract expirations relate to the contracts that expired during the current period.

        Segment cost of parking services information is summarized as follows:

 
 Year Ended December 31, 
 
 Region One Region Two Region
Three
 Region
Four
 Region Five Other Total Variance 
 
 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 Amount % 
 
 (In millions)
 

Cost of parking services lease contracts:

                                                 

New location

 $3.1 $0.6 $0.0 $0.0 $3.3 $0.4 $0.2 $0.0 $9.6 $0.0 $0.0 $0.0 $16.2 $1.0 $15.2  1520.0%

Contract expirations

  0.8  2.9  0.0  0.0  0.1  2.0  0.4  0.7  1.2  2.2  0.0  0.0  2.5  7.8  (5.3) -67.9%

Same location

  68.1  63.2  0.0  0.0  14.2  13.3  38,5  35.3  14.3  13.6  (1.1) (0.1) 134.0  125.3  8.7  6.9%

Conversions

  1.0  1.6  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.8  0.8  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  1.8  2.4  (0.6) -25.0%

Acquisition

  56.3  0.0  1.4  0.0  7.3  0.0  0.1  0.0  13.7  0.0  (1.5) 0.0  77.3  0.0  77.3  100.0%
                                  

Total cost of parking services lease contracts

 $129.3 $68.3 $1.4 $0.0 $24.9 $15.7 $40.0 $36.8 $38.8 $15.8 $(2.6)$(0.1)$231.8 $136.5 $95.3  69.8%
                                  
                                  

Cost of parking services management contracts:

                                                 

New location

 $4.7 $1.1 $5.4 $0.0 $3.1 $0.8 $3.1 $1.6 $0.9 $0.3 $0.0 $0.0 $17.2 $3.8 $13.4  352.6%

Contract expirations

  1.5  5.4  0.9  0.4  1.6  4.1  0.0  1.0  1.0  1.3  0.0  0.0  5.0  12.2  (7.2) -59.0%

Same location

  20.6  18.7  6.8  6.9  21.4  20.6  30.6  30.1  10.3  6.6  (1.0) (1.8) 88.7  81.1  7.6  9.4%

Conversions

  0.1  0.1  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.1  0.1  0.0  0.0%

Acquisition

  9.6  0.0  4.8  0.0  4.5  0.0  10.9  0.0  4.3  0.0  (3.2) 0.0  30.9  0.0  30.9  100.0%
                                  

Total cost of parking services management contracts

 $36.5 $25.3 $17.9 $7.3 $30.6 $25.5 $44.6 $32.7 $16.5 $8.2 $(4.2)$(1.8)$141.9 $97.2 $44.7  46.0%
                                  
                                  

        Cost of parking services—lease contracts.    Cost of parking services for lease contracts increased $95.3 million, or 69.8%, to $231.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $136.5 million for the year-ago period. The increase in cost of parking services for lease contracts consisted of an increase from the Standard operations of $19.6 million, or 14.4%, and $75.7 million from the Central operations. The increase resulted primarily from increases in costs from new and same locations and acquisitions, which was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations and fewer locations that converted from management contracts during the current year. Same location costs for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2012 are the comparative for the two years presented, increased 8.2%. Same location costs increased $10.3 million primarily due to higher rent expense, primarily as a result of contingent rental payments on the increase in revenue for same locations.

        Cost of parking services—management contracts.    Cost of parking services for management contracts increased $44.7 million, or 46.0%, to $141.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $97.2 million for the year-ago period. The increase in cost of parking services for


Table of Contents

management contracts consisted of an increase from the Standard operations of $13.9 million, or 14.3%, and $30.8 million from the Central operations. The increase resulted from increases in costs related to new reverse management locations, same locations and acquisitions, which was partially offset by decreases in contract expirations. Same location costs for those facilities, which as of December 31, 2012 are the comparative for the two years presented, increased 9.5%. Same location increase in operating expenses for management contracts primarily resulted from increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services. Same location cost also includes an unfavorable change in net insurance loss experience reserve estimates relating to prior years of $0.6 million and a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years of $0.9 million.

        Reimbursed management contract expense.    Reimbursed management contract revenue increased $64.7 million, or 15.8%, to $473.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $408.4 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted from an increase in reimbursements for costs incurred on behalf of owners.

        Cost of parking services for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations and same locations in regions one, three, four and five, combined with acquisitions in regions one, two, three and five, which was partially offset by contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five, conversions in region one, same locations in the other region and acquisitions in regions four and other. Same location cost increased primarily due to increases in contingent rent payments on the increase in revenue, payroll and payroll related costs, other operating costs, offset by a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years and costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.

        Cost of parking services for management contracts increased due to new locations and acquisitions in all five operating regions, combined with increases in same locations in regions one, three, four, five, and other, contract expirations in regions two and five. Partially offsetting, were decreases due to contract expirations in regions one, three and four, and acquisitions in the other region. Same location cost increases primarily resulted from increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent prior year insurance reserve adjustments, a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years and costs that are not specifically identifiable to a region.


Table of Contents

        Segment gross profit/gross profit percentage information is summarized as follows:

 
 Year Ended December 31, 
 
 Region One Region Two Region
Three
 Region Four Region Five Other Total Variance 
 
 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 2012 2011 Amount % 
 
 (In millions)
 

Gross profit lease contracts:

                                                 

New location

 $0.2 $0.0 $0.0 $0.0 $0.0 $0.0 $0.0 $0.0 $0.5 $0.0 $0.0 $0.0 $0.7 $0.0 $0.7  0.0%

Contract expirations

  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.1  0.0  (0.1) 0.1  0.3  0.0  0.0  0.1  0.3  (0.2) -66.7%

Same location

  4.2  5.4  0.0  0.0  1.8  1.6  2.9  2.7  1.0  0.9  1.3  0.1  11.2  10.7  0.5  4.7%

Conversions

  0.1  (0.1) 0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.1  0.1  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.2  0.0  0.2  0.0 

Acquisition

  1.1  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.4  0.0  (0.1) 0.0  3.6  0.0  1.4  0.0  6.4  0.0  6.4  100.0%
                                  

Total gross profit lease contracts

 $5.6 $5.3 $0.0 $0.0 $2.2 $1.7 $2.9 $2.7 $5.2 $1.2 $2.7 $0.1 $18.6 $11.0 $7.6  69.1%
                                  
                                  
 
 (Percentages)
 

Gross profit percentage lease contracts:

                                                 

New location

  6.1% 0.0% 0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  5.0% 0.0  0.0  0.0  4.1% 0.0%      

Contract expirations

  0.0% 0.0% 0.0  0.0  0.0  4.8% 0.0  -16.7% 0.0  12.0% 0.0  0.0  3.8% 3.7%      

Same location

  5.8% 7.9% 0.0  0.0  11.3% 10.7% 7.0% 7.1% 6.5% 6.2% 0.0  0.0  7.7% 7.9%      

Conversions

  9.1% -6.7% 0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  10.0% 0.0       

Acquisition

  1.9% 0.0  0.0  0.0  5.2% 0.0  0.0  0.0  20.8% 0.0  -1400.0% 0.0  7.6% 0.0       
                                    

Total gross profit percentage

  4.2% 7.2% 0.0  0.0  8.1% 9.8% 6.8% 6.8% 11.8% 7.1% 2700.0% 0.0  7.4% 7.5%      
                                    
                                    
 
 (In millions)
 

Gross profit management contracts:

                                                 

New location

 $3.4 $0.7 $1.0 $0.1 $2.1 $0.8 $(0.4)$(0.7)$1.3 $0.5 $0.0 $0.0 $7.4 $1.4 $6.0  428.6%

Contract expirations

  1.4  3.9  0.3  (0.1) 1.4  2.9  0.0  0.2  (0.3) 1.5  0.0  0.0  2.8  8.4  (5.6) -66.7%

Same location

  23.2  23.3  1.9  1.8  16.4  16.9  15.2  15.4  6.0  6.1  1.9  2.7  64.6  66.2  (1.6) -2.4%

Conversions

  0.6  0.5  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.6  0.5  0.1  20.0%

Acquisition

  4.1  0.0  0.6  0.0  0.9  0.0  2.1  0.0  3.3  0.0  2.2  0.0  13.2  0.0  13.2  100.0%
                                  

Total gross profit management contracts

 $32.7 $28.4 $3.8 $1.8 $20.8 $20.6 $16.9 $14.9 $10.3 $8.1 $4.1 $2.7 $88.6 $76.5 $12.1  15.8%
                                  
                                  
 
 (Percentages)
 

Gross profit percentage management contracts:

                                                 

New location

  42.0% 38.9% 15.6% 100.0% 40.4% 50.0% -14.8% -77.8% 59.1% 62.5% 0.0  0.0  30.1% 26.9%      

Contract expirations

  48.3% 41.9% 0.0  -33.3% 46.7% 41.4% 0.0  16.7% -42.9% 53.6% 0.0  0.0  35.9% 40.8%      

Same location

  53.0% 55.5% 21.8% 20.7% 43.4% 45.1% 33.2% 33.8% 36.8% 48.0% 211.1% 300.0% 42.1% 44.9%      

Conversions

  85.7% 83.3% 0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  0.0  85.7% 83.3%      

Acquisition

  29.9% 0.0  11.1% 0.0  16.7% 0.0  16.2% 0.0  43.4% 0.0  -220.0% 0.0  29.9% 0.0       
                                    

Total gross profit percentage

  47.3% 52.9% 17.5% 19.8% 40.5% 44.7% 27.5% 31.3% 38.4% 49.7% -4100.0% 300.0% 38.4% 44.0%      
                                    
                                    

        Gross profit—lease contracts.    Gross profit for lease contracts increased $7.6 million, or 69.1%, to $18.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $11.0 million for year-ago period. The increase in gross profit for lease contracts consisted of a decrease from the Standard operations of $0.4 million, or (3.6%) and an increase of $8.0 million from the Central operations. Gross profit percentage for lease contracts 7.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012, remained at 7.5% for the year-ago period. Gross profit lease contracts increases were primarily the result of new locations and acquisitions, partially offset by same locations. Gross profit lease contracts increases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in short-term and monthly parking revenue and a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years.

        Gross profit—management contracts.    Gross profit for management contracts increased $12.1 million, or 15.8%, to $88.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $76.5 million in for the year-ago period. The increase in gross profit for management contracts consisted of a decrease from the Standard operations of $1.2 million, or 1.6%, and an increase of $13.3 million from Central operations. Gross profit percentage for management contracts decreased to 38.4% for the year ended December 31, 2012, compared to 44.0% for the year-ago period. Gross profit for management contracts increases were primarily the result of new locations, acquisitions and conversions, offset by same locations and contract expirations. Gross profit management contracts decreases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in costs associated with reverse


Table of Contents

management contracts and the cost of providing management services. Gross profit percentage on same and new locations and contract expirations accounted for most of the decline on a percentage basis.

        Gross profit for lease contracts increased primarily due to new locations in regions one and five, conversions in region one, same locations in regions three, five and other, contract expirations in region four and acquisitions in all regions. Partially offsetting, were contract expirations in region one and same locations in regions one and four, and new locations in regions one and five. Gross profit lease contracts on same locations decreased primarily due to increases in rent noted previously.

        Gross profit for management contracts increased primarily due to new locations in all five operating regions, conversions and same locations in region one, contract expirations in region two and acquisitions in all regions. Partially offsetting, were contract expirations in regions one, three, four and five, combined with same locations in regions two, three, four, five and other. Gross profit for management contracts decreases on same locations were primarily the result of increases in costs associated with reverse management contracts and the cost of providing management services. The other region amounts in same location primarily represent prior year insurance reserve adjustments, a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years and amounts that are not specifically identifiable to a specific region.

        General and administrative expenses.    General and administrative expenses increased $38.2 million, or 79.1%, to $86.5 million for year ended December 31, 2012, compared to $48.3 million for the year-ago period. This increase was primarily related to professional fees incurred in connection with the merger with Central of $26.9 million, additional RSU grants of $0.7 million, the addition of general and administrative expenses related to Central of $14.5 million partially offset by cost savings from process efficiencies of $2.0 million, acquisition earn-out liability valuation changes of $0.7 million and a favorable health insurance dividend related to prior years of $1.2 million.

        Interest expense.    Interest expense increased $3.9 million, or 83.0%, to $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $4.7 million in the year-ago period. This increase resulted primarily from an increase in borrowings and the write-off of our interest rate cap in connection with the extinguishment of debt related to our former Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2008.

        Interest income.    Interest income decreased slightly by $0.1 million, or 30.8%, to $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $0.2 million in the year-ago period.

        Income tax expense.    Income tax expense decreased $14.3 million, or 133.6%, to an income tax benefit of $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012, as compared to $10.7 million of tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2011. Our effective tax rate was a benefit of 290.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012 and compared to an effective rate of 38.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011. The $3.6 million tax benefit was primarily due to the reversal of accrued uncertain tax positions that were recorded in previous periods.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    General

        We continually project anticipated cash requirements for our operating, investing, and financing needs as well as cash flows generated from operating activities available to meet these needs. Our primary liquidity and capital resource requirements stem from theoperating needs can include, among other items, commitments for cost of our parking services, ouroperating leases, payroll payments, insurance claims payments, interest payments, leases acquired in the Central Merger, which include provisions allocating to us responsibility for all structural repair payments required on the property (see also "Lease commitments" below for additional discussion on certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger), and legal settlements. Our investing and financing spending can include payments for acquired businesses, joint ventures, capital expenditures, cost of contracts purchased, commitments for capital leases, distributions to noncontrolling interests, payments on our income taxes, our share repurchases and our debt service. Our primary sources of liquidity have been parking services revenue and borrowings under our senior credit facility;outstanding indebtedness and to a much lesser extent, cash from sales of non-core assets and miscellaneous revenues.


assets.

Table of Contents

    Outstanding Indebtedness

        On December 31, 2013,2014, we had total indebtedness of approximately $288.7$253.4 million, a decrease of $21.8$35.3 million from December 31, 2012.2013. The $288.7$253.4 million includes:

    $286.7251.0 million under our Senior Credit Facility (as defined below); and

    $2.02.4 million of other debt including capital lease obligations, obligations on seller notes and other indebtedness.

        We believe that our cash flow from operations, combined with additional borrowing capacity under our Senior Credit Facility, which amounted to $72.3 million at December 31, 2013, will be sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before their respective maturities. We believe that we will be able to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms.

    Senior Credit Facility

        On October 2, 2012, pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 28, 2012, we completed the Central Merger. Central stockholders received 6,161,332 shares of our common stock and we assumed $217.7 million of Central's debt net of cash acquired. Additionally, Central's former stockholders will be entitled to receive $27.0 million to be paid three years after closing, to the extent the $27.0 million is not used to satisfy seller indemnity obligations pursuant to the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 28, 2012.

        In connection with the Central Merger, on the Closing Date, we entered into a credit agreement (the "Credit("Credit Agreement") on February 28, 2012 with Bank of America, N.A. ("Bank of America"), as administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. ("Wells Fargo Bank") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. ("JPMorgan Chase"), as co-syndication agents, U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-documentation agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, and the lenders party thereto (the "Lenders").

        The Credit Agreement matured on October 2, 2017, when all amounts outstanding were to be due and payable in full. Pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have made available to us a new secured Senior Credit Facility ("Senior(the "Senior Credit Facility") that permits aggregate borrowings of $450.0 million consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility of up to $200.0 million at any time outstanding, which includesincluded a letter of credit facility that is limited to $100.0 million at any time outstanding, and (ii) a term loan facility of $250.0 million. The Senior Credit Facility matures on October 2, 2017.

        We drew down the entire amount of the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility and borrowed $72.8 million under the revolving credit facility in connection with the closing of the Central Merger. We used theThe proceeds from these borrowings were used by us to repay outstanding indebtedness of Standardthe Company and


Table of Contents

Central, affiliates. The revolving credit facility has been and willwere also be used to pay costs and expenses related to the Central Merger and the related financing and to fund ongoing working capital and other general corporate purposes.

        Borrowings underInterest rates for the Senior Credit Facility bear interest,term loan and revolving credit facility are determined at our option, (i) at a rate per annum based on our consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio for the 12-month period ending as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, determined in accordance with the applicable pricing levels set forth in the Credit Agreement (the "Applicable Margin") for LIBOR loans, plus the applicable LIBOR rate or (ii) the Applicable Margin for base rate loans plus the highest of (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (y) the Bank of America prime rate and (z) a daily rate equal to the applicable LIBOR rate plus 1.0%.

        Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, we arethe Company is required to maintain a maximum consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio of not greater than 4.5:1.0 (with certain step-downs described in the Credit


Table of Contents

Agreement). In addition, we are required to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25:1.0 (with certain step-ups described in the Credit Agreement).

        Events of default under the Credit Agreement include failure to pay principal or interest when due, failure to comply with the financial and operational covenants, the occurrence of any cross default event, non-compliance with other loan documents, the occurrence of a change of control event, and bankruptcy and other insolvency events. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the Lenders holding a majority of the commitments and outstanding term loan under the Credit Agreement have the right, among others, to (i) terminate the commitments under the Credit Agreement, (ii) accelerate and require us to repay all the outstanding amounts owed under the Credit Agreement and (iii) require us to cash collateralize any outstanding letters of credit.

        Each of our wholly owned domestic subsidiaries (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement) has guaranteed all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of the other guarantors and SP Plusthe Company arising under the Credit Agreement. The Company's obligations under the Credit Agreement and such domestic subsidiaries' guaranty obligations are secured by substantially all of their respective assets.

        We were in compliance with all of our covenants as of December 31, 2013. We amended the covenants in November 2013 in connection with our restatement and based on the amendment, we will continue to treat the Bradley Agreement consistent with our prior accounting for purposes of the covenants.2014.

        At December 31, 2013,2014, we had $59.5$81.4 million of borrowing availability under the Credit Agreement, of which we could have borrowed $24.4 million on December 31, 2014 and remained in compliance with the above described covenants as of such date. The additional borrowing availability under the Credit Agreement is limited only as of our fiscal quarter-end by the covenant restrictions described above. At December 31, 2014, we had $54.9 of letters of credit outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility and borrowings against the Senior Credit Facility aggregated $253.4 million (excluding debt discount of $2.3 million).

Amended and Restated Credit Facility

        On February 20, 2015 (Restatement Date), we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the "Restated Credit Agreement") with Bank of America, N.A. ("Bank of America"), as administrative agent, an issuing lender and swing-line lender; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as an issuing lender and syndication agent; U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and BMO Harris Bank N.A., as co-documentation agents; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers; and the lenders party thereto (the "Lenders"). The Restated Credit Facility reflects modifications to, and an extension of, the Credit Facility, as described above.

        Pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Restated Credit Agreement, the Lenders have made available to the Company a senior secured credit facility aggregated $286.7(the "Restated Senior Credit Facility") that permits aggregate borrowings of $400.0 million consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility of


Table of Contents

up to $200.0 million at any time outstanding, which includes a $100.0 million sublimit for letters of credit and wea $20.0 million sublimit for swing-line loans, and (ii) a term loan facility of $200.0 million (reduced from $250.0 million). The Company may request increases of the revolving credit facility in an aggregate additional principal amount of $100.0 million. The Restated Senior Credit Facility matures on February 20, 2020.

        The entire amount of the term loan portion of the Restated Senior Credit Facility had $72.3been drawn by the Company as of the Restatement Date (including approximately $10.4 million availabledrawn on such date) and is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization of principal as follows: (i) $15.0 million in the first year, (ii) $15.0 million in the second year, (iii) $20.0 million in the third year, (iv) $20.0 million in the fourth year, (v) $20.0 million in the fifth year and (vi) $110.0 million in the sixth year. The Company also had outstanding borrowings of $147.3 million (including $53.4 million in letters of credit) under the seniorrevolving credit facility.facility as of the Restatement Date.

            Borrowings under the Restated Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company's option, (i) at a rate per annum based on the Company's consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio for the 12-month period ending as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, determined in accordance with the pricing levels set forth in the Restated Credit Agreement (the "Restatement Applicable Margin"), plus LIBOR or (ii) the Restatement Applicable Margin plus the highest of (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (y) the Bank of America prime rate and (z) a daily rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.0%. (the highest of (x), (y) and (z), the "Base Rate"), except that all swing-line loans will bear interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

            Under the terms of the Restated Credit Agreement, the Company is required to maintain a maximum consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio of not greater than 4.0 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending during the period from the Restatement Date through September 30, 2015, (ii) 3.75 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending during the period from October 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016, and (iii) 3.5 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending thereafter. In addition, the Company is required to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1:25:1.0.

            Events of default under the Restated Credit Agreement include failure to pay principal or interest when due, failure to comply with the financial and operational covenants, the occurrence of any cross default event, non-compliance with the other loan documents, the occurrence of a change of control event, and bankruptcy and other insolvency events. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the Lenders holding a majority of the commitments and outstanding term loan under the Restated Credit Agreement have the right, among others, to (i) terminate the commitments under the Restated Credit Agreement, (ii) accelerate and require the Company to repay all the outstanding amounts owed under the Restated Credit Agreement and (iii) require the Company to cash collateralize any outstanding letters of credit.

            Each wholly-owned domestic subsidiary of the Company (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Restated Credit Agreement) has guaranteed all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of the other guarantors and the Company arising under the Restated Credit Agreement. The Company's obligations under the Restated Credit Agreement and such domestic subsidiaries' guaranty obligations are secured by substantially all of their respective assets.

            We believe that our cash flow from operations, combined with additional borrowing capacity under our Restated Senior Secured Credit Facility, will be sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, or to fund other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before their respective maturities. We believe that we will be able to refinance our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms.


    Table of Contents

    Interest Rate Swap Transactions

        OnIn October 25, 2012, we entered into interest rate swap transactions (collectively, the "Interest Rate Swaps") with each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, Bank of America and PNC Bank, N.A. in an initial aggregate notional amount of $150.0 million (the "Notional Amount"). The Interest Rate Swaps have an effective date of October 31, 2012 and a termination date of September 30, 2017. The Interest Rate Swaps effectively fix the interest rate on an amount of variable interest rate borrowings under the Credit Agreement, originally equal to the Notional Amount at 0.7525% per annum plus the applicable margin rate for LIBOR loans under the Credit Agreement determined based upon our consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio. The Notional Amount is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization that coincides with quarterly prepayments of principal under the Credit Agreement. These Interest Rate Swaps are classified as cash flow hedges, and we calculate the effectiveness of the hedge on a monthly basis, with any ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge being recognized in earnings as an increase of interest expense. As of December 31, 2013,2014, no ineffective portion of the cash flow has been recognized in earnings within interest expense. The fair value of the Interest Rate Swaps at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was a $0.6 million asset and $0.8 million asset, respectively, and is included in the line item "Prepaid Expenses and Other". The fair value of Interest Rate Swaps at December 31, 2012 was a $0.8 million liability, and isare included in the line item "Other long-term liabilities".assets, net" within the consolidated balance sheet.

        We do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes.

    Stock Repurchases

        In June 2011, our Board of Directors authorized us to repurchase shares of our common stock, on the open market, up to $20.0 million in aggregateshare repurchases in the aggregate. Under this repurchase program, we may purchase our common shares from time to time in open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions and cancelled a prior authorization from 2008. There were no stock repurchases formay make all or part of the years ended December 31, 2013purchases pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 plans. Any repurchased shares are retired and 2012.returned to an authorized but unissued status. The repurchase program may be suspended or discontinued at any time without notice. As of December 31, 2013,2014, $12.5 million remained available for stock repurchases under the June 2011 authorization by the Board of Directors. We made no stock repurchases during 2014 or 2013.


Table of Contents

    Letters of Credit

        We had provided letters of credit totaling $50.2$46.8 million and $43.7$50.2 million to our casualty insurance carriers to collateralize our casualty insurance program as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively.

        We had provided $9.3$8.1 million and $12.3$9.3 million in letters of credit to collateralize other obligations as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and 2012, respectively.

    Deficiency Payments

        Pursuant to our obligations with respect to the parking garage operations at Bradley International Airport, we are required to make certain deficiency payments for the benefit of the State of Connecticut and for holders of special facility revenue bonds. The deficiency payments represent contingent interest bearing advances to the trustee to cover operating cash flow requirements. As of December 31, 2013,2014, we had made $14.6$13.3 million of cumulative deficiency payments to the trustee, net of reimbursements. Deficiency payments made are recorded as increases to cost parking services and the reimbursements are recorded as reductions to cost of parking services. We believe these advances to be fully recoverable and will recognize the principal, interest and premium payments related to these deficiency payments when they are received. We do not directly guarantee the payment of any principal or interest on any debt obligations of the State of Connecticut or the trustee.

        We madereceived deficiency repayments (net of deficiency payments made) of $1.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $0.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $1.2 million made in the year ended December 31, 2012.2013. We received $0.5 million in interest and $0.1 million


Table of Contents

premium on deficiency repayments from the trustee in the year ended December 31, 20132014 compared to $0.1$0.5 million in interest in the year ended December 31, 2012.2013.

    Lease Commitments

        We have minimum lease commitments of $178.1$182.5 million for fiscal 2014.2015. The leased properties generate sufficient cash flow to meet the base rent payment.

            Certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger include provisions allocating responsibility to us structural and other repair costs required to be made to the leased property, including improvement and repair costs arising as a result of ordinary wear and tear. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded $1.3 million, of costs (net of expected recovery of 80% of the total cost through the applicable indemnity discussed further below and in Note 2.Acquisitions of our Consolidated Financial Statements) in Cost of Parking Services-Leases within the Consolidated Statement of Income for structural and other repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger, whereby we have expensed repair costs for certain leases and have engaged a third-party general contractor to complete certain defined structural and other improvement and repair projects. We expect to incur substantial additional costs for certain structural and other repair costs pursuant to the contractual requirements of certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger ("Structural and Repair Costs"). Based on information available at this time, we currently estimate the additional Structural and Repair Costs to be between $7.0 million and $22.0 million; however, we continue to assess and determine the full extent of the repairs required and estimated costs associated with the lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger. We currently expect to recover 80% of the Structural and Repair Costs incurred prior to October 1, 2015 through the applicable indemnity discussed further in Note 2.Acquisitions of our Consolidated Financial Statements. While we are unable to estimate with certainty when such costs will be incurred, it is expected that all or a substantial majority of these costs will be incurred in early- to mid-calendar year 2015 and prior to October 1, 2015.

    Daily Cash Collections

        As a result of day-to-day activity at our parking locations, we collect significant amounts of cash. Lease contract revenue is generally deposited into our local bank accounts, with a portion remitted to our clients in the form of rental payments according to the terms of the leases. Under management contracts, some clients may require us to deposit the daily receipts into one of our local bank accounts, with the cash in excess of our operating expenses and management fees remitted to the clients at negotiated intervals. Other clientsintervals, may require us to deposit the daily receipts into client designated bank accounts and the clients then reimburse us for operating expenses and pay our management fee subsequent to month-end. Some clientsmonth-end or may require segregated bank accounts for the receipts and disbursements at locations. Our working capital and liquidity may be adversely affected if a significant number of our clients require us to deposit all parking revenues into their respective accounts.

        Our liquidity also fluctuates on an intra-month and intra-year basis depending on the contract mix and timing of significant cash payments. Additionally, our ability to utilize cash deposited into our local accounts is dependent upon the availability and movement of that cash into our corporate account.accounts. For all these reasons, from time to time, we carry a significant cash balance, while also utilizing our senior credit facility.


    NetTable of Contents

    Summary of Cash Provided by Flows

     
     Years ended December 31, 
    (In millions)
     2014 2013 2012 

    Net cash provided by operating activities

     $51.6 $34.9 $11.4 

    Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     $(15.0)$(13.4)$21.2 

    Net cash used in financing activities

     $(41.5)$(26.4)$(17.4)

    Operating Activitiesactivities

        Our primary sources of funds are cash flows from operating activities and changes in operating assets and liabilities.

        Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $51.6 million for 2014, compared to $34.9 million for 2013. Cash provided during 2014 included $45.5 million from operations and changes in operating assets and liabilities of $6.1 million. The net increase in operating assets and liabilities resulted primarily from: (i) a net decrease in notes and accounts receivables due to timing of collections, (ii) a net decrease in prepaid expenses and other of $2.3 million by managing cash outlay for future expenses yet to be incurred, (iii) a decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $1.4 million, which primarily resulted from the timing on payments to our clients as described under "Daily Cash Collections" and incurred expenses towards the later part of the year.

        Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $34.9 million for 2013, compared


Table of Contents

to $11.4 million for 2012. Cash provided during 2013 included $50.1 million from operations that was partially offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities that resulted in a use of $15.2 million. The net decrease in changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted primarily from;from: (i) a net increase in notes and accounts receivables and other assets of $6.9 million; (ii) a net decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $15.7 million, which primarily resulted from the timing on payments to our clients and new business that are under management contracts as described under "Daily Cash Collections" and a reduction in accrued merger and integration expenses related to the Central Merger; partially offset by (iii) a net decrease in prepaid assets of $7.4 million.

        Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $11.4 million for 2012, compared to $35.0 million for 2011.2012. Cash provided during 2012 included $27.6 million from operations that was partially offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities that resulted in a use of $16.2 million. The net decrease in changes in operating assets and liabilities resulted primarily from;from: (i) a decrease in accrued liabilities of $21.8 million primarily related to Central which included a reversal of accrued uncertain tax positions of $12.3 million, and $10.7 million in reductions in accrued rents, payroll, property taxes and related benefits and casualty loss reserves; (ii) an increase in notes and accounts receivables of $6.0 million; (iii) an increase in accounts payable of $9.1 million which primarily resulted from the timing on payments to our clients and new business that are under management contracts as described under "Daily Cash Collections"; and (iv) a net decrease in prepaid and other assets of $2.5 million.

    Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

        Net cash providedused in investing activities totaled $15.0 million for 2014, compared to $13.4 million in 2013. Cash used in investing activities in 2013, included capital expenditures of $13.5 million for capital investments needed to secure and/or extend leased facilities and investments in IT projects, cost of contract of contract purchased for $2.3 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of assets of $0.8 million.

        Net cash used in investing activities totaled $13.4 million in 2013 compared to $21.2 million used in 2012. Cash used in investing activities in 2013 included capital expenditures of $15.8 million for capital investments needed to secure and/or extend leased facilities and investments in IT projects, cost of


Table of Contents

contract purchased of $0.4 million and contingent payments for previously acquired businesses of $0.3 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of assets of $0.8 million and proceeds from sale of equity interest in land of $2.3 million.

        Net cash provided byused in investing activities totaled $21.2 million in 2012 compared to $5.3 million used in 2011.million. Cash provided in 2012 included $27.7 million from the merger with Central which was offset by $5.0 million for capital investments needed to secure and/or extend leased facilities, investment in information system enhancements and infrastructure, cost of contract purchases of $1.2 million and $0.3 million for contingent payments on previously acquired businesses.

    Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

        Net cash used in financing activities totaled $41.5 million in 2014 compared to $26.4 million in 2013. Cash used in financing activities for 2014 included $1.8 million for businesses acquired, net payments on the Senior Credit facility of $36.9 million, distributions on noncontrolling interests of $2.9 million, partially offset by proceeds from other long-term borrowings (capital leases).

        Net cash used in financing activities totaled $26.4 million in 2013 compared to $17.4 million in 2012. Cash used in financing activities for 2013 included contingent payments for businesses acquired of $0.5 million, net payments on Senior Credit Facility of $22.6 million, payments on notes payable and other long-term borrowings of $0.2 million, distributions to noncontrolling interests of $2.8 million, and payments on capital leases of $0.5 million, partially offset by the tax benefit on vesting of restricted stock units of $0.2 million.

        Net cash used in financing activities totaled $17.4 million in 2012 compared to 23.4 million in 2011.

        Cash used in financing activities for 2012 included $237.1 million for payment on Central's senior credit facility assumed from the Central Merger, $10.3 million in financing costs incurred on the new Senior Credit Facility, $12.6 million in payments on the net payments on former credit facility, $5.6 million in payments on the term loan facility (Senior Credit Facility), $2.1 million in earn-out payments, $0.9 million distributed to non-controlling interests, $0.5 million used for payments on capital leases, and $0.2 million used for payments on notes payable and other long-term borrowings. Cash provided consisted of $250.0 million in proceeds from the term loan (Senior Credit Facility),


Table of Contents

$72.8 $72.8 million from the new Senior Credit Facility, $0.5 million from the exercise of stock options and $0.5 million in excess tax benefits on vesting of stock option exercises.

    Cash and Cash Equivalents

        We had cash and cash equivalents of $18.2 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $23.2 million at December 31, 2013, compared to $28.5 million at December 31, 2012 and $13.2 million at December 31, 2011.2013. The cash balances reflect our ability to utilize funds deposited into our local bank accounts. Availability, timing of deposits and the subsequent movement of cash into our corporate bank accounts may result in significant changes to our cash balances.


    Table of Contents

    Summary Disclosures about Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

        The following summarizes certain of our contractual obligations at December 31, 20132014 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods. The nature of our business is to manage parking facilities. Asfacilities and as a result, we do not have significant short-term purchase obligations.


  
 Payments Due by Period   
 Payments Due by Period 

 Total Less than
1 Year
 1 - 3 Years 4 - 5 Years After
5 Years
  Total 2015 2016 - 2017 2018 - 2019 2020 and
thereafter
 

 (In thousands)
  (In millions)
 

Long-term debt(1)

 $292,219 $25,793 $266,409 $17 $ 

Contractual obligations

           

Operating leases(2)(1)

 798,984 178,127 322,671 115,517 182,669  $793.9 $182.5 $245.7 $146.8 $218.9 

Other long-term liabilities(3)

 69,468 28,819 31,145 3,036 6,468 

Interest payments on long-term debt

 37,764 11,411 26,353   

Capital leases

 1.0 0.3 0.6 0.1  

Total contractual obligations

 $794.9 $182.8 $246.3 $146.9 $218.9 

Other Long-Term Liabilities

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Contingent consideration liability

 $0.3 $0.1 $0.2 $ $ 

Deferred Compensation

 11.1 2.4 2.8 1.5 4.4 

Other long-term liabilities(2)

 62.0 27.8 20.0 8.2 6.0 

Total other long-term liabilities

 $73.4 $30.3 $23.0 $9.7 $10.4 

Commercial Commitments

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Senior Credit Facility(3)

 $253.3 $15.0 $35.0 $40.0 $163.3 

Other Debt(3)

 1.5 1.3 0.1 0.1  

Interest payments on debt and long-term liabilities

 39.0 10.3 15.4 12.9 0.4 

Letters of credit(4)

 59,498  59,498    54.9 54.8 0.1   
           

Total commercial commitments

 $348.7 $81.4 $50.6 $53.0 $163.7 

Total

 $1,257,933 $244,150 $706,076 $118,570 $189,137  $1,217.0 $294.5 $319.9 $209.6 $393.0 
           
           

(1)
Represents minimum rental commitments, excluding (i) contingent rent provisions under all non-cancelable leases; and (ii) sublease income of $26.7 million.

(2)
Represents customer deposits, insurance claims and obligation related to acquisitions.

(3)
Represents principal amounts. See Note I. of the notes11.Borrowing Arrangements to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. "Financial"Financial Statements and Supplementary Data".Data."

(2)
Represents minimum rental commitments, excluding contingent rent provisions under all non-cancelable leases.

(3)
Represents deferred compensation, customer deposits, insurance claims, obligation related to acquisitions and deferred partnership fees.

(4)
Represents aggregate amount of currently issued letters of credit at their maturities.

        In addition we made contingent payments for business acquired (earn-outs) of $0.3$1.8 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million for each of the years ended 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. We received deficiency repayments (net of deficiency payments) related to the Bradley Agreement of $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 and made deficiency payments (net of repayments received) related to the Bradley Agreement of $0.1 million $1.2 million and $1.3$1.2 million for the years ended 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively. The above schedule includes $0.1 million ofdoes not include any amounts for expected deficiency payments in the "less than one year" category or any other "payments due by period" category, as thesewe concluded that the potential for future deficiency payments have metdid not meet the criteria of both probable and estimable asestimable.


Table of December 31, 2013.Contents

    Critical Accounting Policies

        "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" discusses our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities,


Table of Contents

revenues and disclosureexpenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities atin the date of theconsolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The SEC has defined a company's critical accounting policies as the reported amountsones that are most important to the portrayal of revenuesthe company's financial condition and expenses duringresults of operations, and which require the reported period.company to make its most difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. Based on this definition, we have identified the critical accounting policies and judgments addressed below. We base these estimates and judgments on historic experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their complexity and the possibility that future events affecting them may differ materially from our current judgments and estimates.

        This listing of critical accounting policies is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies. Recentpolicies We also have other key accounting pronouncementspolicies, which involve the use of estimates, judgments, and assumptions that are significant to understanding our results, which are included in Note A1.Significant Accounting Policies and Practices of the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data". In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, with no need for management's judgment regarding accounting policy. We believe the following critical accounting policies reflect significant accounting policies that may require a higher degree of judgment and estimation:

    Goodwill and Other Intangibles

        Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price paid over the fair value of net assets acquired. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") authoritative accounting guidance on goodwill, we do not amortize goodwill but rather evaluate it for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances change that could cause goodwill to become impaired. We have elected to assess the impairment of goodwill annually on the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter, or at an interim date if there is an event or change in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the use of acquired assets or our business strategy, and significant negative industry or economic trends.

        A multi-step impairment test is performed on goodwill. The Company hasWe have the option to evaluate various qualitative factors to determine the likelihood of impairment. If determined that it is more likely than not the fair value is less than the carrying value of a reporting unit, then the Company iswe are required to perform Step 1. If the Company doeswe do not elect to perform a qualitative assessment, it can voluntarily proceed directly to Step 1. In Step 1, we perform a quantitative analysis to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not considered impaired, and we are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then we must perform Step 2 of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

        The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level; the Company'sour reporting units represent our operating segments, which are comprised of our five operating regions. Management determines the fair value of each of its reporting units by using a discounted cash flow approach and a market approach using multiples of EBITDA of comparable companies to estimate market value. In addition, we compare our derived enterprise value on a consolidated basis to our market capitalization as of its test date to ensure its derived value approximates theour market value of the Company when taken as a whole.


Table of Contents

        In conducting our goodwill impairment quantitative assessment, we analyzed actual and projected growth trends of the reporting units, gross margin, operating expenses and EBITDA (which also includes forecasted five-year income statement and working capital projections, a market-based weighted average cost of capital and terminal values after five years). We also assess critical areas that


Table of Contents

may impact our business including economic conditions, market related exposures, competition, changes in product offerings and changes in key personnel. As part of the 2014 and 2013 goodwill assessment, we engaged a third party to evaluate our reporting unit's fair values.

        The CompanyWe continue to perform a goodwill impairment test as required on an annual basis and on an interim basis, if certain conditions exist. Factors we consider important, which could result in changes to our estimates, include underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results and declines in acquisitions and trading multiples. Due to the diverse customer base, we do not believe our future operating results will vary significantly relative to its historical and projected future operating results. However, future events may indicate differences from our judgments and estimates that could, in turn, result in impairment charges in the future. Future events that may result in impairment charges include increases in interest rates, which would impact discount rates, unfavorable economic conditions or other factors that could decrease revenues and profitability of existing locations and changes in the cost structure of existing facilities. Factors that could potentially have an unfavorable economic effect on our judgments and estimates include, among others: changes imposed by governmental and regulatory agencies, such as property condemnations and assessment of parking-related taxes; construction or other events that could change traffic patterns; and terrorism or other catastrophic events.

        Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment when circumstances change that would create a triggering event. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. We evaluate the remaining useful life of the other intangible assets on a periodic basis to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining useful life. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of our intangible and other long-lived assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors, such as changes in our business strategy and internal forecasts. Although management believes the historical assumptions and estimates are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact our reported financial results.

    Long-livedLong-Lived Assets

        The Company evaluatesWe evaluate long-lived asset groups whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review primarily include a significant change in the use of an asset, or the planned sale or disposal of an asset. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If it is determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. The Company'sOur estimates of future cash flows from such assets could be impacted if it underperforms relative to historical or projected future operating results.

        Assumptions and estimates used to determine cash flows in the evaluation of impairment and the fair values used to determine the impairment are subject to a degree of judgment and complexity. Any changes to the assumptions and estimates resulting from changes in actual results or market conditions from those anticipated may affect the carrying value of long-lived assets and could result in an impairment charge.

        We purchase comprehensive casualty insurance (including, without limitation, general liability, automobile liability, garage-keepers legal liability, worker's compensation and umbrella/excess liability insurance) covering certain claims that arise in connection with our operations. Under our various


Table of Contents

liability and workers' compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to pay directly or reimburse the insurance carrier for the first $250,000$0.5 million of anyeach loss (or, as of January 1, 2014, the first $500,000 of any loss in the case ofcovered by our generalgeneral/garage liability or automobile or automobile liability policies).policies and $0.3 million for each loss covered by our workers' compensation and garagekeepers legal liability policies. As a result, we are effectively self-insured for all claims up to these levels. It is our policy to record our self-insurance liabilities based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. We utilize historical claims experience and actuarial methods which consider a number of factors to estimate our ultimate cost of losses incurred in determining the required level of insurance reserves and timing of expense recognition associated with claims against us. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation of probability when determining the required insurance reserves and amount to be recognized as an expense. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves and could result in increased expense recognition in the future.

    Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        We report accounts receivable, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, to represent our estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. In determining the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we primarily use the review of specific accounts but also use historical collection trends and aging of receivables and a review of specific accounts, and make adjustments in the allowance as necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable balances or future allowance for doubtful account considerations.

    Income Taxes

        Income tax expense involves management judgment as to the ultimate resolution of any tax issues. Historically, our assessments of the ultimate resolution of tax issues have been reasonably accurate. The current open issues are not dissimilar from historical items.

        Deferred income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, such that deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities based on currently enacted tax laws and tax rates in effect for the periods in which these temporary differences are expected to reverse or be settled. Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period plus the change during the period in deferred income taxes. We have certain federalstate net operating loss carry forwards which expire in 2024.2028. Our ability to fully utilize these net operating losses to offset taxable income is limited due to the change in ownership resulting from the initial public offering of our stock in 2004 (Internal Revenue Code, Section 382). We consider a number of factors in our assessment of the recoverability of our state net operating loss carryforwards including their expiration dates, the limitations imposed due to the change in ownership as well as future projections of income. Future changes in our operating performance along with these considerations may significantly impact the amount of net operating losses ultimately recovered, and our assessment of their recoverability.

        When evaluating our tax positions, we account for uncertainty in income taxes in our consolidated financial statements. The evaluation of a tax position is a two-step process, the first step being recognition. We determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the technical merits of the position. If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in our financial statements. The second step is measurement. The tax position is


Table of Contents

measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more-likely-than-not of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.


Table of Contents

    Legal and Other Contingencies

        We are subject to claims and litigation in the normal course of our business. The outcomes of claims and legal proceedings and claims brought against us and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. We accrue a charge against income when our management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. When a loss is probable, we record an accrual based on the reasonably estimable loss or range of loss. When no point of loss is more likely than another, we record the lowest amount in the estimated range of loss and disclose the estimated range. We do not record liabilities for reasonably possible loss contingencies, but do disclose a range of reasonably possible losses if they are material and we are able to estimate such a range. If we cannot provide a range of reasonably possible losses, we explain the factors that prevent us from determining such a range. In addition, we accrue for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against us by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of our intent to appeal. In determining the appropriate loss contingencies, we consider the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as our ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant estimation and judgment.


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

    Interest RatesLong-Lived Assets

        Our primary market risk exposure consists of risk related to changes in interest rates. We use the variable rate Senior Credit Facility, discussed previously, to finance our operations. This Senior Credit Facility exposes us to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. If interest rates increase, interest expense increases and conversely, if interest rates decrease, interest expense also decreases. We believe that it is prudent to limit our exposure to an increase in interest rates.

        On October 25, 2012, we entered into interest rate swap transactions (collectively,We evaluate long-lived asset groups whenever events or circumstances indicate that the "Interest Rate Swaps") with each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, Bank of America and PNC Bank, N.A. in an initial aggregate notional amount of $150.0 million (the "Notional Amount"). The Interest Rate Swaps have an effective date of October 31, 2012 and a termination date of September 30, 2017. The Interest Rate Swaps effectively fix the interest rate on an amount of variable interest rate borrowings under the Credit Agreement, originally equal to the Notional Amount at 0.7525% per annum plus the applicable margin rate for LIBOR loans under the Credit Agreement determined based upon SP Plus's consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio. The Notional Amount is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization that coincides with quarterly prepayments of principal under the Credit Agreement. These Interest Rate Swaps are classified as cash flow hedges, and we calculate the effectiveness of the hedge on a monthly basis. The ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized in earnings as an increase of interest expense. For the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, no ineffective portion of the cash flow was recognized as interest expense. The faircarrying value of the Interest Rate Swaps at December 31, 2013 was a $0.8 millionan asset and is included in the line item "Other assets, net". The fair value of the Interest Rate Swaps at December 31, 2012 was a $0.8 million liability, and is included in the line item "Other long-term liabilities"

        We domay not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes.

        Our $450.0 million Senior Credit Facility provides for a $200.0 million variable rate revolving facility and a term loan facility of $250.0 million. In addition, the variable rate revolving facility includes a letter of credit sub-facility with a sublimit of $100.0 million. Interest expense on such borrowing is sensitive to changes in the market rate of interest. If we were to borrow the entire non-hedged variable rate debt of $300.0 million available under the facility, a 1% increase in the average market ratebe recoverable. Events or circumstances that would result in an increaseimpairment review primarily include a significant change in our annual interest expensethe use of $3.0 million. Thisan asset, or the planned sale or disposal of an asset. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If it is determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by considering the impactamount by which the carrying value of the hypothetical interest rates on our borrowing cost, but does not consider the effectsasset exceeds its fair value. Our estimates of the reduced level of overall economic activity thatfuture cash flows from such assets could exist in such an environment. Duebe impacted if it underperforms relative to the uncertainty of the specific changeshistorical or projected future operating results.

        Assumptions and their possible effects, the foregoing sensitivity analysis assumes no changes in our financial structure.


Table of Contents

    Foreign Currency Risk

        Our exposureestimates used to foreign exchange risk is minimal. All foreign investments are denominated in U.S. dollars, with the exception of Canada. We had approximately $0.4 million of Canadian dollar denominateddetermine cash instruments at December 31, 2013, and approximately $0.3 million of Canadian dollar denominated debt instruments at December 31, 2013. We do not hold any hedging instruments related to foreign currency transactions. We monitor foreign currency positions and may enter into certain hedging instrumentsflows in the future should we determine that exposure to foreign exchange risk has increased.

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

        The consolidated financial statements and related notes and schedules required by this Item are incorporated into this Form 10-K and set forth in Part IV, Item 15 herein.

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

(a)   Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Prior to the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013 and under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (the "Evaluation") at a reasonable assurance level as of the last day of the period covered by this Report.

        Disclosure controls and procedures are defined by Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") as controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

        It should be noted that the design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving our stated goals under all potential future conditions, regardless of how remote.

        Based upon the Evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2013.

(b)   Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of our published financial statements.


Table of Contents

        Prior to the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the last day of the period covered by the report. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (1992 Framework). Based on our evaluation under the COSO Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.

        Ernst & Young LLP has audited the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of its audit, has issued an attestation report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

(c)   Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        During the last fiscal quarter, we implemented internal control procedures to address a previously identified material weakness related to a design deficiency in our controls over the application of complex technical accounting standards for deficiency payments and our historical accounting treatment of an account receivable pursuant to the Bradley Agreement. These internal controls included (i) enhanced procedures to review lease and management agreements for provisions that may include contingencies and may require us to make future deficiency payments and (ii) review of reconciliations and related analysis for those lease and management agreements that contain contingent provisionsimpairment and the potentialfair values used to make deficiency payments, bydetermine the appropriate levels of management. After completing our testing of the design and operating effectiveness of these new procedures, we have concluded that we have remediated the previously identified material weakness as of December 31, 2013.

        Except for the item listed above, there have been no significant changes in our internal controls over financial reporting or any other factors that could significantly affect these controls during the quarter ended December 31, 2013.

(d)   Limitations of the Effectiveness of Internal Control

        A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the internal control system are met. Because of the inherent limitations of any internal control system, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues, if any, within the Company have been detected.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

        None.


PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

        Information required by this item with respect to our directors and compliance by our directors, executive officers and certain beneficial owners of our common stock with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated by reference to all information under the captions entitled "Board Matters—Nominees for Director," "Our Corporate Governance Practices—Board Designees," "Our Corporate Governance Practices—Codes of Conduct and Ethics," "Meetings and Committees of the Board," "Executive Officers" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" from our Proxy Statement.

        We have adopted a code of ethics as part of our compliance program. The code of ethics applies to our chief executive officer (Principal Executive Officer), chief financial officer (Principal Financial Officer) and corporate controller (Principal Accounting Officer). In addition we have adopted a code


Table of Contents

of business conduct that applies to all of our officers and employees. Any amendments to, or waivers from, our code of ethics will be posted on our website www.spplus.com. A copy of these codes of conduct and ethics will be provided to you without charge upon request to investor_relations@spplus.com.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption entitled "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Compensation Committee Report," "Executive Compensation," and "Director Compensation," included in our Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption entitled "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and "Security Ownership" included in our Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption "Board Matters—Nominations for Directors—Board Designees," "Our Corporate Governance Practices—Director Independence," "Our Corporate Governance Practices—Related-Party Transaction Policy," and "Transactions with Related Persons and Control Persons" included in our Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

        The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption "Audit Committee Disclosure—Independent Auditors' Fees" and caption "Audit Committee Disclosure—Procedures for Audit Committee Pre-Approval and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditor" included in our Proxy Statement.


Table of Contents


PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

    (a)
    Financial Statements and Schedules

1.     Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

60

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

61

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012

62

For the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011:

Consolidated Statements of Income

63

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

64

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

65

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

66

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

67

2.     Financial Statement Schedule

        The following financial statement schedule is included in this report and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm referred to above.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

111

        All other schedules are omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

    (b)
    Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K

        The information required by this item is set forth on the exhibit index that follows the signature page of this report.


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of SP Plus Corporation

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SP Plus Corporation and subsidiaries (formerly known as Standard Parking Corporation), (the Company) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SP Plus Corporation and subsidiaries at December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), SP Plus Corporation and subsidiaries' internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 Framework) and our report dated March 13, 2014, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois
March 13, 2014


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of SP Plus Corporation

        We have audited SP Plus Corporation and subsidiaries' (formerly known as Standard Parking Corporation) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (1992 Framework) (the COSO criteria). SP Plus Corporation's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periodsimpairment are subject to a degree of judgment and complexity. Any changes to the risk that controls may become inadequate because ofassumptions and estimates resulting from changes in actual results or market conditions or thatfrom those anticipated may affect the degreecarrying value of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, SP Plus Corporation and subsidiaries has maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of SP Plus Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013, and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2013 of SP Plus Corporation and subsidiaries, and our report dated March 13, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois
March 13, 2014


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
 December 31, 
 
 2013 2012 
 
 ($ In thousands,
except for share
and per share data)

 

ASSETS

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

 $23,158 $28,450 

Notes and accounts receivable, net

  115,126  111,498 

Prepaid expenses and other

  20,645  27,823 

Deferred taxes

  10,317  15,265 
      

Total current assets

  169,246  183,036 

Leasehold improvements, equipment, land and construction in progress, net

  44,885  40,402 

Other assets:

       

Advances and deposits

  7,149  8,540 

Other intangible assets, net

  106,222  122,631 

Favorable acquired lease contracts

  60,034  74,713 

Other assets, net

  24,574  22,260 

Cost of contracts, net

  10,762  14,215 

Goodwill

  439,503  439,486 
      

  648,244  681,845 
      

Total assets

 $862,375 $905,283 
      
      

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

 $115,493 $129,034 

Accrued rent

  17,397  11,444 

Compensation and payroll withholdings

  28,955  34,562 

Property, payroll and other taxes

  11,803  11,740 

Accrued insurance

  23,473  27,972 

Accrued expenses

  20,722  23,582 

Current portion of long-term debt obligations

  24,632  21,837 
      

Total current liabilities

  242,475  260,171 

Deferred taxes

  17,348  19,079 

Long-term borrowings, excluding current portion:

       

Obligations under senior credit facility

  263,457  286,727 

Other long-term debt obligations

  577  1,995 
      

  264,034  288,722 

Unfavorable acquired lease contracts

  74,130  92,225 

Other long-term liabilities

  60,677  58,086 

Stockholders' equity:

       

Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013 and 2012; no shares issued

     

Common stock, par value $.001 per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013, and 2012; 21,977,311 and 21,870,770 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively

  22  22 

Additional paid-in capital

  240,665  236,375 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

  118  (381)

Accumulated deficit

  (37,679) (49,768)
      

Total SP Plus Corporation stockholders' equity

  203,126  186,248 

Noncontrolling interest

  585  752 
      

Total equity

  203,711  187,000 
      

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 $862,375 $905,283 
      
      

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
 Years Ended December 31, 
 
 2013 2012 2011 
 
 ($ In thousands, except for
share and per share data)

 

Parking services revenue:

          

Lease contracts

 $489,575 $250,355 $147,510 

Management contracts

  347,346  230,501  173,725 

Reimbursed management contract revenue

  629,878  473,082  408,427 
        

Total revenue

  1,466,799  953,938  729,662 

Costs and expenses:

          

Cost of parking services:

          

Lease contracts

  456,090  231,781  136,494 

Management contracts

  208,730  141,949  97,186 

Reimbursed management contract expense

  629,878  473,082  408,427 
        

Total cost of parking services

  1,294,698  846,812  642,107 

Gross profit:

          

Lease contracts

  33,485  18,574  11,016 

Management contracts

  138,616  88,552  76,539 
        

Total gross profit

  172,101  107,126  87,555 

General and administrative expenses(1)

  98,931  86,540  48,297 

Depreciation and amortization

  31,193  13,513  6,618 
        

Operating income

  41,977  7,073  32,640 

Other expenses (income):

          

Interest expense

  19,034  8,616  4,691 

Interest income

  (643) (297) (227)
        

Total other expenses (income)

  18,391  8,319  4,464 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  23,586  (1,246) 28,176 

Income tax expense (benefit)

  8,821  (3,620) 10,700 
        

Net income

  14,765  2,374  17,476 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  2,676  1,034  378 
        

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

 $12,089 $1,340 $17,098 
        
        

Common stock data:

          

Net income per common share:

          

Basic

 $0.55 $0.08 $1.09 

Diluted

 $0.54 $0.08 $1.07 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

  21,902,870  17,179,606  15,703,595 

Diluted

  22,249,584  17,490,204  16,047,879 

(1)
Non-cash stock based compensation expense of $4,227, $2,103 and $2,451 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, is included in general and administrative expenses.

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
 Years Ended December 31, 
 
 2013 2012 2011 
 
 (In thousands)
 

Net income

 $14,765 $2,374 $17,476 

Other comprehensive income (expense)

  499  (63) (421)
        

Comprehensive income

 $15,264 $2,311  17,055 

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  2,676  1,034  378 
        

Comprehensive income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

 $12,588 $1,277 $16,677 
        
        

Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 
 Common Stock  
 Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
  
  
  
 
 
 Number of
Shares
 Par
Value
 Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 Accumulated
Deficit
 Noncontrolling
Interest
  
 
 
 Income (Loss) Total 
 
 ($ In thousands, except for share and per share data)
 

Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2010

  15,775,645 $16 $97,291 $103 $(68,206)$(75)$29,129 

Net income

              17,098  378  17,476 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

           (390)       (390)

Cash flow hedge

           (31)       (31)

Repurchase of common stock

  (461,512) (1) (7,543)          (7,544)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

  68,322    217           217 

Issuance of stock grants

  14,009    245           245 

Vested restricted stock units

  68,400                

Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units

        2,206           2,206 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

        246           246 

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

                 (388) (388)
                

Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2011

  15,464,864 $15 $92,662 $(318)$(51,108)$(85)$41,166 

Net income

              1,340  1,034  2,374 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

           2        2 

Cash flow hedge

           (65)       (65)

Shares issued—Central Merger

  6,161,332  7  140,719           140,726 

Exercise of stock options

  81,023    526           526 

Issuance of stock grants

  8,751    165           165 

Vested restricted stock units

  154,800                

Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units

        1,857           1,857 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

        446           446 

Purchase of Central shares of noncontrolling interest

                 677  677 

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

                 (874) (874)
                

Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2012

  21,870,770 $22 $236,375 $(381)$(49,768)$752 $187,000 

Net income

              12,089  2,676  14,765 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

           (463)       (463)

Cash flow hedge

           962        962 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

                      

Issuance of stock grants

  15,576                   

Vested restricted stock units

  90,965                   

Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units

        4,092           4,092 

Tax benefit from vesting of restricted stock units

        198           198 

Distribution to noncontrolliing interest

                 (2,843) (2,843)
                

Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2013

  21,977,311 $22 $240,665 $118 $(37,679)$585 $203,711 
                
                

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
 Year Ended December 31, 
 
 2013 2012 2011 
 
 ($ In thousands, except for
share and per share data)

 

Operating activities

          

Net income

 $14,765 $2,374 $17,476 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

          

Depreciation and amortization

  29,595  15,201  6,671 

Net (accretion) amortization of acquired of acquired lease contracts

  (4,298) (609)  

(Gain) loss on sale of equipment

  1,597  80  32 

(Gain) loss on sale of equity interest in land

  (1,191)    

Amortization of debt issuance costs

  1,402  870  638 

Amortization of original discount on borrowings

  1,284  341   

Non-cash stock-based compensation

  4,227  2,103  2,451 

Provision for losses on accounts receivable

  189  420  201 

Excess tax benefit related to vesting of restricted stock units

  (198) (445) (246)

Deferred income taxes

  2,741  7,231  2,434 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Notes and accounts receivable

  (3,817) (5,995) 5,432 

Prepaid assets

  7,376  (1,446) (154)

Other assets

  (3,124) 3,981  (1,389)

Accounts payable

  (13,541) 9,091  763 

Accrued liabilities

  (2,114) (21,793) 640 
        

Net cash provided by operating activities

  34,893  11,404  34,949 

Investing activities

          

Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment

  (15,734) (5,024) (4,150)

Proceeds from sale of equipment

  776  30  116 

Proceeds from sale of equity interest in land

  2,322     

Acquisitions of business, net of cash acquired

    27,736  14 

Cost of contracts purchased

  (361) (1,172) (932)

Capitalized interest

  (17) (12) (43)

Contingent payments for businesses acquired

  (347) (332) (262)
        

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  (13,361) 21,226  (5,257)

Financing activities

          

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    526  217 

Repurchase of common stock

      (7,544)

Contingent payments for businesses acquired

  (542) (2,073)  

Payments on senior credit facility revolver (Senior Credit Facility)

  (491,565) (71,800)  

Proceeds from senior credit facility revolver (Senior Credit Facility)

  491,515  72,790   

Payment on senior credit facility of Central Parking (related to Central Merger)

    (237,143)  

Proceeds from term loan (Senior Credit Facility)/(related to Central Merger)

    250,000   

Payments on term loan (Senior Credit Facility)

  (22,500) (5,625)  

Net payments on former senior credit facility

    (12,590) (15,200)

Payment on notes payable

  (40) (40)  

Payments on other long-term borrowings

  (154) (145) (136)

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

  (2,843) (874) (388)

Payments of debt issuance costs and original discount on borrowings

    (10,332) (30)

Payments on capital leases

  (430) (542) (553)

Tax benefit related to vesting of restricted stock units

  198  445  246 
        

Net cash used in financing activities

  (26,361) (17,403) (23,388)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (463) 3  (389)
        

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  (5,292) 15,230  5,915 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

  28,450  13,220  7,305 
        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 $23,158 $28,450 $13,220 
        
        

Cash paid for:

          

Interest

 $16,324 $18,715 $4,015 

Income taxes

  1,331  3,651  7,507 

Non-cash transactions:

          

Fair value of shares issued to acquire Central Parking common stock

 $ $140,726   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

The Company

        Effective December 2, 2013, Standard Parking Corporation changed its name to SP Plus Corporation. The name change was effected through a short-form merger pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") by merging a newly formed wholly owned subsidiary of the Company into the Company, with the Company remaining as the surviving corporation in the merger. Under the DGCL, the merger did not require stockholder approval and had the sole effect of amending its certificate of incorporation to reflect its new legal name.

        The Company provides parking management, ground transportation and other ancillary services to commercial, institutional and municipal clients in the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada. Its services include a comprehensive set of on-site parking management and ground transportation services, which consist of training, scheduling and supervising all service personnel as well as providing customer service, marketing, maintenance, security and accounting and revenue control functions necessary to facilitate the operation of clients' parking facilities. The Company also provides a range of ancillary services such as airport shuttle operations, valet services, taxi and livery dispatch services and municipal meter revenue collection and enforcement services.

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and variable interest entities in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Noncontrolling interest recorded in the consolidated statement of income is the interest in consolidated variable interest entities not controlled by the Company. The Company has ownership interests in thirty-eight partnerships, joint ventures or similar arrangements which operate parking facilities. Twenty-nine are Variable Interest Entities (VIE) and nine are voting interest model entities where the Company's ownership ranges from 20-50% and it does not control the entities.

        The Company consolidates those VIEs where it is the primary beneficiary and accounts for voting interest entities that it does not control using the equity method of accounting. Thelong-lived assets and liabilities of the VIEs are not material to the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets. All significant intercompany profits, transactions and balances have been eliminatedcould result in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current environment.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The functional currency of the Company's foreign operations is the local currency. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign operations are translated from foreign currencies intoimpairment charge.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION
Insurance Reserves

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012        We purchase comprehensive casualty insurance (including, without limitation, general liability, automobile liability, garage-keepers legal liability, worker's compensation and 2011

($ In thousands except shareumbrella/excess liability insurance) covering certain claims that arise in connection with our operations. Under our various liability and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

U.S. dollars atworkers' compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to pay directly or reimburse the rates in effect on the balance sheet date while income and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange ratesinsurance carrier for the year. Adjustments resulting fromfirst $0.5 million of each loss covered by our general/garage liability or automobile liability policies and $0.3 million for each loss covered by our workers' compensation and garagekeepers legal liability policies. As a result, we are effectively self-insured for all claims up to these levels. It is our policy to record our self-insurance liabilities based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. We utilize historical claims experience and actuarial methods which consider a number of factors to estimate our ultimate cost of losses incurred in determining the translationsrequired level of foreign currency financial statements are accumulatedinsurance reserves and classifiedtiming of expense recognition associated with claims against us. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation of probability when determining the required insurance reserves and amount to be recognized as a separate component of stockholders' equity.

Reclassifications

        Certain reclassifications, having no effect on the consolidated statements of income, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of equity, consolidated statements of cash flows, earnings per share, total assets, or total liabilities have been madean expense. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the previously issued consolidated balance sheets to conform tolevel of insurance reserves and could result in increased expense recognition in the current period's presentation of the Company's consolidated financial statements. Specifically, prior year current liability amounts for unfavorable acquired lease contracts were reclassified to long-term liabilities to conform to the Company's presentation of favorable acquired lease contracts. See also Note R. Domestic and Foreign Operations for additional information on the reclassification of segment revenues and segment financial results to reflect our changed internal reporting.future.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash equivalents represent funds temporarily invested in money market instruments with maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        AccountsWe report accounts receivable, net of thean allowance for doubtful accounts, represents the Company'sto represent our estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. Management reviewsIn determining the adequacy of itsthe allowance for doubtful accounts, on an ongoing basis, usingwe primarily use the review of specific accounts but also use historical collection trends and aging of receivables and a review of specific accounts, and makesmake adjustments in the allowance as necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable balances or future allowance considerations. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts was $695 and $506, respectively.account considerations.

Leasehold Improvements, Equipment, Land and Construction in Progress, netIncome Taxes

        Leasehold improvements, equipment, software, vehicles,Income tax expense involves management judgment as to the ultimate resolution of any tax issues. Historically, our assessments of the ultimate resolution of tax issues have been reasonably accurate. The current open issues are not dissimilar from historical items.

        Deferred income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, such that deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities based on currently enacted tax laws and tax rates in effect for the periods in which these temporary differences are expected to reverse or be settled. Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period plus the change during the period in deferred income taxes. We have certain state net operating loss carry forwards which expire in 2028. Our ability to fully utilize these net operating losses to offset taxable income is limited due to the change in ownership resulting from the initial public offering of our stock in 2004 (Internal Revenue Code, Section 382). We consider a number of factors in our assessment of the recoverability of our state net operating loss carryforwards including their expiration dates, the limitations imposed due to the change in ownership as well as future projections of income. Future changes in our operating performance along with these considerations may significantly impact the amount of net operating losses ultimately recovered, and our assessment of their recoverability.

        When evaluating our tax positions, we account for uncertainty in income taxes in our consolidated financial statements. The evaluation of a tax position is a two-step process, the first step being recognition. We determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the technical merits of the position. If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in our financial statements. The second step is measurement. The tax position is


Table of Contents

measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more-likely-than-not of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.

Legal and Other Contingencies

        We are subject to claims and litigation in the normal course of our business. The outcomes of claims and legal proceedings brought against us and other fixed assetsloss contingencies are stated at cost less accumulated depreciationsubject to significant uncertainty. We accrue a charge when our management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and amortization. Equipmentthe amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. When a loss is depreciatedprobable, we record an accrual based on the straight-line basis overreasonably estimable loss or range of loss. When no point of loss is more likely than another, we record the lowest amount in the estimated useful lives ranging from 2 to 10 years. Expenditures for major renewalsrange of loss and improvements that extend the useful life of property and equipment are capitalized. Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line basis over the terms of the respective leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter (weighted average of approximately 10 years).

        Certain costs associated with directly obtaining, developing or upgrading internal-use software are capitalized and amortized overdisclose the estimated useful liferange. We do not record liabilities for reasonably possible loss contingencies, but do disclose a range of software.reasonably possible losses if they are material and we are able to estimate such a range. If we cannot provide a range of reasonably possible losses, we explain the factors that prevent us from determining such a range. In addition, we accrue for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against us by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of our intent to appeal. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant estimation and judgment.


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

Cost of Contracts

        Cost of contracts represents the cost of obtaining contractual rights associated with providing parking services at a managed or leased facility. Cost of parking contracts are amortized over the estimated life of the contracts, including anticipated renewals and terminations. Estimated lives are based on the contract life or anticipated lives that are consistent with underlying valuation analysis used in determining the fair value as of the date of acquiring.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

        Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price paid over the fair value of net assets acquired. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") authoritative accounting guidance on goodwill, the Compnay does not amortize goodwill but rather evaluates it for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances change that could cause goodwill to become impaired. The Company has elected to assess the impairment of goodwill annually on the first day of its fiscal fourth quarter, or at an interim date if there is an event or change in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the use of acquired assets or its business strategy, and significant negative industry or economic trends.

        A multi-step impairment test is performed on goodwill. The Company has the option to evaluate various qualitative factors to determine the likelihood of impairment. If determined that it is more likely than not the fair value is less than the carrying value of a reporting unit, then the Company is required to perform Step 1. If the Company does not elect to perform a qualitative assessment, it can voluntarily proceed directly to Step 1. In Step 1, the Company performs a quantitative analysis to compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not considered impaired, and the Company's is not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company must perform Step 2 of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then the Company would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

        The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level; the Company's reporting units represent its operating segments, which are comprised of its five operating regions. Management determines the fair value of each of its reporting units by using a discounted cash flow approach and a market approach using multiples of EBITDA of comparable companies to estimate market value. In addition, the Company compares its derived enterprise value on a consolidated basis to the Company's market capitalization as of its test date to ensure its derived value approximates the market value of the Company when taken as a whole.

        In conducting its goodwill impairment quantitative assessment, the Company analyzed actual and projected growth trends of the reporting units, gross margin, operating expenses and EBITDA (which also includes forecasted five-year income statement and working capital projections, a market-based


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

weighted average cost of capital and terminal values after five years). The Company also assesses critical areas that may impact its business including economic conditions, market related exposures, competition, changes in product offerings and changes in key personnel. As part of the 2013 goodwill assessment, the Company engaged a third party to evaluate its reporting unit's fair values.

        The Company will continue to perform a goodwill impairment test as required on an annual basis and on an interim basis, if certain conditions exist. Factors the Company considers important, which could result in changes to its estimates, include underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results and declines in acquisitions and trading multiples. Due to the broad customer base, the Company does not believe its future operating results will vary significantly relative to its historical and projected future operating results. However, future events may indicate differences from its judgments and estimates which could, in turn, result in impairment charges in the future. Future events that may result in impairment charges include increases in interest rates, which would impact discount rates, unfavorable economic conditions or other factors which could decrease revenues and profitability of existing locations and changes in the cost structure of existing facilities. Factors that could potentially have an unfavorable economic effect on its judgments and estimates include, among others: changes imposed by governmental and regulatory agencies, such as property condemnations and assessment of parking-related taxes; construction or other events that could change traffic patterns; and terrorism or other catastrophic events.

        Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment when circumstances change that would create a triggering event. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of the other intangible assets on a periodic basis to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining useful life. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of its intangible and other long-lived assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors, such as changes in its business strategy and internal forecasts. Although management believes the historical assumptions and estimates are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact its reported financial results.

Long-Lived Assets

        The Company evaluatesWe evaluate long-lived asset groups whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Events or circumstances that would result in an impairment review primarily include a significant change in the use of an asset, or the planned sale or disposal of an asset. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If it is determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. Our estimates of future cash flows from such assets could be impacted if it underperforms relative to historical or projected future operating results.

        Assumptions and estimates used to determine cash flows in the evaluation of impairment and the fair values used to determine the impairment are subject to a degree of judgment and complexity. Any changes to the assumptions and estimates resulting from changes in actual results or market conditions from those anticipated may affect the carrying value of long-lived assets and could result in an impairment charge.


Table of Contents

Insurance Reserves

        We purchase comprehensive casualty insurance (including, without limitation, general liability, automobile liability, garage-keepers legal liability, worker's compensation and umbrella/excess liability insurance) covering certain claims that arise in connection with our operations. Under our various liability and workers' compensation insurance policies, we are obligated to pay directly or reimburse the insurance carrier for the first $0.5 million of each loss covered by our general/garage liability or automobile liability policies and $0.3 million for each loss covered by our workers' compensation and garagekeepers legal liability policies. As a result, we are effectively self-insured for all claims up to these levels. It is our policy to record our self-insurance liabilities based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. We utilize historical claims experience and actuarial methods which consider a number of factors to estimate our ultimate cost of losses incurred in determining the required level of insurance reserves and timing of expense recognition associated with claims against us. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation of probability when determining the required insurance reserves and amount to be recognized as an expense. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves and could result in increased expense recognition in the future.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        We report accounts receivable, net of an allowance for doubtful accounts, to represent our estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. In determining the adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts, we primarily use the review of specific accounts but also use historical collection trends and aging of receivables and make adjustments in the allowance as necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable balances or future allowance for doubtful account considerations.

Income Taxes

        Income tax expense involves management judgment as to the ultimate resolution of any tax issues. Historically, our assessments of the ultimate resolution of tax issues have been reasonably accurate. The current open issues are not dissimilar from historical items.

        Deferred income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, such that deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities based on currently enacted tax laws and tax rates in effect for the periods in which these temporary differences are expected to reverse or be settled. Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period plus the change during the period in deferred income taxes. We have certain state net operating loss carry forwards which expire in 2028. Our ability to fully utilize these net operating losses to offset taxable income is limited due to the change in ownership resulting from the initial public offering of our stock in 2004 (Internal Revenue Code, Section 382). We consider a number of factors in our assessment of the recoverability of our state net operating loss carryforwards including their expiration dates, the limitations imposed due to the change in ownership as well as future projections of income. Future changes in our operating performance along with these considerations may significantly impact the amount of net operating losses ultimately recovered, and our assessment of their recoverability.

        When evaluating our tax positions, we account for uncertainty in income taxes in our consolidated financial statements. The evaluation of a tax position is a two-step process, the first step being recognition. We determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the technical merits of the position. If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in our financial statements. The second step is measurement. The tax position is


Table of Contents

measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more-likely-than-not of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.

Legal and Other Contingencies

        We are subject to claims and litigation in the normal course of our business. The outcomes of claims and legal proceedings brought against us and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. We accrue a charge when our management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. When a loss is probable, we record an accrual based on the reasonably estimable loss or range of loss. When no point of loss is more likely than another, we record the lowest amount in the estimated range of loss and disclose the estimated range. We do not record liabilities for reasonably possible loss contingencies, but do disclose a range of reasonably possible losses if they are material and we are able to estimate such a range. If we cannot provide a range of reasonably possible losses, we explain the factors that prevent us from determining such a range. In addition, we accrue for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against us by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of our intent to appeal. We regularly evaluate current information available to us to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant estimation and judgment.


Table of Contents

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Interest Rates

        Our primary market risk exposure consists of risk related to changes in interest rates. We use the variable rate Senior Credit Facility, discussed previously, to finance our operations. This Senior Credit Facility exposes us to variability in interest payments due to changes in interest rates. If interest rates increase, interest expense increases and conversely, if interest rates decrease, interest expense also decreases. We believe that it is prudent to limit our exposure to an increase in interest rates.

        In October 2012, we entered into interest rate swap transactions (collectively, the "Interest Rate Swaps") with each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, Bank of America and PNC Bank, N.A. in an initial aggregate notional amount of $150.0 million (the "Notional Amount"). The Interest Rate Swaps have an effective date of October 31, 2012 and a termination date of September 30, 2017. The Interest Rate Swaps effectively fix the interest rate on an amount of variable interest rate borrowings under the Credit Agreement, originally equal to the Notional Amount at 0.7525% per annum plus the applicable margin rate for LIBOR loans under the Credit Agreement determined based upon SP Plus's consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio. The Notional Amount is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization that coincides with quarterly prepayments of principal under the Credit Agreement. These Interest Rate Swaps are classified as cash flow hedges, and we calculate the effectiveness of the hedge on a monthly basis. The ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized in earnings as an increase of interest expense. For the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, no ineffective portion of the cash flow was recognized as interest expense. The fair value of the Interest Rate Swaps at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was a $0.6 million and $0.8 million asset, and are included in the line item "Other assets, net" within the consolidated balance sheet.

        We do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes.

        On February 20, 2015, in connection with entering into a Restated Credit Facility, as described in Note 21.Subsequent Events within our notes of our Consolidated Financial Statements, we terminated the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Restated Credit Agreement, the Lenders have made available to us a senior secured credit facility (the "Senior Secured Credit Facility") that permits aggregate borrowings of $400.0 million consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility of up to $200.0 million at any time outstanding, which includes a letter of credit facility that is limited to $100.0 at any time outstanding, and (ii) a term loan facility of $200.0, subject to securing additional commitments from the Lenders or new lending institutions. As of February 20, 2015, we had $200.0 million and $147.3 million (including $53.4 million in letters of credit) outstanding under the term loan facility and revolving term facility, respectively. Interest expense on such borrowings is sensitive to changes in the market rate of interest. If we were to borrow the entire non-hedged variable rate debt of $175.4 million available under the revolving credit facility, a 1 percent (%) increase in the average market rate would result in an increase in our annual interest expense of $1.8 million. This amount is determined by considering the impact of the hypothetical interest rates on our borrowing cost, but does not consider the effects of the reduced level of overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment. Due to the uncertainty of the specific changes and their possible effects, the foregoing sensitivity analysis assumes no changes in our financial structure.

Foreign Currency Risk

        Substantially all of our operations are conducted in the United States and, as such, are not subject to material foreign currency exchange risk. All foreign investments are denominated in U.S. dollars, with the exception of Canada. We had approximately $0.7 million of Canadian dollar denominated cash instruments at December 31, 2014, and no debt instruments denominated in Canadian dollar at December 31, 2014. We do not hold any hedging instruments related to foreign currency transactions.


Table of Contents

We monitor foreign currency positions and may enter into certain hedging instruments in the future should we determine that exposure to foreign exchange risk has increased.

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

        The consolidated financial statements and related notes and schedules required by this Item are incorporated into this Form 10-K and set forth in Part IV, Item 15. herein.

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

        None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

        Prior to the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 and under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, we carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (the "Evaluation") at a reasonable assurance level as of the last day of the period covered by this Form 10-K.

        Disclosure controls and procedures are defined by Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") as controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified by the SEC's rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

        Based upon the Evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2014.

Inherent Limitations of the Effectiveness of Internal Control

        The Company's internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"). The Company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

    (i)
    pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company's assets;

    (ii)
    provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that the Company's receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company's management and directors; and

    (iii)
    provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Table of Contents

        Management, including the Company's Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Controller, does not expect that the Company's internal controls will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of internal controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. Also, any evaluation of the effectiveness of controls in future periods are subject to the risk that those internal controls may become inadequate because of changes in business conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

        Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control system was designed to provide reasonable assurance to our management and Board of Directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of our published financial statements.

        Prior to the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014, our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of the last day of the period covered by the report. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO") in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013 Framework). Based on our Evaluation under the COSO Framework, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2014.

        Ernst & Young LLP has audited the Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of its audit, has issued an attestation report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

        There were no changes in the Company's internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2014, which were identified in connection with the Evaluation, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION

        None.


Table of Contents


PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

        Information required by this item with respect to our directors and compliance by our directors, executive officers and certain beneficial owners of our common stock with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated by reference to all information under the captions entitled "Board Matters—Nominees for Director," "Board Matters—Nominations for Director," "Our Corporate Governance Practices—Codes of Conduct and Ethics," "Meetings and Committees of the Board," "Executive Officers" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" from our Proxy Statement.

        We have adopted a code of ethics as part of our compliance program. The code of ethics applies to our Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer), Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) and Corporate Controller (Principal Accounting Officer). In addition we have adopted a code of business conduct that applies to all of our officers and employees. Any amendments to, or waivers from, our code of ethics will be posted on our website www.spplus.com. A copy of these codes of conduct and ethics will be provided to you without charge upon request to investor_relations@spplus.com.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption entitled "Compensation Discussion and Analysis," "Compensation Committee Report," "Executive Compensation," and "Director Compensation," included in our 2015 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

        Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption entitled "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and "Security Ownership" included in our 2015 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

        Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption "Board Matters—Nominations for Directors—Board Designees," "Our Corporate Governance Practices—Director Independence," "Our Corporate Governance Practices—Related-Party Transaction Policy," and "Transactions with Related Persons and Control Persons" included in our 2015 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

        Information required by this item is incorporated by reference to all information under the caption "Audit Committee Disclosure—Independent Auditors' Fees," and "Audit Committee Disclosure—Procedures for Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditor" included in our 2015 Proxy Statement.


Table of Contents


PART IV

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)
Financial Statements and Schedules

1.
Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

65

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

66

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2014 and 2013

67

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012:

Consolidated Statements of Income

68

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

69

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

70

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

71

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

72
2.
Financial Statement Schedule

        The following financial statement schedule is included in this report and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm referred to above.

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

112

        Other schedules are omitted since the required information is not present or is not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

(b)
Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K

        The information required by this item is set forth on the exhibit index that follows the signature page of this report.


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of SP Plus Corporation

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SP Plus Corporation as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of SP Plus Corporation at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), SP Plus Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 6, 2015, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois
March 6, 2015


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of SP Plus Corporation

        We have audited SP Plus Corporation's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). SP Plus Corporation's management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

        Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

        In our opinion, SP Plus Corporation has maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014, based on the COSO criteria.

        We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of SP Plus Corporation as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2014 of SP Plus Corporation, and our report dated March 6, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Chicago, Illinois
March 6, 2015


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 
 December 31, 
 
 2014 2013 
 
 (In thousands,
except for share
and per share data)

 

ASSETS

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

 $18,196 $23,158 

Notes and accounts receivable, net

  109,287  115,126 

Prepaid expenses and other

  17,776  20,645 

Deferred taxes

  10,992  10,317 

Total current assets

  156,251  169,246 

Leasehold improvements, equipment, land and construction in progress, net

  42,784  44,885 

Other assets:

       

Advances and deposits

  6,693  7,149 

Other intangible assets, net

  91,028  106,222 

Favorable acquired lease contracts

  48,268  60,034 

Equity investments in unconsolidated entities

  20,660  8,122 

Other assets, net

  16,697  16,452 

Cost of contracts, net

  10,481  10,762 

Goodwill

  432,888  439,503 

  626,715  648,244 

Total assets

 $825,750 $862,375 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

 $106,519 $115,493 

Accrued rent

  22,130  17,397 

Compensation and payroll withholdings

  21,970  28,955 

Property, payroll and other taxes

  11,719  11,803 

Accrued insurance

  21,980  23,473 

Accrued expenses

  26,045  20,722 

Current portion of long-term debt obligations

  15,567  24,632 

Total current liabilities

  225,930  242,475 

Deferred taxes

  5,814  17,348 

Long-term borrowings, excluding current portion:

       

Obligations under senior credit facility

  236,996  263,457 

Other long-term debt obligations

  837  577 

  237,833  264,034 

Unfavorable acquired lease contracts

  61,350  74,130 

Other long-term liabilities

  65,011  60,677 

Stockholders' equity:

       

Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share; 5,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2014 and 2013; no shares issued

     

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2014, and 2013; 22,127,725 and 21,977,311 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2014, and 2013, respectively

  22  22 

Additional paid-in capital

  243,867  240,665 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

  (205) 118 

Accumulated deficit

  (14,581) (37,679)

Total SP Plus Corporation stockholders' equity

  229,103  203,126 

Noncontrolling interest

  709  585 

Total equity

  229,812  203,711 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 $825,750 $862,375 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 
 Years Ended December 31, 
 
 2014 2013 2012 
 
 (In thousands, except for share and per share
data)

 

Parking services revenue:

          

Lease contracts

 $496,624 $489,575 $250,355 

Management contracts

  338,283  347,346  230,501 

  834,907  836,921  480,856 

Reimbursed management contract revenue

  679,785  629,878  473,082 

Total revenue

  1,514,692  1,466,799  953,938 

Costs and expenses:

          

Cost of parking services:

          

Lease contracts

  455,660  456,090  231,781 

Management contracts

  207,911  208,730  141,949 

  663,571  664,820  373,730 

Reimbursed management contract expense

  679,785  629,878  473,082 

Total cost of parking services

  1,343,356  1,294,698  846,812 

Gross profit:

          

Lease contracts

  40,964  33,485  18,574 

Management contracts

  130,372  138,616  88,552 

Total gross profit

  171,336  172,101  107,126 

General and administrative expenses

  101,516  98,931  86,540 

Depreciation and amortization

  30,349  31,193  13,513 

Operating income

  39,471  41,977  7,073 

Other expense (income):

          

Interest expense

  17,815  19,034  8,616 

Interest income

  (402) (643) (297)

Gain on contribution of a business to an unconsolidated entity

  (4,161)    

Equity in losses from investment in unconsolidated entity

  283     

Total other expenses (income)

  13,535  18,391  8,319 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  25,936  23,586  (1,246)

Income tax expense (benefit)

  (197) 8,821  (3,620)

Net income

  26,133  14,765  2,374 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  3,035  2,676  1,034 

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

 $23,098 $12,089 $1,340 

Net income per common share:

          

Basic

 $1.05 $0.55 $0.08 

Diluted

 $1.03 $0.54 $0.08 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

  22,009,800  21,902,870  17,179,606 

Diluted

  22,407,343  22,249,584  17,490,204 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 
 Years Ended December 31, 
 
 2014 2013 2012 
 
 (In thousands)
 

Net income

 $26,133 $14,765 $2,374 

Other comprehensive income (expense)

  (323) 499  (63)

Comprehensive income

 $25,810 $15,264 $2,311 

Less: comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  3,035  2,676  1,034 

Comprehensive income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

 $22,775 $12,588 $1,277 

Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 
 Common Stock  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  
  
  
 
 
 Number
of
Shares
 Par
Value
 Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 Accumulated
Deficit
 Noncontrolling
Interest
 Total 
 
 (In thousands, except for share and per share data)
 

Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2011

  15,464,864 $15 $92,662 $(318)$(51,108)$(85)$41,166 

Net income

              1,340  1,034  2,374 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

           2        2 

Cash flow hedge

           (65)       (65)

Shares issued—Central Merger

  6,161,332  7  140,719           140,726 

Exercise of stock options

  81,023    526           526 

Issuance of stock grants

  8,751    165           165 

Vested restricted stock units

  154,800                

Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units

        1,857           1,857 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

        446           446 

Purchase of Central shares of noncontrolling interest

                 677  677 

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

                 (874) (874)

Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2012

  21,870,770 $22 $236,375 $(381)$(49,768)$752 $187,000 

Net income

              12,089  2,676  14,765 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

           (463)       (463)

Cash flow hedge

           962        962 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

                     

Issuance of stock grants

  15,576                 

Vested restricted stock units

  90,965                 

Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units

        4,092           4,092 

Tax benefit from exercise of stock options

        198           198 

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

                 (2,843) (2,843)

Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2013

  21,977,311 $22 $240,665 $118 $(37,679)$585 $203,711 

Net income

              23,098  3,035  26,133 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

           (162)       (162)

Cash flow hedge

           (161)       (161)

Issuance of stock grants

  19,336    492           492 

Vested restricted stock units

  131,078                 

Non-cash stock-based compensation related to restricted stock units and performance stock units

        2,775           2,775 

Tax benefit from vesting of restricted stock units

        (65)          (65)

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

                 (2,911) (2,911)

Balance (deficit) at December 31, 2014

  22,127,725 $22 $243,867 $(205)$(14,581)$709 $229,812 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 
 Year Ended December 31, 
 
 2014 2013 2012 
 
 (In thousands, except for
share and per share data)

 

Operating activities:

          

Net income

 $26,133 $14,765 $2,374 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

          

Depreciation and amortization

  30,372  29,595  15,201 

Net (accretion) amortization of acquired lease contracts

  (1,014) (4,298) (609)

(Gain) loss on sale of equipment

  (329) 1,597  80 

(Gain) loss on sale of equity interest in land

    (1,191)  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

  1,315  1,402  870 

Amortization of original discount on borrowings

  1,254  1,284  341 

Non-cash stock-based compensation

  3,267  4,227  2,103 

Provision for losses on accounts receivable

  745  189  420 

Excess tax benefit related to vesting of restricted stock units

  65  (198) (445)

(Gain) on contribution of a business to an unconsolidated entity

  (4,161)    

Deferred income taxes

  (12,149) 2,741  7,231 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

          

Notes and accounts receivable

  5,389  (3,817) (5,995)

Prepaid assets

  2,658  7,376  (1,446)

Other assets

  (470) (3,124) 3,981 

Accounts payable

  (8,974) (13,541) 9,091 

Accrued liabilities

  7,528  (2,114) (21,793)

Net cash provided by operating activities

  51,629  34,893  11,404 

Investing activities:

          

Purchase of leasehold improvements and equipment

  (13,517) (15,734) (5,024)

Proceeds from sale of equipment

  940  776  30 

Proceeds from sale of equity interest in land

    2,322   

Acquisitions of business, net of cash acquired

  (40)   27,736 

Cost of contracts purchased

  (2,325) (361) (1,172)

Capitalized interest

  (17) (17) (12)

Contingent payments for businesses acquired

  (6) (347) (332)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

  (14,965) (13,361) 21,226 

Financing activities:

          

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

      526 

Contingent payments for businesses acquired

  (1,812) (542) (2,073)

Payments on senior credit facility revolver (Senior Credit Facility)

  (572,580) (491,565) (71,800)

Proceeds from senior credit facility revolver (Senior Credit Facility)

  567,980  491,515  72,790 

Payment on senior credit facility of Central Parking (related to Central Merger)

      (237,143)

Proceeds from term loan (Senior Credit Facility)/(related to Central Merger)

      250,000 

Payments on term loan (Senior Credit Facility)

  (32,315) (22,500) (5,625)

Net payments on former senior credit facility

      (12,590)

Payment on notes payable

    (40) (40)

Proceeds from (payments on) other long-term borrowings

  239  (584) (687)

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

  (2,911) (2,843) (874)

Payments of debt issuance costs and original discount on borrowings

      (10,332)

Tax benefit related to vesting of restricted stock units

  (65) 198  445 

Net cash used in financing activities

  (41,464) (26,361) (17,403)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  (162) (463) 3 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  (4,962) (5,292) 15,230 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

  23,158  28,450  13,220 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 $18,196 $23,158 $28,450 
��

Cash paid for:

          

Interest

 $13,899 $16,324 $18,715 

Income taxes, net

  1,254  1,331  3,651 

Non-cash transactions:

          

Fair value of shares issued to acquire Central Parking common stock

 $ $ $140,726 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

(In thousands except share and per share data)

1. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices

The Company

        SP Plus Corporation (the "Company") provides parking management, ground transportation and other ancillary services to commercial, institutional and municipal clients in urban markets and airports across the United States, Puerto Rico and Canada. These services include a comprehensive set of on-site parking management and ground transportation services, which include facility maintenance, security services, training, scheduling and supervising all service personnel as well as providing customer service, marketing, and accounting and revenue control functions necessary to facilitate the operation of clients' facilities. We also provide a range of ancillary services such as airport shuttle operations, valet services, taxi and livery dispatch services and municipal meter revenue collection and enforcement services.

Principles of Consolidation

        The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Variable Interest Entities ("VIEs") in which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All significant intercompany profits, transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Use of Estimates

        The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current environment.

Reclassifications

        Certain reclassifications, having no effect on the consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statements of income, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of equity, consolidated statements of cash flows or earnings per share have been made to the previously issued notes to consolidated financial statements to conform to the current period's presentation. Specifically, prior year deferred tax assets and liabilities related to favorable and unfavorable acquired lease contracts were reclassified to conform to the Company's presentation of deferred tax assets and liabilities in the current period as presented in Note 13. Income Taxes.

Foreign Currency Translation

        The functional currency of the Company's foreign operations is the local currency. Accordingly, assets and liabilities of the Company's foreign operations are translated from foreign currencies into U.S. dollars at the rates in effect on the balance sheet date while income and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rates for the year. Adjustments resulting from the translations of foreign currency financial statements are accumulated and classified as a separate component of stockholders' equity.


Table of Contents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Cash equivalents represent funds temporarily invested in money market instruments with maturities of three months or less. Cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value. Cash and cash equivalents that are restricted as to withdrawal or use under the terms of certain contractual agreements was $465 and $1,001 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and are included within Cash and Cash Equivalents within the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

        Accounts receivable, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, represents the Company's estimate of the amount that ultimately will be realized in cash. Management reviews the adequacy of its allowance for doubtful accounts on an ongoing basis, using historical collection trends, aging of receivables, and a review of specific accounts, and makes adjustments in the allowance as necessary. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances could have an impact on the collection of existing receivable balances or future allowance considerations. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts was $952 and $695, respectively.

Leasehold Improvements, Equipment, Land and Construction in Progress, net

        Leasehold improvements, equipment, software, vehicles, and other fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Equipment is depreciated on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives ranging from 2 to 10 years. Expenditures for major renewals and improvements that extend the useful life of property and equipment are capitalized. Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line basis over the terms of the respective leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter (weighted average of approximately 8.3 years).

        Certain costs associated with directly obtaining, developing or upgrading internal-use software are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of software.

Cost of Contracts

        Cost of contracts represents the cost of obtaining contractual rights associated with providing parking services at a managed or leased facility. Cost of parking contracts are amortized over the estimated life of the contracts, including anticipated renewals and terminations. Estimated lives are based on the contract life or anticipated lives that are consistent with underlying valuation analysis used in determining the fair value as of the date the contract is acquired.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

        Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price paid over the fair value of net assets acquired. In accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's ("FASB") authoritative accounting guidance on goodwill, the Company does not amortize goodwill but rather evaluates it for impairment on an annual basis, or more often if events or circumstances change that could cause goodwill to become impaired. The Company has elected to assess the impairment of goodwill annually on the first day of its fiscal fourth quarter, or at an interim date if there is an event or change in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results, significant changes in the use of acquired assets or its business strategy, and significant negative industry or economic trends.

        A multi-step impairment test is performed on goodwill. The Company has the option to evaluate various qualitative factors to determine the likelihood of impairment. If determined that it is more likely than not the fair value is less than the carrying value of a reporting unit, then the Company is required to perform Step 1. If the Company does not elect to perform a qualitative assessment, it can voluntarily proceed directly to Step 1. In Step 1, the Company performs a quantitative analysis to compare the fair


Table of Contents

value of the reporting unit to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not considered impaired, and the Company's is not required to perform further testing. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company must perform Step 2 of the impairment test in order to determine the implied fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill. If the carrying value of a reporting unit's goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then the Company would record an impairment loss equal to the difference.

        The goodwill impairment test is performed at the reporting unit level; the Company's reporting units represent its operating segments, which are comprised of its five operating regions. Management determines the fair value of each of its reporting units by using a discounted cash flow approach and a market approach using multiples of EBITDA of comparable companies to estimate market value. In addition, the Company compares its derived enterprise value on a consolidated basis to the Company's market capitalization as of its test date to ensure its derived value approximates the market value of the Company when taken as a whole.

        In conducting its goodwill impairment quantitative assessment, the Company analyzed actual and projected growth trends of the reporting units, gross margin, operating expenses and EBITDA (which also includes forecasted five-year income statement and working capital projections, a market-based weighted average cost of capital and terminal values after five years). The Company also assesses critical areas that may impact its business including economic conditions, market related exposures, competition, changes in product offerings and changes in key personnel. As part of the 2014 and 2013 goodwill assessments, the Company engaged a third-party to evaluate its reporting unit's fair values.

        The Company will continue to perform a goodwill impairment test as required on an annual basis and on an interim basis, if certain conditions exist. Factors the Company considers important, which could result in changes to its estimates, include underperformance relative to historical or projected future operating results and declines in acquisitions and trading multiples. Due to the broad customer base, the Company does not believe its future operating results will vary significantly relative to its historical and projected future operating results. However, future events may indicate differences from its judgments and estimates which could, in turn, result in impairment charges in the future. Future events that may result in impairment charges include increases in interest rates, which would impact discount rates, unfavorable economic conditions or other factors which could decrease revenues and profitability of existing locations and changes in the cost structure of existing facilities. Factors that could potentially have an unfavorable economic effect on its judgments and estimates include, among others: changes imposed by governmental and regulatory agencies, such as property condemnations and assessment of parking-related taxes; construction or other events that could change traffic patterns; and terrorism or other catastrophic events.

        Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment when circumstances change that would create a triggering event. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The Company evaluates the remaining useful life of the other intangible assets on a periodic basis to determine whether events or circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining useful life. Assumptions and estimates about future values and remaining useful lives of its intangible and other long-lived assets are complex and subjective. They can be affected by a variety of factors, including external factors such as industry and economic trends, and internal factors, such as changes in its business strategy and internal forecasts. Although management believes the historical assumptions and estimates are reasonable and appropriate, different assumptions and estimates could materially impact its reported financial results.

Long-Lived Assets

        The Company evaluates long-lived asset groups whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Events or circumstances that would


Table of Contents

result in an impairment review primarily include a significant change in the use of an asset, or the planned sale or disposal of an asset. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the asset to future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If it is determined to be impaired, the impairment recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. The Company's estimates of future cash flows from such assets could be impacted if it underperforms relative to historical or projected future operating results.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

        Assumptions and estimates used to determine cash flows in the evaluation of impairment and the fair values used to determine the impairment are subject to a degree of judgment and complexity. Any changes to the assumptions and estimates resulting from changes in actual results or market conditions from those anticipated may affect the carrying value of long-lived assets and could result in an impairment charge.

Debt Issuance Costs

        The costs of obtaining financing are capitalized and amortized as interest expense over the term of the respective financing using the effective interest method. Debt issuance costs of $3,890$2,635 and $5,149$3,890 at December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively, are included in otherOther assets, innet within the consolidated balance sheetsConsolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected net of accumulated amortization of $6,078$7,333 and $4,594,$6,078 respectively. Amortization expense related to debt issuance costs and included in interestInterest expense was $1,315, $1,484 and $1,211 and $638 atfor the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, respectively.

Financial Instruments

        The carrying values of cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments. Book overdrafts of $29,310$30,782 and $37,678$29,310 are included within accountsAccounts payable within the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013,2014, and 2012,2013, respectively. Long-term debt has a carrying value that approximates fair value because these instruments bear interest at variable market rates.

Insurance Reserves

        The Company purchases comprehensive casualty insurance covering certain claims that arise in connection with its operations. In addition, the Company purchases umbrella/excess liability coverage. The Company'sUnder our various liability and workers' compensation insurance policies, have deductibles or a self-insured retention limit of up to $250 that must be met before the insurance companieswe are requiredobligated to pay directly or reimburse the Companyinsurance carrier for costs incurred relating tothe first $500 of each loss covered claims.by our general/garage liability or automobile liability policies and $250 for each loss covered by our workers' compensation and garagekeepers legal liability policies. As a result, the Company is, in effect, self-insured for all claims up to these levels. The Company applies the provisions as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies, in determining the timing and amount of expense recognition associated with claims against the Company. The expense recognition is based upon the Company's determination of an unfavorable outcome of a claim being deemed as probable and capable of being reasonably estimated, as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies. This determination requires the use of judgment in both the estimation of probability and the amount to be recognized as an expense. The Company utilizes historical claims experience along with regular input from third party insurance advisors in determining the required level of insurance reserves. Future information regarding historical loss experience may require changes to the level of insurance reserves and could result in increased expense recognition in the future.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

Legal and Other Contingencies

        The Company is subject to litigation in the normal course of its business. The Company applies the provisions as defined in the guidance related to accounting for contingencies in determining the recognition and measurement of expense recognition associated with legal claims against the Company.


Table of Contents

Management uses guidance from internal and external legal counsel on the potential outcome of litigation in determining the need to record liabilities for potential losses and the disclosure of pending legal claims.

        Certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger include provisions allocating to the Company responsibility for allthe cost of certain structural and other repairs required onto be made to the leased property, including repairsimprovement and repair costs arising as a result of ordinary wear and tear. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded $1,303, of costs (net of expected recovery of 80% of the total cost through the applicable indemnity discussed further below and in 2.Acquisitions) in Cost of Parking Services-Leases within the Consolidated Statement of Income for structural and other repair costs related to certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger, whereby the Company has expensed repair costs for certain leases and have engaged a third-party general contractor to complete certain structural and other repair projects. The Company mayexpects to incur substantial additional costs for certain structural and other repair obligationscosts pursuant to the contractual requirements of certain lease contracts acquired in 2014the Central Merger ("Structural and future years,Repair Costs"). Based on information available at this time, the Company currently estimates the additional Structural and Repair Costs to be between $7,000 and $22,000; however, the Company continues to assess and determine the full extent of the required repairs and estimated costs associated with the lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger. The Company currently expects to recover 80% of the Structural and Repair Costs incurred prior to October 1, 2015 through the applicable indemnity discussed further in 2.Acquisitions. While the Company is unable to estimate an amountwith certainty when such costs will be incurred, it is expected that all or rangea substantial majority of estimated liability for these repairs in any particular year or in the aggregate. As a result, the company has not recognized a liability for these costs in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Additionally, the applicable indemnity pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 12, 2012, and further discussed in Note B.Acquisitions, may not cover all such obligations, and there will be timing differences between our paymentsincurred in early- to satisfy these obligationsmid-calendar year 2015 and our receipt of indemnification thereof, and some indemnification obligations may be satisfied through the surrender of shares of our common stock.prior to October 1, 2015.

Interest Rate Swaps

        In October 25, 2012, the Company entered into Interest Rate Swap transactions (collectively, the "Interest Rate Swaps") with each of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. ("JPMorgan Chase Bank"), Bank of America, N.A. ("Bank of America") and PNC Bank, N.A. in an initial aggregate Notional Amount of $150,000 (the "Notional Amount"). The Interest Rate Swaps have an effective date of October 31, 2012 and a termination date of September 30, 2017. The Interest Rate Swaps effectively fix the interest rate on an amount of variable interest rate borrowings under the Credit Agreement ("the Credit Agreement"), originally equal to the Notional Amount at 0.7525% per annum plus the applicable margin rate for LIBOR loans under the Credit Agreement determined based upon the Company's consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio. The Notional Amount is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization that coincides with quarterly prepayments of principal under the Credit Agreement. These Interest Rate Swaps are classified as cash flow hedges, and the Company calculates the effectiveness of the hedge on a monthly basis. The ineffective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognized in earnings as an increase ofwithin interest expense. As of December 31, 2013,2014, no ineffective portion of cash flow hedges has been recognized in interest expense.

        The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging purposes.

Parking Services Revenue

        The Company's revenues are primarily derived from leased locations, managed properties and the providing of ancillary services, such as accounting, payments received for exercising termination rights,


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

consulting development fees, gains on sales of contracts, insurance (general, workers' compensation and health care) and other value-added services. In accordance with the guidance related to revenue recognition, revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the fees are fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured and as services are provided. The Company recognizes gross receipts (net of taxes collected from customers) as revenue from leased locations, and management fees for parking services, as the related services are provided. Ancillary services are earned from management contract properties and are recognized as revenue as those services are provided.


Table of Contents

Cost of Parking Services

        The Company recognizes costs for leases, non-reimbursed costs from managed facilities and reimbursed expense as cost of parking services. Cost of parking services consists primarily of rent and payroll related costs.

Reimbursed Management Contract Revenue and Expense

        The Company recognizes as both revenues and expenses, in equal amounts, costs incurred by the Company that are directly reimbursed from its management clients. The Company has determined it is the principal in these transactions, as defined inAccounting Standard Codification (ASC) 605-45 Principal Agent Considerations, based on the indicators of gross revenue reporting. As the principal, the Company is the primary obligor in the arrangement, havehas latitude in establishing price, discretion in supplier selection, and the Company assumes credit risk.

Advertising Costs

        Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses. Advertising expenses aggregated $1,318, $971 and $796 for 2014, 2013 and $317 for 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

        Share based payments to employees including grants of employee stock options, restricted stock units and restrictedperformance-based stock units are measured at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and the related expense is recognized over the requisite employee service period or performance period (generally the vesting period) for awards expected to vest (considering estimated forfeitures).

Equity Investment in Unconsolidated Entities

        The Company has ownership interests in forty six partnerships, joint ventures or similar arrangements which operate parking facilities, of which twenty-nine are VIEs and seventeen are voting interest model entities where the Company's ownership interests range from 30-50 percent and for which there are no indicators of control. The Company accounts for such investments under the equity method of accounting, and its underlying share of each investee's equity is included in Equity Investment in Unconsolidated Entities within the Consolidated Financial Statements of Financial Position. As the operations of these entities are consistent with the Company's underlying core business operations, the equity in earnings of these investments are included in Revenue within the Consolidated Financial Statements of Income. The equity earnings in these related investments was $1,945, $2,115 and $1,014 for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        In October 2014, the Company entered into an agreement to establish a joint venture with Parkmobile USA, Inc. ("Parkmobile USA") and contributed all of the assets and liabilities of its proprietary Click and Park parking prepayment business in exchange for a 30 percent interest in the newly formed legal entity called Parkmobile, LLC ("Parkmobile"). The joint venture of Parkmobile will provide on-demand and prepaid transaction processing for on-and off-street parking and transportation services. The contribution of the Click and Park business in the joint venture resulted in a loss of control of the business, and therefore it was deconsolidated from the Company's financial statements. The Company accounts for its investment in the joint venture with Parkmobile using the equity method of accounting. As a result of the deconsolidation, the Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $4,161, which was measured as the fair value of the consideration received in the form of a 30 percent interest in Parkmobile less the carrying amount of the former business' net assets, including goodwill. The pre-tax gain is reflected in Gain on Contribution of a Business to an Unconsolidated Entity within the Consolidated Statement of Income. The fair value of the investment in the joint venture with Parkmobile was determined using an income approach. The income approach required several assumptions including projected cash flows


Table of Contents

discounted using a rate approximating the cost of capital of the joint venture and is classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. The equity earnings in the Parkmobile joint venture is included in Equity Investments in Unconsolidated Entities within the Consolidated Statements of Income.

Non-Controlling Interests

        Noncontrolling interests represent the noncontrolling holders' percentage share of income or losses from the subsidiaries in which the Company holds a majority, but less than 100 percent, ownership interest and the results of which are consolidated and included within in our consolidated financial statements.

Income Taxes

        Income tax expense involves management judgment as to the ultimate resolution of any tax issues. Historically, our assessments of the ultimate resolution of tax issues have been reasonably accurate. The current open issues are not dissimilar from historical items.

        Deferred income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, such that deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities based on currently enacted tax laws and tax rates in effect for the periods in which these temporary differences


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

are expected to reverse or settled. Income tax expense is the tax payable for the period plus the change during the period in deferred income taxes. We have certain federalstate net operating loss carry forwards which expire in 2024.2028. Our ability to fully utilize these net operating losses to offset state taxable income is limited due to the change in ownership resulting from the initial public offering of our stock in 2004 (Internal Revenue Code, Section 382). We consider a number of factors in our assessment of the recoverability of our net operating loss carryforwards including their expiration dates, the limitations imposed due to the change in ownership as well as future projections of income. Future changes in our operating performance along with these considerations may significantly impact the amount of net operating losses ultimately recovered, and our assessment of their recoverability.

        When evaluating our tax positions, we account for uncertainty in income taxes in our consolidated financial statements. The evaluation of a tax position is a two-step process, the first step being recognition. We determine whether it is more-likely-than-not that a tax position will be sustained upon tax examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based on only the technical merits of the position. If a tax position does not meet the more-likely-than-not threshold, the benefit of that position is not recognized in our financial statements. The second step is measurement. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more-likely-than-not of being realized upon ultimate resolution with a taxing authority.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

    Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

        On July 27, 2012,        In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2012-02, "Intangibles—Goodwill and OtherNo. 2011-11,Balance Sheet (Topic 350)". ASU-2012-02 allows an entity the option to make a qualitative evaluation to determine whether the existence of events and circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not the indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired thus requiring the entity to perform quantitative impairment tests in accordance with ASC 350-30. The ASU also amends previous guidance by expanding upon the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider when making the qualitative evaluation. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-01, "Clarifying the Scope of210), Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities". This update provides clarification on the disclosure requirements related to recognized derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse purchase agreements, and securities borrowing and lending transactions. This update is effective for annual reporting periods and corresponding interim periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and retrospective application is required. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

        In March 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, "Comprehensive Income—Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income". ASU No. 2013-02 requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. Additionally, an entity is required to present, either on the face


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note A. Significant Accounting Policies and Practices (Continued)

of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income. The guidance does not change the items reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income is reclassified to net income. The company adopted the provisions of ASU No. 2013-02 on December 30, 2012. As this guidance only revises the presentation of comprehensive income, there was no impact to the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

    Accounting Pronouncements to be Adopted

        In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issuedASU 2011-11, Balance SheetLiabilities (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.. This update requires additional disclosures about offsetting and related arrangements on assets and liabilities to enable users of financial statements to understand the effect of such arrangements on an entity's financial position as reported. This amendment is effective for fiscal 2014 and retrospective application is required. The adoption of this standard will only affect the footnote disclosures within consolidated financial statements. Once adopted, these disclosure provisions will apply retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. Although the Company is still evaluating theguidance on January 1, 2014 did not have an impact of this guidance, the Company does not believe that its adoption will have a material effect onto the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows but could impactor financial statement disclosures.

        In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU")ASU No. 2013-11, "IncomeIncome Taxes (Topic 740), Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists"Exists to eliminate diversity in practice. Under this ASU, an unrecognized tax benefit, or a


Table of Contents

portion of an unrecognized tax benefit that exists at the reporting date, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward if certain criteria are met. This guidanceamendment is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 20132013. The adoption of this guidance on January 1, 2014 did not have an impact to the Company's financial position, results of operations or cash flows or financial statement disclosures.

Accounting Pronouncements to be Adopted

        In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09,Revenue from Contracts with earlyCustomers. The amendments in ASU No. 2014-09 create Topic 606,Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605,Revenue Recognition, including most industry specific revenue recognition guidance. In addition, the amendments supersede the cost guidance in Subtopic 605-35,Revenue Recognition—Construction-Type and Production-Type Contract, and create a new Subtopic 340-40,Other Assets and Deferred Costs—Contracts with Customers. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services. The amendments are effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company does not believeis currently assessing the adoption of this ASU will have a material impact on itsthe Company's financial statements.position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

        In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2014-12 Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718), Accounting for Share Based Payments When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could Be Achieved after the Requisite Service Period. A performance target in a share-based payment that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period should be accounted for as a performance condition under Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation. As a result, the target is not reflected in the estimation of the award's grant date fair value. Compensation cost would be recognized over the required service period, if it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. The guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after 15 December 2015 and interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations, cash flows and financial statement disclosures.

Note B.2. Acquisitions

        On October 2, 2012 ("Closing Date"), the Company completed its acquisition (the "Central Merger" or "Merger") of 100% of the outstanding common shares of KCPC Holdings, Inc., which was the ultimate parent of Central Parking Corporation ("Central"(collectively, "Central") for 6,161,332 shares of Company common stock and the assumption of approximately $217,675 of Central's debt, net of cash acquired. Additionally, Central's former stockholders will be entitled to receive cash consideration of $27,000 to be paid three years after closing, to the extent the $27,000 is not used to satisfy seller indemnity obligations pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated February 12,28, 2012. The Company financed the acquisition through additional borrowings under the Senior Credit Facility (defined in Note I.


Borrowing Arrangements).Table of Contents

        Pursuant to the Central Merger agreement, the Company is entitled to indemnification from Central's former stockholders of KCPC(i) if and to the extent Central's combined net debt and the absolute value


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note B. Acquisitions (Continued)

of Central's working capital (as determined in accordance with the Merger Agreement) (the "Net Debt Working Capital") exceeded $285,000 as of September 30, 2012 and (ii) for certain defined adverse consequences (net) thatas set forth in the Merger Agreement (including with respect to Repair Costs). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Central's former stockholders are indemnifiedrequired to satisfy certain indemnity obligations, which are capped at the $27,000 cash consideration (the "Capped Items") only through a reduction of the $27,000 cash consideration. For certain other indemnity obligations set forth in the Merger Agreement which are not capped at the $27,000 cash consideration (the "Uncapped Items"), including the Net Debt Working Capital indemnity obligations described above, Central's former stockholders may satisfy any amount payable pursuant to such indemnity obligations as follows (provided that the AgreementCompany reserves the right to reject the cash and Planstock alternatives available to the Company and choose to reduce the $27,000 cash consideration):

    Central's former stockholders can elect to pay such amount with cash;

    Central's former stockholders can elect to pay such amount with the Company's common stock (valued at $23.64 per share, the market value as of the closing date of the Merger dated February 12, 2012.Agreement); or

    Central's former stockholders can elect to reduce the $27,000 cash consideration by such amount, subject to the condition that the cash consideration remains at least $17,000 to cover Capped Items.

        The Company has determined and concluded that the Net Debt Working Capital was $298,386$296,652 as of September 30, 2012 and that, accordingly, the Net Debt Working Capital exceeded the threshold by $13,386. Additionally,$11,652. In addition, the Company has reduceddetermined that it currently has indemnity claims for certain defined adverse consequences (including indemnity claims with respect to Structural and Repair Costs incurred through December 31, 2014), which would reduce the cash consideration payable in three years from the acquisition date by $5,817$14,541. In addition, the Company expects to have additional indemnity claims in the future as new matters arise and there could be additional adjustments to the Net Debt Working Capital. The Company has periodically given Central's former stockholders notice regarding indemnification matters since the closing date of the Merger and has made adjustments for known matters, although Central's former stockholders have not agreed to such adjustments nor made any elections with respect to using cash or stock as the sellers'payment of any Uncapped Items. Furthermore, following the Company's notices of indemnification matters, the representative of Central's former stockholders has indicated that they may make additional inquiries and potentially raise issues with respect to the Company's indemnification claims (including, specifically, as to the Company's Net Debt Working Capital calculation and as to Structural and Repair Costs) and that they may assert various claims of their own relating to the Merger Agreement. Under the Merger Agreement, all post-closing claims and disputes, including as to indemnification matters, are ultimately subject to resolution through binding arbitration or, in the case of a dispute as to the calculation of Net Debt Working Capital, resolution by an independent public accounting firm. The Company intends to pursue these dispute resolution processes, as applicable, in a timely manner, although the Company's pursuit of these processes may be delayed by actions taken by representatives of Central's former stockholders.

        In determining the excess over the threshold of Net Debt Working Capital as of September 30, 2012 of $11,652 and the indemnity claims for certain defined adverse consequences. Theconsequences of $14,541, the Company has givenevaluated the nature of the costs and related indemnity claims and has concluded that it is probable that such indemnified claims will sustain any challenge from Central's former stockholders and recoverability of these indemnified claims are reasonably assured. As previously discussed inSignificant Accounting Policies and Practices, certain lease contracts acquired in the Central Merger include provisions allocating to the Company responsibility for all or a defined portion of the costs of certain structural and other repair costs required on the property, including improvement and repair costs arising


Table of Contents

as a result of ordinary wear and tear. As the Company incurs additional Structural and Repair Costs, that meet the requirements of the indemnification provisions established in the Merger Agreement, the Company will seek indemnification for a significant portion, generally 80%, of these costs pursuant to the Merger Agreement and reduce the cash consideration payable in three years from the acquisition date by such amounts.

        The following table sets forth the adjustments to the cash consideration payable by the Company to the former stockholders of KCPC notice regarding indemnification matters in early 2013 and has made subsequent adjustments for known matters since that date.Central, based upon the foregoing determinations:

Central Net Debt Working Capital at September 30, 2012 as defined in the Merger Agreement

 $(298,386)

Threshold

  285,000 
    

Excess over the threshold

  (13,386)

Indemnification of certain defined adverse consequences, net

  (5,817)

Cash consideration payable in three years

  27,000 
    

Settled cash consideration

 $7,797 
    
    

Present value of cash consideration as of December 31, 2013

 $6,332 

Present value of cash consideration at the acquisition date

 $8,943 

Cash consideration payable in three years from the acquisition date, pursuant to the Merger Agreement and prior to Central Net Debt Working Capital and indemnification of certain defined adverse consequences, net

    $27,000 

Net Debt Working Capital at September 30, 2012 as defined in the Merger Agreement

  (296,652)   

Threshold of Net Debt Working Capital, pursuant to the Merger Agreement

  285,000    

Excess over the threshold of Net Debt Working Capital

     (11,652)

Indemnification of certain defined adverse consequences, net

     (14,541)

Settled cash consideration liability as of December 31, 2014 (included within Accrued Expenses within the Consolidated Balance Sheet)

    $807 

        Accordingly, the fair value of the final consideration transferred to acquire all of Central's outstanding stock at the acquisition date is as follows:

Stock consideration

 $140,726 

Present value of cash consideration to be issued as of December 31, 2013

  6,332 
    

Total consideration transferred

 $147,058 
    
    

        The Company incurred certain acquisition and integration costs associated with the transaction that were expensed as incurred and are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company recognized $10,918 and $28,036 of these costs in its Consolidated Statement of Income for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, in General and Administrative Expenses. The Company incurred costs of $10,332 in 2012 related to obtaining the Credit Agreement. Of the total costs of $10,332, $5,149 was recognized as debt issuance costs and has been included in "Other assets, net" and $5,183 was recognized as a discount to borrowings. The entire cost is being amortized using the effective interest method to interest expense over the term of the loan.

        The acquisitionCentral Merger has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting (in accordance with the provisions of ASCAccounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 805,Business Combinations), which requires, among other things, that most assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their fair values as of the acquisition date.

The purchase price has been allocated based on the estimated fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the acquisition. The Company has finalized the purchase price allocation which resulted in revision toduring the previously reported preliminary amounts. The revisions to the purchase price allocation were applied retrospectively back to the datethird quarter of the acquisition.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note B. Acquisitions (Continued)2013.

        The following table summarizesCompany incurred certain acquisition and integration costs associated with the fair values of the assets acquiredtransaction that were expensed as incurred and liabilities assumedare reflected in the acquisition as previously reported based on the preliminary allocationConsolidated Statements of Income. The Company recognized $8,541, $10,918 and as finalized:

 
 Preliminary
amounts(a)
 Purchase Price
Accounting
Adjustment
 Amounts as
finalized
 

Net current liabilities

 $(28,041)$2,597 $(25,444)

Leasehold improvements, equipment, land and construction in progress, net

  24,154  627  24,781 

Identified intangible assets:

          

Management contracts

  81,000    81,000 

Favorable lease contracts

  51,650  28,585  80,235 

Trade name / trademarks

  14,900  (5,800) 9,100 

Existing technology

  34,000    34,000 

Non-competition agreements

  2,600    2,600 

Other noncurrent assets

  17,748    17,748 

Long-term debt

  (237,223)   (237,223)

Unfavorable lease contracts

  (69,316) (32,360) (101,676)

Other noncurrent liabilities

  (19,523)   (19,523)

Net long term deferred tax liability

  (24,516) 1,988  (22,528)
        

Net (liabilities assumed)

  (152,567) (4,363) (156,930)

Goodwill

  302,236  4,363  306,599 
        

Total fair value of consideration transferred at acquisition date

 $149,669 $ $149,669 
        
        

(a)
These amounts reflect the reclassification$28,036 of net long term deferred tax liabilities of $24,434 from net current liabilities to net long term deferred tax liability.

        The acquired management contracts are being amortized over a weighted average life of 16 years. The favorable and unfavorable acquired lease contracts are being amortized over a weighted average life of 10.1 and 8.9 years, respectively. The trade names and trademarks are being amortized over 4.0 years. The non-compete agreements are being amortized over primarily 1.0 year. The existing technology is being amortized over 4.5 years. See Note F,Other Intangible Assets, net and Note G,Favorable and Unfavorable Lease Contracts for amortization and accretion of the intangible assets and liabilities.

        Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the net assets acquired. Goodwill is not amortized and is not deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill represents expected synergies with the Company's existing operations which include growth of new and existing customers, elimination of corporate overhead redundancies, and logistical improvements.

        A single estimate of fair value results from a complex series of the Company's judgments about future events and uncertainties and relies heavily on estimates and assumptions. The Company's judgments used to determine the estimated fair value assigned to each class of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, as well as asset lives, can materially impact the Company's results of operations.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note B. Acquisitions (Continued)

        The results of Central's operations have been includedthese costs in the Company's consolidated financial statements from the acquisition date. The following table presents information for Central that is included in the Company'sits Consolidated StatementsStatement of Income for the yearyears ended December 31, 2012:

 
 Central's operations
included in the
Company's results for
the year ended
December 31, 2012
 

Total revenue

 $190,008 
    
    

Operating loss(1)

 $(9,263)
    
    

(1)
Includes amortization2014, 2013 and depreciation related to identifiable intangible2012, respectively, in general and tangible assets of $5,944 and acquisition and integration costs of $10,007.

        The following unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations for 2012 and 2011 assume that the acquisition of Central was completed as of January 1, 2011:

 
 2012 2011 

Revenue, excluding reimbursed management contract revenue

 $880,062 $866,513 
      
      

Net loss from continuing operations attributable to SP Plus stockholders

 $(26,889)$(7,534)
      
      

Earnings per share from continuing operations attributable to SP Plus stockholders

       

Basic

 $(1.23)$(0.34)

Diluted

 $(1.23)$(0.34)

        The Company has assumed a 42% combined statutory federal and state tax rate when estimating the tax effects of the adjustments to the unaudited pro forma combined statements of income.administrative Expenses.

Note C.3. Net Income Per Common Share

        Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Diluted net income per common share is based upon the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding at period end, consisting of incremental shares assumed to be issued upon exercise of stock options and the incremental shares assumed to be issued under performance share and restricted stock unit arrangements, using the treasury-stock method.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note C. Net Income Per Common Share (Continued)

        A reconciliation of the basic weighted average common shares outstanding to diluted weighted average common shares outstanding is as follows:


 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 

 2013 2012 2011  2014 2013 2012 

 (In thousands except for
share and per share data)

  (In thousands except for
share and per share data)

 

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

 $12,089 $1,340 $17,098  $23,098 $12,089 $1,340 
       
       

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding

 21,902,870 17,179,606 15,703,595  22,009,800 21,902,870 17,179,606 

Dilutive impact of share-based awards

 346,714 310,598 344,284  397,543 346,714 310,598 
       

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

 22,249,584 17,490,204 16,047,879  22,407,343 22,249,584 17,490,204 
       
       

Net income per common share:

              

Basic

 $0.55 $0.08 $1.09  $1.05 $0.55 $0.08 

Diluted

 $0.54 $0.08 $1.07  $1.03 $0.54 $0.08 

        For the year ended December 31, 2014 performance-based stock units were excluded in the computation of weighted average diluted common share outstanding because the number of shares ultimately issuable is contingent on the Company's performance goals, which were not achieved as of the reporting date. There was no performance-based incentive program in place during 2013 and 2012.

        There are no additional securities that could dilute basic earnings per share in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share, other than those disclosed.

4. Stock-Based Compensation

        The Company measures stock-based compensation expense at the grant date, based on the estimated fair value of the award, and the expense is recognized over the requisite employee service period or performance period (generally the vesting period) for awards expected to vest (considering estimated forfeitures).

        The Company has an amended and restated long-term incentive plan (the "Plan") that was adopted in conjunction with its initial public offering in 2004. On February 27, 2008, the Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Plan, subject to stockholder approval, that increased the maximum number of shares of common stock available for awards under the Plan from 2,000,000 to 2,175,000 and extended the Plan's termination date. Company stockholders approved this Plan amendment on April 22, 2008, and the Plan now terminates twenty years from the date of such approval, or April 22, 2028. On March 13, 2013, the Board approved an amendment to the Plan, subject to stockholder approval, that increased the number of shares of common stock available for awards under the Plan from 2,175,000 to 2,975,000. Company stockholders approved this Plan amendment on April 24, 2013. Forfeited and expired options under the Plan become generally available for reissuance. Our stockholders approved this Plan amendment on April 24, 2013. At December 31, 2014, 500,202 shares remained available for award under the Plan.

Stock Options and Grants

        The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option grant as of the date of grant. The volatilities are based on the 90 day historical volatility of Company common stock as the grant date. The risk free interest rate is based on zero-coupon U.S. government issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option.

        There were no potential shares of common stock attributableoptions granted during the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. The Company recognized no stock-based compensation expense related to stock options excludedfor the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 as all options previously granted are fully vested.


Table of Contents

        On April 22, 2014, the Company authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 19,336 shares. The total value of the grant was $492, which was fully expensed at the grant date, and is included in General and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of income.

        On April 24, 2013, the Company authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 21,949 shares. The total value of the grant was $465, which was fully expensed at the grant date, and is included in General and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of income.

        On April 25, 2012, the Company authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 12,995 shares. The total value of the grant, based on the fair value of the stock on the grant date, was $245, which was fully expensed at the grant date and is included in General and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of income.

        The Company recognized $492, $465 and $245 of stock based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which are included in General and administrative expense within the consolidated statements of income. As of December 31, 2014, there was no unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested options.

        A summary of the status of the stock option plans as of December 31, 2014, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, are presented below:

 
 Number of
Shares
 Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in Years)
 Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding at December 31, 2011

  88,124 $6.44       

Granted

    n/a       

Exercised

  (81,023) 6.49       

Expired

    n/a       

Outstanding at December 31, 2012

  7,101 $5.75       

Granted

    n/a       

Exercised

    n/a       

Expired

    n/a       

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

  7,101 $5.75       

Granted

    n/a       

Exercised

    n/a       

Expired

    n/a       

Vested and Exercisable at December 31, 2014

  7,101 $5.75   $138 

        The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2012 was $1,025. There were no nonvested options as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Restricted Stock Units

        During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company authorized certain one-time grants of 31,099 restricted stock units to certain executives that vest five years from date of issuance. The restricted stock unit agreements are designed to reward performance over a five-year period.

        During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company authorized a one-time grant of 68,044 restricted stock units to executives that joined the Company in connection with the Central Merger. These restricted stock units vest on December 3, 2018. The restricted stock unit agreements are designed to


Table of Contents

reward performance over a five-year period. Additionally, the Company authorized a one-time grant of 4,247 restricted stock units to an executive which vest in June 2016.

        During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a one-time grant of 191,895 restricted stock units that were awarded to the senior management team. The restricted stock units vest in one-third installments on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Grant Date. The restricted stock unit agreements are designed to reward performance over a three-year period. Additionally in October 2012, as part of employment agreements, 30,529 restricted stock units were awarded and shall become vested on the third anniversary of the Grant Date.

        The fair value of restricted stock units is determined using the market value of Company common stock on the date of the grant, and compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period. In accordance with the guidance related to share-based payments, the Company estimate forfeitures at the time of the grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

        A summary of the status of the restricted stock units as of December 31, 2014, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, are presented below:

 
 Shares Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested at December 31, 2011

  669,000 $18.27 

Issued

  222,425  23.19 

Vested

  (154,800) 18.25 

Forfeited

  (13,200) 18.25 

Nonvested at December 31, 2012

  723,425 $19.78 

Issued

  72,291  20.40 

Vested

  (90,965) 21.84 

Forfeited

    n/a 

Nonvested at December 31, 2013

  704,751 $20.00 

Issued

  31,099  22.20 

Vested

  (145,421) 22.41 

Forfeited

  (34,729) 23.88 

Nonvested at December 31, 2014

  555,700 $19.57 

        The Company recognized $2,426, $3,762 and $1,858 of stock based compensation expense related to the restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, which is included in General and administrative expense. As of December 2014, there was $4,408 of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs within the consolidated statement of income, net income per common share calculation because their effect wouldof estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that are expected to be anti-dilutive.recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 4.0 years. As of December 31, 2013, there was $7,289 of unrecognized stock-based compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 4.0 years. As of December 31, 2012, there was $9,065 of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 4.0 years.


Table of Contents

Note D.Performance Stock Units

        In September 2014, the Board of Directors authorized a performance-based incentive program under the Company's Long-Term Incentive Plan ("2014 Performance-Based Incentive Program"). The objective of the performance-based incentive program is to link compensation to business performance, encourage ownership of Company stock, retain executive talent, and reward executive performance. The 2014 Performance-Based Incentive Program provides participating executives with the opportunity to earn vested common stock if certain performance targets for pre-tax free cash flow are achieved over the cumulative three year period of 2014 through 2016 and recipients satisfy service-based vesting requirements. The stock-based compensation expense associated with unvested performance-based incentives are recognized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the vesting period or minimum service period and dependent upon the probable outcome of the number of shares that will ultimately be issued based on the achievement of pre-tax free cash flow over the cumulative three year period of 2014 through 2016.

        On September 30, 2014, certain participating executives became vested in the 2014 Performance-Based Incentive Program shares based on retirement eligibility and as a result $186 of stock-based compensation related to 9,687 shares were recognized in general and administrative expenses, and which continue to be subject to achieving cumulative pre-tax free cash flow over the three year period of 2014 through 2016.

        A summary of the status of the performance stock units as of December 31, 2014, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2014 are presented below:

 
 Shares Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Nonvested at December 31, 2013

    n/a 

Issued

  89,117  18.96 

Vested

  (9,687) 18.96 

Forfeited

    n/a 

Nonvested at December 31, 2014

  79,430 $18.96 

        The Company recognized a cumulative $349 of stock-based compensation expense related to the 2014 Performance-Based Incentive Program, which includes expense of awards to fully vested retirement eligible executives for the year ended December 31, 2014 and is included in General and administrative expenses within the consolidated statement of income. During the year ended December 31, 2014, no performance-based shares were forfeited. There was no such program in place during 2013 and 2012. Future compensation expense for currently outstanding awards under the 2014 Performance Based Incentive Program could reach a maximum of $3,032. Stock-based compensation for the 2014 Performance-Based Incentive Program is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.


Table of Contents

5. Leasehold Improvements, Equipment, Land and Construction in Progress, net

        Leasehold improvements, equipment, and construction in progress and related accumulated depreciation and amortization is as follows:


  
 December 31   
 December 31 

 Ranges of Estimated Useful Life 2013 2012  Ranges of Estimated Useful Life 2014 2013 

Equipment

 2 - 5 Years $30,563 $28,498  2 - 5 Years 33,576 $30,563 

Software

 3 - 10 Years 19,063 15,031  3 - 10 Years 24,104 19,063 

Vehicles

 4 Years 8,075 9,353  4 Years 8,585 8,075 

Other

 10 Years 282 367  10 Years 311 282 

Leasehold improvements

 Shorter of lease term or economic life up to 10 years 18,642 17,920  Shorter of lease term or economic life up to 10 years  20,420 18,642 

Construction in progress

   5,212 2,086    2,098 5,212 
       

   81,837 73,255    89,094 81,837 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (38,202) (35,152)   (47,560) (38,202)
       

   43,635 38,103    41,534 43,635 

Land

   1,250 2,299    1,250 1,250 
       

Leasehold improvements, equipment, land and construction in progress, net

   $44,885 $40,402    $42,784 $44,885 
       
       

Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note D. Leasehold Improvements, Equipment, Land and Construction in Progress, net (Continued)

        Assets acquired in the Central Merger were recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date, and subsequent capital assetAsset additions are recorded at cost, which includes interest on significant projects. Depreciation is provided in amounts sufficient to relate the cost of depreciable assets to operations over their estimated useful lives or over the terms of the respective leases, whichever is shorter, and depreciated principally on the straight-line basis. The costs and accumulated depreciation of assets sold or disposed of are removed from the accounts and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in earnings. Plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when conditions indicate an impairment or future impairment; the assets are either written down or the useful life is adjusted to the remaining period of usefulness.estimated useful life.

        Depreciation expense was $12,020, $10,403 and $6,672 in 2014, 2013 and $4,167 in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. Depreciation includes lossesgain on sale of assets, net of loss on sale and abandonments of leasehold improvements and equipment, of $329 for the year ended December 31, 2014. For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, depreciation includes net loss on sale and abandonments of leasehold improvements and equipment of $1,614 $80 and $31 in 2013, 2012 and 2011,$80, respectively. During the fourth quarteryear ended December 31, 2013, we sold our equity interest in land for $2,322 and recognized a gain on sale of $1,191.

Note E.6. Cost of Contracts, net

        Cost of contracts, net is comprised of the following:


 December 31,  December 31, 

 2013 2012  2014 2013 

Cost of contracts

 $25,607 $26,599  $28,276 $25,607 

Accumulated amortization

 (14,845) (12,384) (17,795) (14,845)
     

Cost of contracts, net

 $10,762 $14,215  $10,481 $10,762 
     
     

Table of Contents

        The expected future amortization of cost of contracts is as follows:


 Cost of Contract  Cost of
Contract
 

2014

 2,355 

2015

 1,967  $2,478 

2016

 1,789  2,329 

2017

 1,677  2,126 

2018

 1,437  1,750 

2019 and Thereafter

 1,537 
   

2019

 1,108 

2020 and Thereafter

 690 

Total

 $10,762  $10,481 
   
   

        Amortization expense related to cost of contracts was $3,205, $2,788 $3,142 and $2,275$3,142 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and 2011, respectively. During 2013, 2012 and 2011, there was no additional amortization expense recorded relating to losses of contracts that were previously capitalized. The weighted average useful life was 9.5 years, 9.6 years 9.5 years and 9.79.5 years as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and 2011, respectively.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note F.7. Other Intangible assets, netAssets, Net

        The following presents a summary of other intangible assets:

 
  
 December 31, 
 
  
 2014 2013 
 
 Weighted
Average
Life
(in Years)
 Acquired
Intangible
Assets,
Gross(1)
 Accumulated
Amortization
 Acquired
Intangible
Assets,
Net
 Acquired
Intangible
Assets,
Gross(1)
 Accumulated
Amortization
 Acquired
Intangible
Assets,
Net
 

Covenant not to compete

  3.5 $933 $(879)$54 $933 $(831)$102 

Trade names and trademarks

  4.4  9,770  (5,487) 4,283  9,770  (3,168) 6,652 

Proprietary know how

  9.9  34,650  (17,358) 17,292  34,650  (9,737) 24,913 

Management contract rights

  16.2  81,000  (11,601) 69,399  81,000  (6,445) 74,555 

Acquired intangible assets, net(2)

  13.5 $126,353 $(35,325)$91,028 $126,353 $(20,181)$106,222 

 
 December 31, 
 
 2013 2012 

Covenant not to compete

 $933 $3,533 

Trade names and trademarks

  9,820  9,820 

Proprietary know how

  34,650  34,650 

Management contract rights

  81,000  81,000 

Accumulated amortization

  (20,181) (6,372)
      

Intangible assets, net

 $106,222 $122,631 
      
      
(1)
Excludes the original cost and accumulated amortization on fully amortized intangible assets.

(2)
Intangible assets have estimated useful lives between one and 19 years.

Table of Contents

        Amortization expense related to intangible assets included in depreciation and amortization was $15,172, $16,812 $4,024 and $260$4,024 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and 2011, respectively.

        Noncompete agreements are being amortized over primarily 1.0 year. Proprietary know-how is being amortized over and estimated useful life of 4.5 years. Trade names and trademarks are being amortized over an estimated useful life of 4.0 years. Management contracts are being amortized over the contract term, including renewals and terminations, and has a weighted average life of 16 years.

        The expected future amortization of intangible assets as of December 31, 2014 is as follows:


 Intangible asset
amortization
  Intangible asset
amortization
 

2014

 $15,171 

2015

 15,137  $15,132 

2016

 14,569  14,564 

2017

 7,196  7,190 

2018

 5,306  5,301 

2019 and Thereafter

 48,844 
   

2019

 5,222 

2020 and Thereafter

 43,619 

Total

 $106,223  $91,028 
   
   

Note G.8. Favorable and Unfavorable Acquired Lease Contracts

        Favorable and unfavorable lease contracts represent the acquired fair value of lease contracts in connection with the Central Merger. Favorable and unfavorable acquired lease contracts are being amortized over the contract term, including anticipated renewals and terminations and has a weighted average life of 10.1 and 8.9 years, respectively.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note G. Favorable and Unfavorable Acquired Lease Contracts (Continued)terminations.

        The following presents a summary of favorable and unfavorable lease contracts:


 Favorable (Unfavorable)  Favorable (Unfavorable) 

 December 31, December 31,  December 31, December 31, 

 2013 2012 2013 2012  2014 2013 2014 2013 

Acquired fair value of lease contracts

 $77,621 $80,235 $(92,093)$(98,290) $76,955 $77,621 $(90,113)$(92,093)

Accumulated (amortization) accretion

 (17,587) (5,522) 17,963 6,065  (28,687) (17,587) 28,763 17,963 
         

Total acquired fair value of lease contracts, net

 60,034 74,713 (74,130) (92,225) $48,268 $60,034 $(61,350)$(74,130)
         

        Amortization for lease contracts, net of unfavorable lease contracts was $1,016, $4,298 and $609 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is recognized as a reduction to costCost of parking services-lease contract. There is no amortization for lease contracts included in costservices-Lease contract within the consolidated statements of parking services for lease contracts forincome. For the year ended December 31, 2011.2014, the weighted average useful life for favorable and unfavorable acquired lease contracts was 10.8 years and 9.8 years, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2013, the weighted average useful life for favorable and unfavorable acquired lease contracts was 10.1 years and 8.9 years, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2012, the weighted average useful life for favorable and unfavorable acquired lease contracts was 10.0 years and 7.0 years, respectively.

        The expected future amortization (accretion) of lease contract rights is as follows:


 Favorable (Unfavorable) Favorable
(Unfavorable)
Net
  Favorable (Unfavorable) Favorable
(Unfavorable)
Net
 

2014

 $11,739 $(12,301)$(562)

2015

 9,649 (11,061) (1,412) $9,649 $(10,893)$(1,244)

2016

 8,559 (10,312) (1,753) 8,560 (10,156) (1,596)

2017

 6,506 (9,117) (2,611) 6,506 (9,004) (2,498)

2018

 4,059 (7,394) (3,335) 4,059 (7,322) (3,263)

2019 and Thereafter

 19,522 (23,945) (4,423)
       

2019

 3,633 (4,808) (1,175)

2020 and Thereafter

 15,861 (19,167) (3,306)

Total

 $60,034 $(74,130)$(14,096) $48,268 $(61,350)$(13,082)
       
       

Table of Contents

9. Goodwill

        The amounts for goodwill and changes to carrying value by operating segment are as follows:

 
 Region
One
 Region
Two
 Region
Three
 Region
Four
 Region
Five
 Total 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

 $193,758 $32,245 $66,181 $62,621 $84,681 $439,486 

Contingent payments for businesses acquired

  342          342 

Foreign currency translation

      (325)     (325)

Balance as of December 31, 2013

 $194,100 $32,245 $65,856 $62,621 $84,681 $439,503 

Goodwill acquired

        203    203 

Contingent payments for businesses acquired

  6          6 

Foreign currency translation

      (468)     (468)

Disposals

  (2,572) (1,144) (2,268) (160) (212) (6,356)

Balance as of December 31, 2014

 $191,534 $31,101 $63,120 $62,664 $84,469 $432,888 

        On October 31, 2014, the Company contributed all of the assets and liabilities of its proprietary Click and Park parking prepayment business in exchange for a 30 percent interest in the newly formed legal entity called Parkmobile, LLC. The contribution of the Click and Park business to the joint venture resulted in a loss of control of the subsidiary and therefore it was deconsolidated from the Company's financial statements. As a result of the deconsolidation, the Company was required to allocate $6,356 of goodwill to the net carrying amount of the subsidiary's net assets contributed to the Parkmobile joint venture. The pro-rata allocation on the disposal of goodwill at the reporting segment level was based on a relative fair value approach.

Note H.10. Fair Value Measurement

Fair value measurements-recurring basisValue Measurements-Recurring Basis

        In determining fair value, the Company uses various valuation approaches within the fair value measurement framework. Fair value measurements are determined based on the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

        Applicable accounting literature establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring that the most observable inputs be used when available. The fair value hierarchy is based on observable or unobservable inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value. Observable inputs reflect assumptions market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability based on market data obtained from independent sources while unobservable inputs reflect a reporting entity's pricing based


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note H. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

upon its own market assumptions. Applicable accounting literature defines levels within the hierarchy based on the reliability of inputs as follows:

    Level 1: Inputs are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

    Level 2: Inputs are quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in an active market, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and market-corroborated inputs, which are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.

    Level 3: Inputs that are derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or value drivers are unobservable.

Table of Contents

        The following table sets forth the Company's financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and the basis of measurement at December 31, 20132014 and 2012:2013:


 Fair Value Measurement at
December 31, 2013
 Fair Value Measurement at
December 31, 2012
  Fair Value at
December 31, 2014
 Fair Value at
December 31, 2013
 

 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3  Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 

Assets:

                          

Prepaid expenses and other

             

Other assets, net

             

Interest rate swap

  $824       $551   $824  

Liabilities:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              

Accrued expenses

                          

Contingent acquisition consideration

   $1,374   $1,316    $64   $1,374 

Other long term liabilities

                          

Interest rate swap

     $794  

Contingent acquisition consideration

   $163   $2,008    $208   $163 

        We seek to minimize our risks from interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swap contracts and hedge only exposures in the ordinary course of business. Interest rate swaps are used to manage interest rate risk associated with our floating rate debt. We account for our derivative instruments at fair value provided we meet certain documentary and analytical requirements to qualify for hedge accounting treatment. Hedge accounting creates the potential for a Consolidated Statement of Operations match between the changes in fair values of derivatives and the changes in cost of the associated underlying transactions, in this case interest expense. Derivatives held by us are designated as hedges of specific exposures at inception, with an expectation that changes in the fair value will essentially offset the change in the underlying exposure. Discontinuance of hedge accounting is required whenever it is subsequently determined that an underlying transaction is not going to occur, with any gains or losses recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Operations at such time, with any subsequent changes in fair value recognized currently in earnings. Fair values of derivatives are determined based on quoted prices for similar contracts. The effective portion of the change in fair value of the interest rate swap is reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, a component


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note H. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

of stockholders' equity, and is being recognized as an adjustment to interest expense or other (expense) income, respectively, over the same period the related expenses are recognized in earnings. Ineffectiveness would occur when changes in the market value of the hedged transactions are not completely offset by changes in the market value of the derivative and the those related gains and losses on derivatives representing hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized currently in earnings when incurred. No ineffectiveness was recognized during 2014, 2013 2012 or 2011.2012.

        The significant inputs used to derive the fair value of the contingent acquisition consideration include financial forecasts of future operating results, the probability of reaching the forecast and the associated discount rate. The weighted average probability of the contingent acquisition consideration ranges from 20%25% to 50%32%, with a weighted average discount rate of 7%12%.


Table of Contents

        The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the contingent consideration liability measured at fair value using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):


 Due to Seller  Due to Seller 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 $(6,807)

Increase related to new acquisitions

  

Payment of contingent consideration

  

Change in fair value

 309 
   

Balance at December 31, 2011

 (6,498) $(6,498)

Increase related to new acquisitions

    

Payment of contingent consideration

 2,202  2,202 

Change in fair value

 972  972 
   

Balance at December 31, 2012

 (3,324) (3,324)

Increase related to new acquisitions

    

Payment of contingent consideration

 896  896 

Change in fair value

 891  891 
   

Balance at December 31, 2013

 $(1,537) (1,537)
   

Increase related to new acquisitions

 (45)

Payment of contingent consideration

 1,812 

Change in fair value

 (502)

Balance at December 31, 2014

 $(272)
   

        For the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company recognized an expense of $502 in General and administrative expenses within the consolidated statement of income due to the change in fair value measurements using a level three valuation technique. For the years ended December 31, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, the Company recognized a benefit of $891 $972 and $309,$972, respectively, in general and administrative expenses in the statement of income due to the change in fair value measurements using a level three valuation technique. These adjustments were the result of using revised forecasts to operating results, updates to the probability of achieving the revised forecasts and updated fair value measurements that revised the Company's contingent consideration obligations related to the purchase of these businesses.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note H. Fair Value Measurement (Continued)

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurements

        Certain assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, the assets are measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). Non-financial assets such as goodwill, intangible assets, and leasehold improvements, equipment land and construction in progress are subsequently measured at fair value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at fair value only when an impairment is recognized. The Company assesses the impairment of intangible assets annually or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable. The fair value of its goodwill and intangible assets is not estimated if there is no change in events or circumstances that indicate the carrying amount of an intangible asset may not be recoverable. The Company has not recorded impairment charges related to its business acquisitions. The purchase price of business acquisitions is primarily allocated to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values on the acquisition dates, with the excess recorded as goodwill. The Company utilizes Level 3 inputs in the determination of the initial fair value.


Table of Contents

Financial instrumentsInstruments not measuredMeasured at fair valueFair Value

        The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments not measured at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 20132014 and 2012:2013:


 2013 2012 

 Carrying
Amount
 Fair Value Carrying
Amount
 Fair Value  2014 2013 

 (In thousands)
  Carrying
Amount
 Fair
Value
 Carrying
Amount
 Fair
Value
 

Cash and cash equivalents

 $23,158 $23,158 $28,450 $28,450  $18,196 $18,196 $23,158 $23,158 

Long-term debt—

                  

Senior credit facility, net of discount

 (286,672) (286,672) (307,939) (307,939)

Senior Credit Facility, net of discount

 (251,010) (251,010) (286,672) (286,672)

Other obligations

 $(1,994)$(1,994)$(2,620)$(2,620) $(2,390)$(2,390)$(1,994)$(1,994)

        The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value due to the short-term nature of these financial instruments and would be classified as a Level 1. The fair value of the Senior Credit Facility and Obligations on seller notes and otherOther obligations were estimated to not be materially different from the carrying amount and are generally measured using a discounted cash flow analysis based on current market interest rates for similar types of financial instruments and would be classified as a Level 2.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note I.11. Borrowing Arrangements

        Long-term borrowings, in order of preference, consisted of the following:


  
 Amount Outstanding   
 Amount Outstanding 

 Maturity Date December 31,
2013
 December 31,
2012
   
 December 31, 

 (In thousands)
  Maturity Date 2014 2013 

Senior credit facility, net of discount

 October 2, 2017 $286,672 $307,939  October 2, 2017 $251,010 $286,672 

Other obligations

 Various 1,994 2,620  Various 2,390 1,994 
     

Total debt

 288,666 310,559  253,400 288,666 

Less current portion

 24,632 21,837  15,567 24,632 
     

Total long-term debt

 $264,034 $288,722  $237,833 $264,034 
     
     

        Aggregate minimum principal maturities of long-term debt for the fiscal years following December 31, 2013,2014, are as follows:

2014

 $25,793 

2015

 30,175  $16,553 

2016

 32,061  15,334 

2017

 204,173  20,353 

2018

 20,127 

2019

 20,023 

Thereafter

 17  163,310 
   

Total debt

 292,219  255,700 

Less: Current portion, including debt discount

 24,632  15,567 

Less: Discount on debt

 3,553  2,300 
   

Total long-term portion, including debt discount

 $264,034  $237,833 
   
   

    Senior Credit Facility

        In connection with the Merger, on the Closing Date, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with Bank of America, N.A. ("Bank of America"), as administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. ("Wells Fargo Bank") and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as co-syndication agents, U.S. Bank National Association,


Table of Contents

First Hawaiian Bank and General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-documentation agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, and the lenders party thereto (the "Lenders").

        The Senior Credit Facility matures on October 2, 2017, when all amounts outstanding will be due and payable in full. Pursuant to the terms, and subject to the conditions, of the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have made available to the Company a secured Senior Credit Facility (the "Senior Credit Facility") that permits aggregate borrowings of $450,000 consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility of up to $200,000 at any time outstanding, which includes a letter of credit facility that is limited to $100,000 at any time outstanding, and (ii) a term loan facility of $250,000. The Senior Credit Facility matures on October 2, 2017.

        The Company drew down the entire amount of the term loan portion of the Senior Credit Facility and borrowed $72,800 under the revolving credit facility in connection with the closing of the Central


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note I. Borrowing Arrangements (Continued)

Merger. The proceeds from these borrowings were used by the Company to repay outstanding indebtedness of the Company and Central, and will also be used to pay costs and expenses related to the Merger and the related financing and fund ongoing working capital and other general corporate purposes.

        Borrowings underInterest rates for the Senior Credit Facility bear interest,term loan and revolving credit facility are determined at the Company's option, (i) at a rate per annum based on the Company's consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio for the 12-month period ending as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, determined in accordance with the applicable pricing levels set forth in the Credit Agreement (the "Applicable Margin") for LIBOR loans, plus the applicable LIBOR rate or (ii) the Applicable Margin for base rate loans plus the highest of (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (y) the Bank of America prime rate and (z) a daily rate equal to the applicable LIBOR rate plus 1.0%.

        Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company is required to maintain a maximum consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio of not greater than 4.5:1.0 (with certain step-downs described in the Credit Agreement). In addition, the Company is required to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.25:1.0 (with certain step-ups described in the Credit Agreement).

        Events of default under the Credit Agreement include failure to pay principal or interest when due, failure to comply with the financial and operational covenants, the occurrence of any cross default event, non-compliance with other loan documents, the occurrence of a change of control event, and bankruptcy and other insolvency events. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the Lenders holding a majority of the commitments and outstanding term loan under the Credit Agreement have the right, among others, to (i) terminate the commitments under the Credit Agreement, (ii) accelerate and require the Company to repay all the outstanding amounts owed under the Credit Agreement and (iii) require the Company to cash collateralize any outstanding letters of credit.

        Each wholly owned domestic subsidiary of the Company (subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Credit Agreement) has guaranteed all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of the other guarantors and the Company arising under the Credit Agreement. The Company's obligations under the Credit Agreement and such domestic subsidiaries' guaranty obligations are secured by substantially all of their respective assets.

        In connection with and effective upon the execution and delivery of the Credit Agreement on October 2, 2012, the Company terminated its then-existing Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the "Former Credit Agreement"), dated as of July 15, 2008. In connection with the extinguishment of debt, $693 related to the interest rate cap was recorded in interest expense during the year ended December 31, 2012. Loss on the extinguishment of debt of $51 was recorded in interest expense duringfor the fourth quarteryear ended December 31, 2012 related to debt issuance costs. There were no termination penalties incurred by the Company in connection with the termination of the Former Credit Agreement.

        The Company is in compliance with all of its covenants as of December 31, 2013.2014.


Table of Contents

        The weighted average interest rate on our Senior Credit Facility was 3.7%3.2% and 3.7% at both periods ending atfor the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, and 2012.respectively. The rate includes all outstanding LIBOR contracts, cash flow hedge effectiveness effect and letters of credit. The weighted average interest rate on


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note I. Borrowing Arrangements (Continued)

outstanding borrowings, not including letters of credit, was 3.8%3.2% and 3.9%3.8%, respectively, at December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 2012.2013.

        At December 31, 2013,2014, the Company had $59,498$81,391 of borrowing availability under the Credit Agreement, of which the Company could have borrowed $24,430 on December 31, 2014 and remained in compliance with the above described covenants as of such date. The additional borrowing availability under the Credit Agreement is limited only as of the Company's fiscal year end by the covenant restrictions described above. At December 31, 2014, the Company had $54,859 of letters of credit outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility, borrowings against the Senior Credit Facility aggregated $290,225$253,310 (excluding debt discount of $3,553)$2,300).

Amended and Restated Credit Facility

        On February 20, 2015, in connection with entering into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement described in Note 21.Subsequent Events, andwe terminated the Credit Agreement dated October 2, 2012. As indicated above, the Credit Agreement was to mature on October 2, 2017. Loans under the Credit Agreement could be paid before maturity in whole or in part at the Company's option without penalty or premium. As of February 20, 2015, the Company had $72,303 available$200,000 and $93,850 outstanding under the senior credit facility.term loan facility and revolving term facility, respectively. The Company has enteredhad $53,449 of letters of credit outstanding at the time of the termination of the Credit Agreement, of which $53,449 of letters of credit were incorporated into various financing agreements, which were used for the purchase of equipment.Restated Secured Credit Facility.

Subordinated Convertible Debentures

        The Company acquired Subordinated Convertible Debentures ("Convertible Debentures") as a result of the acquisition of Central. The subordinated debenture holders have the right to redeem the Convertible Debentures for $19.18 cash per share upon their stated maturity (April 1, 2028) or upon acceleration or earlier repayment of the Convertible Debentures. There were no redemptions during the years ended December 31, 20132014 and 2012. Approximately $1,254 (redemption value)2013. The approximate redemption value of the Convertible Debentures remain outstanding at bothDecember 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 is $1,236 and 2012.$1,254.

Note J. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)12. Leases and Contingencies

        The componentsCompany operates parking facilities under operating leases expiring on various dates. Certain of accumulated other comprehensivethe leases contain options to renew at the Company's discretion. Total future annual rent expense is not determinable as a portion of such future rent is contingent based on revenues of the parking facilities.

        At December 31, 2014, the Company's minimum rental commitments, excluding contingent rent provisions and sublease income (loss) is comprised of unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges and foreign currency translation adjustments. The components of changes in accumulated comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, wereunder all non-cancellable operating leases, are as follows:

2015

 $182,457 

2016

  134,903 

2017

  110,774 

2018

  82,119 

2019

  64,693 

2020 and thereafter

  218,887 

 $793,832 

 
 Foreign Currency
Translation Adjustments
 Effective Portion of Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivative Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

 $483 $(380)$103 

Change in other comprehensive income (loss)

  (390) (31) (421)
        

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  93  (411) (318)

Change in other comprehensive income (loss)

  2  (65) (63)
        

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  95  (476) (381)

Change in other comprehensive income (loss)

  (463) 962  499 
        

Balance as of December 31, 2013

 $(368)$486 $118 
        
        
(1)
$41,828 is included in 2015's minimum commitments for leases that expire in less than one year.

Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended        Rent expense, including contingent rents, was $330,823, $326,814 and $173,502 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Contingent rent expense was $139,743, $133,877and $79,552 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Contingent rent expense consists primarily of percentage rent payments, which will cease at various times as certain leases expire. Future sublease income under all non-cancellable operating leases was $26,663 as of December 31, 2014.

        The Company accrued contingent payment obligations outstanding under the previous business combination accounting pronouncement of $254 (on an undiscounted basis), as of December 31, 2013. Such contingent payments have been accounted for as additional purchase price as all performance criteria have been achieved for the respective year. All contingent payment obligations under the previous business combination accounting pronouncement have been satisfied as of December 31, 2014. Additionally. The Company has recorded a contingency obligation for acquisitions subsequent to the adoption of the most recent guidance on business combinations, in the amount of $272 and $1,537, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, 2012respectively.

        The Company has contractual provisions under certain lease contracts to complete structural or other improvements to leased properties and 2011incur repair costs, including improvements and repairs arising as a result of ordinary wear and tear. The Company evaluates the nature of those costs when incurred and either capitalizes the costs as leasehold improvements, as applicable, or recognizes the costs as repair expenses within Cost of Parking Services-Leases within the Consolidated Statements of Income.

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note K.13. Income Taxes

        For financial reporting purposes, income before taxes includes the following components:


 2013 2012 2011  2014 2013 2012 

United States

 $21,365 $(1,468)$27,152  $23,544 $21,365 $(1,468)

Foreign

 2,221 222 1,024  2,392 2,221 222 
       

Total

 $23,586 $(1,246)$28,176  $25,936 $23,586 $(1,246)
       
       

        The components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 20112012 were as follows:


 2013 2012 2011  2014 2013 2012 

Current provision:

              

U.S. federal

 $3,183 $748 $6,202  $9,529 $3,183 $748 

Foreign

 734 233 292  801 734 233 

State

 2,162 (11,830) 1,678  1,622 2,163 (11,832)
       

Total current

 6,079 (10,849) 8,172  11,952 6,080 (10,851)

Deferred provision:

              

U.S. federal

 2,301 6,069 2,547  (1,534) 2,301 6,069 

Foreign

 (91) (11) 5  77 (91) (11)

State

 532 1,171 (24) (10,692) 531 1,173 
       

Total deferred

 2,742 7,229 2,528  (12,149) 2,741 7,231 
       

Income tax expense (benefit)

 $8,821 $(3,620)$10,700  $(197)$8,821 $(3,620)
       
       

        Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amount used for income tax purposes.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note K. Income Taxes (Continued)

purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 20132014 and 20122013 are as follows:


 2013 2012  2014 2013 

Deferred tax assets:

          

Net operating loss carry forwards

 $21,621 $28,054  $22,028 $21,621 

Accrued expenses

 32,665 33,276  34,344 32,665 

Accrued compensation

 10,033 10,551  11,937 10,033 

Book over tax cost unfavorable lease contracts

 37,758 36,339 

Book over tax cost unfavorable acquired lease contracts

 25,153 30,547 

Other

 129 169  415 129 
     

Gross deferred tax assets

 102,206 108,389  93,877 94,995 

Less: valuation allowance

 (21,340) (25,299) (12,292) (21,340)
     

Total deferred tax asset

 80,866 83,090  81,585 73,655 
     

Deferred tax liabilities:

          

Prepaid expenses

 (450) (516) (651) (450)

Undistributed foreign earnings

 (1,065) (1,144) (806) (1,065)

Tax over book depreciation and amortization

 (20,586) (3,047) (16,686) (20,586)

Tax over book goodwill amortization

 (28,713) (27,496) (28,713) (28,713)

Tax over book cost favorable contracts

 (31,824) (43,417)

Tax over book cost favorable acquired lease contracts

 (19,790) (24,613)

Equity investments in unconsolidated entities

 (9,198) (4,921)

Other

 (5,259) (11,284) (563) (338)
     

Total deferred tax liabilities

 (87,897) (86,904) (76,407) (80,686)
     

Net deferred tax liability

 $(7,031)$(3,814) $5,178 $(7,031)
     
     

        Amounts recognized on the balance sheet consist of:


 2013 2012  2014 2013 

Deferred tax asset, current

 $10,317 $15,265  $10,992 $10,317 

Deferred tax (liability), long term

 (17,348) (19,079) (5,814) (17,348)
     

Net deferred tax liability

 $(7,031)$(3,814) $5,178 $(7,031)
     
     

        The accounting guidance for accounting for income taxes requires that the Company assess the realizability of deferred tax assets at each reporting period. These assessments generally consider several factors including the reversal of existing temporary differences, projected future taxable income, and potential tax planning strategies. The Company has valuation allowances totaling $21,340$12,292 and $25,299, respectively,$21,340 at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and 2012respectively, primarily related to our state Net Operating Loss carryforwards ("NOLs") and state tax credit that the Company believes are not likely to be realized based on upon its estimates of future taxable income, limitations on the use of its state NOLs, and the carryforward life over which the state tax benefit is realized.

        At December The Company recognized a $9,048 benefit for the reversal of a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets established for the historical net operating losses. The valuation allowance was reversed due to changes in the New York tax laws effective March 31, 2013,2014 and an entity restructuring undertaken in the fourth quarter of 2014, which resulted in the Company had $2,486 of gross federal NOLs, which will expire in 2024. As a resultdetermining that the future benefit of the initial public offering completed in June of 2004, an ownership change occurred


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note K. Income Taxes (Continued)

under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, which limits its abilitynet operating loss carryforwards were more likely than not to use pre-change NOLs to reduce future taxable income. Additionally, a second ownership change occurred in May 2009, however, since the fair market value of the Company's shares were significantly higher than at the time of the initial public offering, there was no change in the applicable Section 382 limitation that limits its ability to utilize pre-change NOLs.be realized.

        The Company has $19,999$21,292 of tax-effected state net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2013,2014, which will expire in the years 20142015 through 2028. As noted above, theThe utilization of the state net operating loss carryforwards of the Company are limited due to the ownership change in June 2004 and are also limited


Table of Contents

due to the Central Merger. The Company has $113$71 of tax-effected foreign net operating loss carryforwards related to its Canadian subsidiary.

        Since 2005, the Company has treated its investment in its Canadian subsidiary as non-permanent in duration and provided taxes on the undistributed Canadian earnings. As of December 31, 2013,2014, the Company treats approximately $1,600$2,400 of Canadian earnings as permanently reinvested to meet the Canadian subsidiary's working capital requirements. The amount of tax that may be payable on the distribution of such earnings to the United States is approximately $612.$918. Generally, such amounts will become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends and under certain other circumstances. The Company has provided taxes for the remaining undistributed earnings of its Canadian subsidiary in excess of the permanently reinvested amount. The Company is treating its cumulative earnings of $3,852$4,619 in its Puerto Rico subsidiary as permanent in duration to satisfy current working capital requirements. The amount of tax that may be payable on a distribution of such earnings to the United States is $1,599.$1,700.

        A reconciliation of the Company's reported income tax provision (benefit) to the amount computed by multiplying book income / (loss) before income taxes by the statutory United States federal income tax rate is as follows:


 2013 2012 2011  2014 2013 2012 

Tax at statutory rate

 $8,255 $(436)$9,861  $9,078 $8,255 $(436)

Permanent differences

 844 4,534 572  966 844 4,534 

State taxes, net of federal benefit

 1,397 1,086 1,067  763 1,397 1,086 

Effect of foreign tax rates

 49 8 (71) 36 49 8 

Uncertain tax positions

  (8,104)     (8,104)

Minority interest

 (1,062) (936) (362)

Equity investments in unconsolidated entities

 2,386   

Current year adjustment to deferred taxes

 3,960    (1,331) 3,960  

Recognition of tax credits

 (1,699) (432) (903) (1,460) (1,699) (432)

Other

 (25) (276) 174  (525) 911 86 
       

 12,781 (3,620) 10,700  8,851 12,781 (3,620)

Change in valuation allowance

 (3,960)    (9,048) (3,960)  
       

Income tax (benefit) expense

 $8,821 $(3,620)$10,700  $(197)$8,821 $(3,620)
       
       

        Taxes paid, which are for United States federal income tax, certain state income taxes, and foreign income taxes were $1,538, $1,331, and $3,651 in 2014, 2013 and $7,507 in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note K. Income Taxes (Continued)

        As of December 31, 2013,2014, the Company has not identified any uncertain tax positions that would have a material impact on the Company's financial position. As a result of the Central Merger, the Company recorded $6,780, plus accrued interest of $5,328 and penalties of $678, for a state uncertain tax position as part of the opening balance sheet. Due to the lapsing of the statute of limitations for this position in the fourth quarter 2012, the Company decreased its uncertain tax position for the full amount of the liability previously established and reversed the previously accrued interest. As a result, the Company does not have any uncertain tax positions recorded as of December 31, 2013.2014.


Table of Contents

        The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax benefits:

 
 20142013 20122011 

Unrecognized tax benefits—January 1,

 $ $ $ 

Gross adjustments—Central Merger

    6,780  6,780 

Gross increases—tax positions in prior period

       

Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period

       

Gross increases—tax positions in current period

       

Settlement

       

Lapse of statute of limitations

    (6,780)
  (6,780)

Unrecognized tax benefits—December 31,

 $ $ $ 

        The Company recognizes potential interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions, if any, in income tax expense.

The tax years that remain subject to examination for the Company's major tax jurisdictions at December 31, 20132014 are shown below:

20092010 - 2013

2014
 United States—federal income tax

2007 - 2013

2014
 United States—state and local income tax

20102011 - 2013

2014
 Foreign—Canada and Puerto Rico

Note L.14. Benefit Plans

        The Company offers deferred compensation arrangements for certain key executives. Subject to their continued employment by the Company, certain employees are offered supplemental pension arrangements in which the employees will receive a defined monthly benefit upon attaining age 65. At December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, the Company has accrued $3,710$5,009 and $3,669,$3,710, respectively, representing the present value of the future benefit payments. Expenses related to these plans amounted to $385, $145, and $486 in 2014, 2013 and $311 in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.

        As a result of the Central Merger, the Company has agreements with certain former key executives that provide for aggregate annual payments ranging from $32 to $144 per year for periods ranging from 10 years to life, beginning when the executive retires or upon death or disability. Under certain conditions, the amount of deferred benefits can be reduced. Compensation costs for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $1,060 and $565, respectively. The Company had recorded a liability in other long-term liabilities of $4,225 and $3,586 associated with these agreements as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Life insurance contracts with a face value of approximately $6,986$10,826 and $11,536 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 have been purchased to fund, as necessary, the


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note L. Benefit Plans (Continued)

benefits under thesethe Company's deferred compensation agreements. The cash surrender value of the life insurance contracts is approximately $993$3,939 and $700$4,175 at December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively, and classified in non-current assets and included in Otherother assets, net. The plan is a non-qualified plan and is not subject to ERISA funding requirements. Compensation costs for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $565 and $855, respectively. The Company had recorded a liability in other long-term liabilities of $3,586 and $3,942 associated with these agreements as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        The Company sponsorssponsored two savings and retirement planplans whereby the participants may elect to contribute a portion of their compensation to the plans. The two plans merged effective January 1, 2014 into a single plan. The plans areplan is a qualified defined contribution plansplan 401(K). For the Standard plan, theThe Company contributes an amount in cash or other property as a Company match equal to 50% of the first 4%6% of contributions as they occur. For the Central Plan, the Company will match an amount equal to 100% of the participant's contributions up to 3% of compensation and 50% of the participant's contributions exceeding 3% but not to exceed 5% of compensation. Expenses related to these plansthe Company's 401(k) match amounted to $1,851, $1,764, and $893 in 2014, 2013 and $988 in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The two plans merged effective January 1, 2014.

        The Company also offers a non-qualified deferred compensation plan to those employees whose participation in its 401(k) plan is limited by statute or regulation. This plan allows certain employees to


Table of Contents

defer a portion of their compensation, limited to a maximum of $50$100 per year, to be paid to the participants upon separation of employment or distribution date selected by employee. To support the non-qualified deferred compensation plan, the Company has elected to purchase Company Owned Life Insurance ("COLI") policies on certain plan participants. The cash surrender value of the COLI policies is designed to provide a source for funding the the non-qualified deferred compensation liability. As of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, the cash surrender value of the COLI policies is $8,151$9,860 and $5,620,$8,151, respectively and is included in other non-current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The liability for the non-qualified deferred compensation plan is included in other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and was $9,096$11,338 and $6,064$9,096 as of December 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, respectively.

        The Company contributes to a number of multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under the terms of collective-bargaining agreements that cover its union-represented employees. The risks of participating in these multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:

            a.     

    Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

            b.     

    If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

            c.     

    If the Company chooses to stop participating in one of its multiemployer plans, it may be required to pay the plan an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as withdrawal liability.

        The Company's contributions represented more than 5% of total contributions to the Teamsters Local Union No. 727 Benefit Fund for the plan year ending February 28, 2013.2014. The Company does not


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note L. Benefit Plans (Continued)

represent more than five percent to any other fund. The Company's participation in this plan for the annual periods ended December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, is outlined in the table below. The "EIN/Pension Plan Number" column provides the Employee Identification Number ("EIN") and the three-digit plan number, if applicable. The zone status is based on information that the Company received from the plan and is certified by the plan's actuary. Among other factors, plans in the red zone are generally less than 65 percent funded, plans in the yellow zone are less than 80 percent funded, and plans in the green zone are at least 80 percent funded. The "FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented" column indicates plans for which a Financial Improvement Plan ("FIP") or a Rehabilitation Plan ("RP") is either pending or has been implemented.

        The "Expiration"Expiration Date of Collective Bargaining Agreement"Agreement" column lists the expiration dates of the agreements to which the plans are subject.

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 Zone
Status
as of the
Most
Recent
Annual
Report
  

  
 Pension Protection
Zone Status
  
  
  
  
  
  
 Expiration
Date of
Collective
Bargaining
Agreement
   
 Pension Protection
Zone Status
  
  
  
  
  
 Expiration
Date of
Collective
Bargaining
Agreement

 EIN/
Pension
Plan
Number
  
 Contributions  
 Zone Status
as of the
Most Recent
Annual Report
  EIN/
Pension
Plan
Number
  
 Contributions  

Pension Protection
Zone Status
Surcharge
Imposed
Expiration
Date of
Collective
Bargaining
Agreement
Pension Protection
Zone Status
Surcharge
Imposed
Pension
 FIP/FR
Pending
Implementation
  2013 2011 2013 2012 2011 FIP/FR
Pending
Implementation
  2014 2012 2014 2013 2012

Teamsters Local Union 727

 36-61023973Green Green 3,376 3,617 2,500No 2013 10/31/2016 36-61023973Green Green 3,279 3,376 3,617No 2014 10/31/2016

Local 272 Labor Management

 
13-5673836
 

N/A

 

Green

 

Green

 

N/A

 
1,964
 
2,389
 
146
 

No

 
2013
 
3/5/2014

        Net expenses for contributions not reimbursed by clients and related to multiemployer defined benefit and defined contribution benefit plans were $2,707, $621 and $762 in 2014, 2013 and $710 in 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.


Table of Contents

        In the event that the Company decides to cease participating in these plans, the Company could be assessed a withdrawal liability. The Company currently does not have any intentions to cease participating in these multiemployer pension plans and therefore would not trigger the withdrawal liability.

Note M. Leases and Contingencies

        The Company operates parking facilities under operating leases expiring on various dates, generally prior to 2020. Certain of the leases contain options to renew at the Company's discretion.

        Total future annual rent expense is not determinable as a portion of such future rent is contingent based on revenues of the parking facilities. At December 31, 2013, the Company's minimum rental


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note M. Leases and Contingencies (Continued)

commitments, excluding contingent rent provisions under all non-cancellable operating leases, are as follows:

2014(1)

 $178,127 

2015

  129,447 

2016

  106,513 

2017

  86,711 

2018

  65,846 

2019 and thereafter

  232,340 
    

 $798,984 
    
    

(1)
$34,111 is included in 2014's minimum commitments for leases that expire in less than one year.

        Rent expense, including contingent rents, was $326,814, $173,502 and $108,324 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Contingent rent expense was $133,877, $79,552 and $58,309 in 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Contingent rent expense consists primarily of percentage rent payments, which will cease at various times as certain leases expire.

        The Company enters into contingent purchase price arrangements from time to time for its business combinations and depending upon the date of the business combination, some of its contingent purchase price arrangements are not reflected in its consolidated balance sheet as those acquisitions occurred prior to the adoption of the most recent guidance on business combinations which now requires these to be recorded at fair value on the date of the acquisition.

        The Company accrued contingent payment obligations outstanding under the previous business combination accounting pronouncement of $254 and $255 (on an undiscounted basis), as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Such contingent payments have been accounted for as additional purchase price as all performance criteria have been achieved for the respective year. Additionally. The Company has recorded a contingency obligation for acquisitions subsequent to the adoption of the most recent guidance on business combinations, in the amount of $1,537 and $3,324, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, as of December 31,2013 and 2012, respectively.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note N.15. Management Contracts and Related Arrangements with Affiliates

Closing Agreements

        In connection with the Central Merger, on February 28, 2012, the Company entered into initial Closing Agreements (the "Initial Closing Agreements") with each of Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P. and Lubert-Adler Real Estate Parallel Fund V, L.P. (collectively, "Lubert-Adler Entities"); each of Kohlberg Investors V, L.P., Kohlberg TE Investors V, L.P., Kohlberg Partners V, L.P., Kohlberg Offshore Investors V, L.P., and KOCO Investors V, L.P. (collectively, the "Kohlberg Entities"); and each of Versa Capital Fund I, L.P. and Versa Capital Fund I Parallel, L.P. (collectively, the "Versa Entities"). As of the most recent filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Lubert-Adler Entities collectively own approximately 6.1% of our common stock, the Kohlberg Entities collectively own approximately 16.6%16.4% of our common stock, and the Versa Entities collectively own approximately 5.1% of our common stock. In addition, Paul Halpern, one of the Company's directors, is affiliated with the Versa Entities; and Jonathan P. Ward and Gordon H. Woodward, both directors, are affiliated with the Kohlberg Entities.

        Under the Initial Closing Agreements, the Lubert-Adler, Kohlberg and Versa Entities (collectively, the "Central Stockholders") agreed, among other things, to vote their shares of our common stock in accordance with the Board's recommendations or, in specified cases, in proportion to the votes made by the Company other stockholders, until October 2, 2015.

        Additionally, the Initial Closing Agreements provide that each Central Stockholder will be subject to a four-year "standstill period" following the closing of the Merger, during which each such Central Stockholder will not, among other things, (i) acquire any additional voting securities of the Company, (ii) seek or propose a merger, acquisition, tender offer or other extraordinary transaction with respect to the Company, (iii) call a meeting of Company stockholders or initiate a stockholder proposal, or (iv) form a "group" with any person with respect to Company securities.

        The Initial Closing Agreements also impose certain restrictive covenants on some of the Central Stockholders, including, among others, (i) non-compete covenants, (ii) non-solicitation covenants, (iii) confidentiality obligations and (iv) non-disparagement requirements.

        The foregoing description of the Initial Closing Agreements does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Closing Agreements, copies of which are attached to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012 as Exhibits 10.2 through 10.4 and incorporated by reference herein.

        In connection with the Central Merger, on October 2, 2012, the Company entered into Additional Closing Agreements (the "Additional Closing Agreements") with the Central Stockholders. Pursuant to the terms of the Additional Closing Agreements, the Kohlberg, Lubert-Adler and Versa Entities have each agreed that, until October 2, 2015 and for so long as it owns in the aggregate (together with its affiliates, all other Central stockholders and their respective affiliates and any other persons with which any of the foregoing form a "group") beneficially or of record more than 10% of Company issued and outstanding common stock, to cause the shares of our common stock held by them to be counted as present at any


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note N. Management Contracts and Related Arrangements with Affiliates (Continued)

present at any meeting of Company stockholders and to vote, in person or by proxy, all of such shares of Company common stock as follows:

        UntilFrom October 2, 2013 until October 2, 2014:

    with respect to the election of directors to the Company's Board, "for" any nominees recommended by the Board; and

    with respect to all other matters submitted for a vote of Company stockholders, in accordance with the recommendation of the Board with respect to such matters.

        From October 3,2, 2014 until October 2, 2015:

    with respect to the election of directors to the Board, "for" any nominees recommended by our Board; and

    with respect to all other matters submitted for a vote of Company stockholders, in proportion to the votes cast by all of the Company's other stockholders.

        The Additional Closing Agreements also provide that the Kohlberg, Lubert-Adler and Versa Entities will be subject to a four-year standstill period following the Closing Date, during which time, such Central Stockholder will not, among other things, (i) acquire or agree to acquire any additional voting securities of the Company, (ii) seek or propose a merger, acquisition, tender offer or other extraordinary transaction with or involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries or their respective securities or assets, (iii) call a meeting of the stockholders of the Company or initiate a stockholder proposal or (iv) form a "group" (as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) with any person (other than an affiliate of such Central Stockholder) with respect to the acquisition or voting of any of the Company's voting securities.

        The Additional Closing Agreements impose certain restrictive covenants on the Kohlberg and Versa Entities, including (i) confidentiality obligations with respect to the Company confidential information and (ii) non-disparagementnon- disparagement requirements. The Lubert-Adler Entity is subject to confidentiality obligations with respect to its confidential information pursuant to the terms of its Additional Closing Agreement.

        The foregoing description of the Additional Closing Agreements does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Additional Closing Agreements, copies of which are attached as Exhibits 10.2 through 10.8 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 2, 2012.

Agreements Related to Myron C. Warshauer

        Myron C. Warshauer, one of the Company's directors, was our chief executive officer until October 15, 2001, when his employment period terminated under the employment agreement with him dated as of March 30, 1998. This agreement, which was amended on July 7, 2003 and May 10, 2004, requires the Company to pay Mr. Warshauer various post-employment benefits. Mr. Warshauer


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years EndedFor the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note N. Management Contracts and Related Arrangements with Affiliates (Continued)

Mr. Warshauer received payments of $474, $506 and $498, respectively, which included payments for health and dental insurance, office space and secretarial coverage. This agreement also restricts Mr. Warshauer from competing with us.

        In addition, the Company entered into a consulting agreement with Shoreline Enterprises, LLC, which is solely owned by Myron C. Warshauer, dated October 16, 2001, as amended on May 10, 2004. Pursuant to this agreement, Mr. Warshauer provides consulting services under the title of Vice Chairman (Emeritus), which title and role is not that of an officer, director, employee or agent of the Company. Under this agreement, the Company paid Shoreline $178, $178 and $183 for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

        Both of these agreements terminateterminated on December 5, 2014 and permit Mr. Warshauer to provide the Company with consulting services to the extent and manner as he determines.2014.


Table of Contents

Related Arrangements with Affiliates

        In 2013 and 2012 the Company provided property management services for twelve separate retail shopping centers and commercial office buildings in which D&E Parking, Inc. has an ownership interest. Edward Simmons, an executive officer of SP Plus, has an ownership interest in D&E. In consideration of the property management services the Company provided for these twelve properties, the Company recorded net management fees totaling $285 and $625 for the yearsyear ended December 31, 2013. No such management fee was recognized during 2014.

16. Bradley Agreement

        The Company entered into a 25-year agreement with the State of Connecticut ("State") that expires on April 6, 2025, under which it operates the surface parking and 3,500 garage parking spaces at Bradley International Airport ("Bradley") located in the Hartford, Connecticut metropolitan area.

        The parking garage was financed through the issuance of State of Connecticut special facility revenue bonds and provides that the Company deposits, with the trustee for the bondholders, all gross revenues collected from operations of the surface and garage parking. From these gross revenues, the trustee pays debt service on the special facility revenue bonds outstanding, operating and capital maintenance expense of the surface and garage parking facilities, and specific annual guaranteed minimum payments to the state. Principal and interest on the Bradley special facility revenue bonds increase from approximately $3,600 in contract year 2002 to approximately $4,500 in contract year 2025. Annual guaranteed minimum payments to the State increase from approximately $8,300 in contract year 2002 to approximately $13,200 in contract year 2024. The annual minimum guaranteed payment to the State by the trustee for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $10,815 and $10,593, respectively. All of the cash flow from the parking facilities are pledged to the security of the special facility revenue bonds and are collected and deposited with the bond trustee. Each month the bond trustee makes certain required monthly distributions, which are characterized as "Guaranteed Payments." To the extent the monthly gross receipts generated by the parking facilities are not sufficient for the trustee to make the required Guaranteed Payments, the Company is obligated to deliver the deficiency amount to the trustee, with such deficiency payments representing interest bearing advances to the trustee. The Company does not directly guarantee the payment of any principal or interest on any debt obligations of the State of Connecticut or the trustee.

        The following is the list of Guaranteed Payments:

    Garage and surface operating expenses,

    Principal and interest on the special facility revenue bonds,

    Trustee expenses,

    Major maintenance and capital improvement deposits; and

    State minimum guarantee.

        To the extent sufficient funds exist, the trustee is then directed to reimburse the Company for deficiency payments up to the amount of the calculated surplus, with the Company having the right to be repaid the principal amount of any and all deficiency payments, together with actual interest and premium, not to exceed 10% of the initial deficiency payment. The Company calculates and records interest and premium income along with deficiency principal repayments as a reduction of cost of parking services in the period the associated deficiency repayment is received from the trustee. The Company believes these advances to be fully recoverable as the Bradley Agreement places no time restriction on the Company's right to reimbursement. The reimbursement of principal, interest and premium will be recognized when received.


Table of Contents

        The total deficiency payments, net of reimbursements, as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are as follows:

 
 December 31, 
 
 2014 2013 

Balance at beginning of year

 $14,649 $14,598 

Deficiency payments made

  25  924 

Deficiency repayment received

  (1,347) (873)

Balance at end of year

 $13,327 $14,649 

        In the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company received deficiency repayments (net of repayments received) of $1,322 and received interest of $513 and premium of $140, with the net of these amounts recorded as reduction in Cost of parking services within the consolidated statements of income. In the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company made deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $51 and 2012, respectively.received interest of $477 and premium of $69, with the net of these amounts recorded as additional cost of parking services. There were no amounts of estimated deficiency payments accrued as of December 31, 2014, as the Company concluded that the potential for future deficiency payments did not meet the criteria of both probable and estimable. The Company accrued $100 of estimated deficiency payments as of December 31, 2013.

        In addition to the recovery of certain general and administrative expenses incurred, the Bradley Agreement provides for an annual management fee payment, which is based on operating profit tiers. The annual management fee is further apportioned 60% to the Company and 40% to an un-affiliated entity and the annual management fee will be paid to the extent funds are available for the trustee to make distribution, and are paid after Guaranteed Payments (as defined in the Bradley Agreement) repayment of all deficiency payments, including interest and premium. Cumulative management fees of approximately $14,733 and $13,733 have not been recognized as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and no management fees were recognized as revenue during 2014, 2013 or 2012.

Note O.17. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

        The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) is comprised of unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges and foreign currency translation adjustments. The components of changes in accumulated comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, were as follows:

 
 Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
 Effective Portion
of Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
Derivative
 Total
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

 $93 $(411)$(318)

Change in other comprehensive income (loss)

  2  (65) (63)

Balance as of December 31, 2012

 $95 $(476)$(381)

Change in other comprehensive income (loss)

  (463) 962  499 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

 $(368)$486 $118 

Change in other comprehensive income (loss)

  (162) (161) (323)

Balance as of December 31, 2014

 $(530)$325 $(205)

Table of Contents

18. Legal Proceedings

        The Company is are subject to litigation in the normal course of its business. The outcomes of legal proceedings and claims brought against it and other loss contingencies are subject to significant uncertainty. The Company accrues a charge against income when its management determines that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. In addition, the Company accrues for the authoritative judgments or assertions made against it by government agencies at the time of their rendering regardless of its intent to appeal. In addition, the Company is from time-to-time party to litigation administrative proceedings and union grievances that arise in the normal course of business, and occasionally pays non-material amounts to resolve claims or alleged violations of regulatory requirements. There are no "normal course" matters that separately or in the aggregate, would, in the opinion of management, have a material adverse effect on its operation, financial condition or cash flow.

        In determining the appropriate accounting for loss contingencies, the Company considers the likelihood of loss or impairment of an asset or the incurrence of a liability, as well as its ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss. The Company regularly evaluates current information available to its to determine whether an accrual should be established or adjusted. Estimating the probability that a loss will occur and estimating the amount of a loss or a range of loss involves significant judgment.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note P. Goodwill

        The amounts for goodwill and changes to carrying value by operating segment are as follows:

 
 Region
One
 Region
Two
 Region
Three
 Region
Four
 Region
Five
 Total 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

 $65,697 $3,760 $37,097 $22,577 $3,286 $132,417 

Goodwill acquired during the period

  127,782  28,485  28,893  40,044  81,395  306,599 

Contingent payments for businesses acquired

  279    53      332 

Foreign currency translation

      138      138 
              

Balance as of December 31, 2012

 $193,758 $32,245 $66,181 $62,621 $84,681 $439,486 
              
              

Contingent payments related to acquisitions

 $342 $ $ $ $ $342 

Foreign currency translation

      (325)     (325)
              

Balance as of December 31, 2013

 $194,100 $32,245 $65,856 $62,621 $84,681 $439,503 
              
              

Note Q. Bradley Agreement

        The Company entered into a 25-year agreement with the State of Connecticut ("State") that expires on April 6, 2025, under which it operates the surface parking and 3,500 garage parking spaces at Bradley International Airport ("Bradley") located in the Hartford, Connecticut metropolitan area.

        The parking garage was financed through the issuance of State of Connecticut special facility revenue bonds and provides that the Company deposits, with the trustee for the bondholders, all gross revenues collected from operations of the surface and garage parking. From these gross revenues, the trustee pays debt service on the special facility revenue bonds outstanding, operating and capital maintenance expense of the surface and garage parking facilities, and specific annual guaranteed minimum payments to the state. Principal and interest on the Bradley special facility revenue bonds increase from approximately $3,600 in contract year 2002 to approximately $4,500 in contract year 2025. Annual guaranteed minimum payments to the State increase from approximately $8,300 in contract year 2002 to approximately $13,200 in contract year 2024. The annual minimum guaranteed payment to the State by the trustee for the twelve months ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was $10,593 and $10,375, respectively. All of the cash flow from the parking facilities are pledged to the security of the special facility revenue bonds and are collected and deposited with the bond trustee. Each month the bond trustee makes certain required monthly distributions, which are characterized as "Guaranteed Payments." To the extent the monthly gross receipts generated by the parking facilities are not sufficient for the trustee to make the required Guaranteed Payments, the Company is obligated to deliver the deficiency amount to the trustee, with such deficiency payments representing interest bearing advances to the trustee. The Company does not directly guarantee the payment of any principal or interest on any debt obligations of the State of Connecticut or the trustee.

        The following is the list of Guaranteed Payments:

    Garage and surface operating expenses,

Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note Q. Bradley Agreement (Continued)

    Principal and interest on the special facility revenue bonds,

    Trustee expenses,

    Major maintenance and capital improvement deposits; and

    State minimum guarantee.

        To the extent sufficient funds, the trustee is then directed to reimburse the Company for deficiency payments up to the amount of the calculated surplus, with the Company having the right to be repaid the principal amount of any and all deficiency payments, together with actual interest and premium, not to exceed 10% of the initial deficiency payment. The Company calculates and records interest and premium income along with deficiency principal repayments as a reduction of cost of parking services in the period the associated deficiency repayment is received from the trustee. The Company believes these advances to be fully recoverable as the Bradley Agreement places no time restriction on the Company's right to reimbursement. The reimbursement of principal, interest and premium will be recognized when received.

        The total deficiency payments, net of reimbursements, as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows:

 
 December 31, 
 
 2013 2012 

Balance at beginning of year

 $14,598 $13,407 

Deficiency payments made

  924  1,658 

Deficiency repayment received

  (873) (467)
      

Balance at end of year

 $14,649 $14,598 
      
      

        In the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company made deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $51 and received interest of $477 and premium of $69, with the net of these amounts recorded as reduction in cost of parking services. In the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company made deficiency payments (net of repayments received) of $1,191 and received interest of $85, with the net of these amounts recorded as additional cost of parking services. In addition, the Company has accrued $100 of estimated deficiency payments as of December 31, 2013, as these expected deficiency payments have met the criteria of being both probable and estimable. There were no amounts of expected deficiency payments accrued as of December 31, 2012.

        In addition to the recovery of certain general and administrative expenses incurred, the Bradley Agreement provides for an annual management fee payment, which is based on operating profit tiers. The annual management fee is further apportioned 60% to the Company and 40% to an un-affiliated entity and the annual management fee will be paid to the extent funds are available for the trustee to make distribution, and are paid after Guaranteed Payments (as defined in the Bradley Agreement) repayment of all deficiency payments, including interest and premium. Cumulative management fees of approximately $13,733 and $12,733 have not been recognized as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and no management fees were recognized as revenue during 2013, 2012 or 2011.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note R.19. Domestic and Foreign Operations

    Business Unit Segment Information

        Segment information is presented in accordance with a "management approach," which designates the internal reporting used by the chief operating decision maker for making decisions and assessing performance as the source of the Company's reportable segments. The Company's segments are organized in a manner consistent with which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing the Company's overall performance.

        An operating segment is defined as a component of an enterprise that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenue and incur expenses, and about which separate financial information is regularly evaluated by the chief operating decision maker. The chief operating decision maker is the Company's president and chief executive officer. The business is managed based on regions administered by executive vice presidents. Each of the operating segments isare directly responsible for revenue and expenses related to their operations including direct regional administrative costs. Finance, information technology, human resources, and legal are shared functions that are not allocated back to the four operating segments. The chief operating decision maker assesses the performance of each operating segment using information about its revenue and operating income (loss) before interest, taxes, and depreciation and amortization, but does not evaluate segments using discrete asset information. There are no inter-segment transactions and the Company does not allocate interest and other income, interest expense, depreciation and amortization or taxes to operating segments. The accounting policies for segment reporting are the same as for the Company as a whole.

        The chief operating decision maker does not evaluate segments using discrete asset information. The business is managed based on regions administered by executive vice presidents. On November 1, 2013, the Company changed its internal reporting segment information reported to its CODM. The Company now reports Ontario, Manitoba and Quebec in Region One and Missouri, Nebraska, North Carolina and South Carolina in Region Five. AllThe following includes the current internal reporting for which all periods presented have been restated to reflect the new internal reporting to the CODM.

    Region One, encompasses operations in Connecticut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, New Jersey,

Table of Contents

      New York, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Virginia, West Virginia, Wisconsin and the three Canadian provinces of Manitoba, Ontario, and Quebec.

    Region Two, encompasses event planning and transportation, and its technology-based parking and traffic management systems.



    Region Three, encompasses operations in Arizona, California, Colorado, Hawaii, New Mexico, Oregon, Utah, Washington and the Canadian province of Alberta.



    Region Four, encompasses all major airport and transportation operations nationwide.



    Region Five, encompasses Alabama, Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, Nebraska, North Carolina, Oklahoma, Puerto Rico, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Texas.



    Other, consists of ancillary revenue that is not specifically identifiable to a region and insurance reserve adjustments related to prior years.


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note R. Domestic and Foreign Operations (Continued)

        The following is a summary of revenues (excluding reimbursed management contract revenue) and gross profit by operating segment for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 20112012 (in thousands):


 Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31, 

 2013 Gross
Margin
 2012 Gross
Margin
 2011 Gross
Margin
  2014 Gross
Margin
 2013 Gross
Margin
 2012 Gross
Margin
 

Revenues(a):

                          

Region One

                          

Lease contracts

 $299,280   $134,851   $73,657    $303,973   $299,280   $134,851   

Management contracts

 109,846   69,144   53,647    100,906   109,846   69,144   
             

Total Region One

 409,126   203,995   127,304    404,879   409,126   203,995   

Region Two

                          

Lease contracts

 4,418   1,425       4,658   4,418   1,425   

Management contracts

 31,213   21,599   9,178    30,424   31,213   21,599   
             

Total Region Two

 35,631   23,024   9,178    35,082   35,631   23,024   

Region Three

                          

Lease contracts

 46,281   27,116   17,373    49,098   46,281   27,116   

Management contracts

 63,673   51,313   46,103    58,941   63,673   51,313   
             

Total Region Three

 109,954   78,429   63,476    106,219   109,954   78,429   

Region Four

                          

Lease contracts

 43,532   42,986   39,522    48,469   43,532   42,986   

Management contracts

 99,841   61,454   47,491    105,591   99,841   61,454   
             

Total Region Four

 143,373   104,440   87,013    151,875   143,373   104,440   

Region Five

                          

Lease contracts

 94,663   44,070   16,939    90,892   94,663   44,070   

Management contracts

 42,410   26,796   16,297    42,507   42,410   26,796   
             

Total Region Five

 137,073   70,866   33,236    133,399   137,073   70,866   

Other

                          

Lease contracts

 1,400   (93)   18    (466)   1,400   (93)   

Management contracts

 364   195   1,010    (86)   364   195   
             

Total Other

 1,764   102   1,028    (552)   1,764   102   

Reimbursed management contract revenue

 629,878   473,082   408,427    679,785   629,878   473,082   
             

Total revenues

 $1,466,799   $953,938   $729,662    $1,514,692   $1,466,799   $953,938   
             
             

Gross Profit

                          

Region One

                          

Lease contracts

 $12,291 4%$5,617 4%$5,366 7% 15,550 5% 12,291 4%$5,617 4%

Management contracts

 50,987 46% 32,612 47% 28,308 53% 49,107 49% 50,987 46% 32,612 47%
             

Total Region One

 63,278   38,229   33,674    64,657   63,278   38,229   

Region Two

             

Lease contracts

 371 8% 162 4% 51 4%

Management contracts

 12,854 42% 9,810 31% 3,772 17%

Total Region Two

 13,225   9,972   3,823   

Region Three

             

Lease contracts

 5,018 10% 3,643 8% 2,245 8%

Management contracts

 23,860 40% 26,001 41% 20,760 40%

Total Region Three

 28,878   29,643   23,005   

 

Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note R. Domestic and Foreign Operations (Continued)

 
 Year Ended December 31, 
 
 2013 Gross
Margin
 2012 Gross
Margin
 2011 Gross
Margin
 

Region Two

                   

Lease contracts

  162  4% 51  4%   0%

Management contracts

  9,810  31% 3,772  17% 1,928  21%
                 

Total Region Two

  9,972     3,823     1,928    

Region Three

                   

Lease contracts

  3,643  8% 2,245  8% 1,667  10%

Management contracts

  26,001  41% 20,760  40% 20,664  45%
                 

Total Region Three

  29,643     23,005     22,331    

Region Four

                   

Lease contracts

  3,024  7% 2,918  7% 2,743  7%

Management contracts

  26,534  27% 16,820  27% 14,813  31%
                 

Total Region Four

  29,558     19,738     17,556    

Region Five

                   

Lease contracts

  15,626  17% 5,242  12% 1,150  7%

Management contracts

  20,737  49% 10,249  38% 8,108  50%
                 

Total Region Five

  36,362     15,491     9,258    

Other

                   

Lease contracts

  (1,261) N/A  2,502  N/A  135  N/A 

Management contracts

  4,547  N/A  4,338  N/A  2,673  N/A 
                 

Total Other

  3,287     6,840     2,808    

Total gross profit

  172,101     107,126     87,555    

General and administrative expenses

  98,931     86,540     48,297    

General and administrative expense percentage of gross profit

  57%    81%    55%   

Depreciation and amortization

  31,193     13,513     6,618    
                 

Operating income

  41,977     7,073     32,640    

Other expenses (income):

                   

Interest expense

  19,034     8,616     4,691    

Interest income

  (643)    (297)    (227)   
                 

  18,391     8,319     4,464    

Income before income taxes

  23,586     (1,246)    28,176    

Income tax (benefit) expense

  8,821     (3,620)    10,700    
                 

Net income

  14,765     2,374     17,476    

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  2,676     1,034     378    
                 

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

 $12,089    $1,340    $17,098    
                 
                 

(a)
Excludes reimbursed management contract revenue.

 
 Year Ended December 31, 
 
 2014 Gross
Margin
 2013 Gross
Margin
 2012 Gross
Margin
 
Region Four                   

Lease contracts

  3,626  7% 3,024  7% 2,918  7%

Management contracts

  28,648  27% 26,543  27% 16,820  27%

Total Region Four

  32,274     29,558     19,738    

Region Five

                   

Lease contracts

  16,269  18% 15,626  17% 5,242  12%

Management contracts

  20,662  49% 20,737  49% 10,249  38%

Total Region Five

  36,931     36,363     15,491    

Other

                   

Lease contracts

  130  N/A  (1,261) N/A  2,502  N/A 

Management contracts

  (4,759) N/A  4,547  N/A  4,338  N/A 

Total Other

  (4,629)    3,286     6,840    

Total gross profit

  171,336     172,101     107,126    

General and administrative expenses

  101,516     98,931     86,540    

General and administrative expense percentage of gross profit

  59%    57%    81%   

Depreciation and amortization

  30,349     31,193     13,513    

Operating income

  39,471     41,977     7,073    

Other expenses (income):

                   

Interest expense

  17,815     19,034     8,616    

Interest income

  (402)    (643)    (297)   

Gain on contribution of a business to an unconsolidated entity

  (4,161)             

Equity in losses from investment in unconsolidated entity

  283              

  13,535     18,391     8,319    

Income before income taxes

  25,936     23,586     (1,246)   

Income tax (benefit) expense

  (197)    8,821     (3,620)   

Net income

  26,133     14,765     2,374    

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

  3,035     2,676     1,034    

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

 $23,098    $12,089    $1,340    

Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note S. Stock-Based Compensation

        On January 1, 2015, the Company changed its internal reporting segment information reported to its CODM. The Company measures stock-based compensation expense at the grant date, basedwill prospectively report on the estimated fair value offollowing regions beginning in 2015 and restate prior periods presented to reflect the award, and the expense is recognized over the requisite employee service period (generally the vesting period) for awards expected to vest (considering estimated forfeitures).

        The Company has an amended and restated long-term incentive plan (the "Plan") that was adopted in conjunction with its initial public offering in 2004. On February 27, 2008, the Board of Directors approved an amendmentinternal reporting to the Plan, subject to stockholder approval, that increased the maximum numberCODM:

    Region One encompasses operations in Connecticut, Delaware, District of sharesColumbia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Northern California, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, Wisconsin and four Canadian provinces of common stock available for awards under the Plan from 2,000,000 to 2,175,000Alberta, Manitoba, Ontario and extended the Plan's termination date. Company stockholders approved this Plan amendment on April 22, 2008,Quebec.

    Region Two encompasses operations in Alabama, Arizona, Colorado, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Kansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Carolina, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Southern California, Tennessee, Texas Utah and the Plan now terminates twenty years from the date of such approval, or April 22, 2028. On March 13, 2013, the Board approved an amendment to the Plan, subject to stockholder approval, that increased the number of shares of common stock available for awards under the Plan from 2,175,000 to 2,975,000. Company stockholders approved this Plan amendment on April 24, 2013. Forfeited and expired options under the Plan become generally available for reissuance. Our shareholders approved this Plan amendment on April 24, 2013. At December 31, 2013, 605,025 shares remained available for award under the Plan.

      Stock Options and Grants

      Puerto Rico.

        The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of each option grant as of the date of grant. The volatilities are based on the 90 day historical volatility of Company common stock as the grant date. The risk free interest rate is based on zero-coupon U.S. government issues with a remaining term equal to the expected life of the option.

        There were no options granted during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The Company recognized no stock-based compensation expense related to stock options for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 as all options previously granted are fully vested.

        On April 24, 2013, the Company authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 21,949 shares. The total value of the grant was $465 and is included in general and administrative expenses.

        On April 25, 2012, the Company authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 12,995 shares. The total value of the grant, based on the fair value of the stock on the grant date was $245, which was fully expensed at the grant date and is included in general and administrative expenses.

        On April 29, 2011, the Company authorized vested stock grants to certain directors totaling 14,009 shares. The total value of the grant, based on the market value of the underlying common stock at the date of grant was $245, which was fully expensed in the year the award was granted and is included in general and administrative expenses.

        The Company recognized $465, $245 and $245 of stock based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which are included in general and administrative expense. As of December 31, 2013, there was no unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested options.


Table of Contents


    SP PLUS CORPORATION

    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

    Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012Region Three encompasses operations in the New York metropolitan tri-state area of New York, New Jersey and 2011Connecticut.

    ($ In thousands except share

    Region Four encompasses all major airport and per share data)transportation operations nationwide.

    Note S. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

            The following table summarizes the transactions pursuant

    Region Five encompasses event planning and transportation, and its technology-based parking and traffic management systems.

    Other consists of ancillary revenue that is not specifically identifiable to the Company's stock option plans for the last three years ended December 31.

     
     Number of
    Shares
     Weighted
    Average
    Exercise
    Price
     Weighted
    Average
    Remaining
    Contractual
    Term (in Years)
     Aggregate
    Intrinsic
    Value
     

    Outstanding at December 31, 2011

      88,124 $6.44       

    Granted

        n/a       

    Exercised

      (81,023)$6.49       

    Expired

        n/a       
                 

    Outstanding at December 31, 2012

      7,101 $5.75       
                 

    Granted

        n/a       
                 

    Exercised

        n/a       
                 

    Expired

        n/a       
                 

    Vested and Exercisable at December 31, 2013

      7,101 $5.75  1.4 $144 
                 
                 

            At December 31, 2013, 2012a region and 2011, options to purchase 7,101, 7,101 and 88,124 shares of common stock, respectively, were exercisable at weighted average exercise prices of $5.75, $5.75 and $6.44 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $0, $1,025, and $994, respectively.

            There were no nonvested options as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

      Restricted Stock Units

            In March 2008, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a one-time grant of 750,000 restricted stock units that subsequently were awarded to members of the senior management team on July 1, 2008. In November 2008, an additional 5,000 restricted stock units were also awarded. The restricted stock units vest in one-third installments on each of the tenth, eleventh and twelfth anniversaries of the grant date. The restricted stock unit agreements are designed to reward performance over a decade or longer.

            In October 2012, the Company's Board of Directors authorized a one-time grant of 191,895 restricted stock units that were awarded to the senior management team. The restricted stock units vest in one-third installments on each of the first, second and third anniversaries of the Grant Date. The restricted stock unit agreements are designed to reward performance over a three-year period. Additionally in October 2012, as part of employment agreements, 30,529 restricted stock units were awarded and shall become vested on the third anniversary of the Grant Date.

            In December 2013, the Company authorized a one-time grant of 68,044 restricted stock units to executives that joined the Company in connection with the Central Merger. These restricted stock units vest on December 3, 2018. The restricted stock unit agreements are designed to reward performance over a five-year period. Additionally, the Company authorized a one-time grant of 4,247 restricted stock units to an executive which vest in June 2016.


    Table of Contents


    SP PLUS CORPORATION

    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

    Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

    ($ In thousands except share and per share data)

    Note S. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

            The fair value of restricted stock units is determined using the market value of Company common stock on the date of the grant, and compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period. In accordance with the guidanceinsurance reserve adjustments related to share-based payments, the Company estimate forfeitures at the time of the grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest.

            A summary of the status of the restricted stock units as of December 31, 2013, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, is presented below:

    Nonvested Shares
     Shares Weighted
    Average
    Grant-Date
    Fair Value
     

    Nonvested at December 31, 2011

      669,000 $18.27 

    Issued

      222,425  23.19 

    Vested

      (154,800) 18.25 

    Forfeited

      (13,200) 18.25 
           

    Nonvested at December 31, 2012

      723,425  19.78 

    Issued

      72,291  20.40 

    Vested

      (90,965) 21.84 

    Forfeited

        n/a 
           

    Nonvested at December 31, 2013

      704,751 $20.00 
           
           

            The Company recognized $3,762, $1,858 and $2,206 of stock based compensation expense related to the restricted stock units for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, which is included in general and administrative expense. As of December 2013, there was $7,289 of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 4.0prior years. As of December 31, 2012, there was $9,065 of unrecognized stock-based compensation cost, net of estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 4.0 years. As of December 31, 2011, there was $6,062 of unrecognized stock-based compensation costs, net of estimated forfeitures, related to the restricted stock units that are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 6.7 years.

Note T.20. Unaudited Quarterly Results

        The following table sets forth the Company's unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of income data for the years ended December 31, 20132014 and December 31, 2012.2013. The unaudited quarterly information has been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial information and, in management's opinion, includes all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the information for the quarters presented. Historically, the Company's operating results have varied from quarter to quarter and are expected to continue to fluctuate in the future. These fluctuations have been due to a number of factors, including: general economic conditions in its markets; acquisitions; additions of contracts; expiration and termination of contracts;


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note T. Unaudited Quarterly Results (Continued)

conversion of lease contracts to management contracts; conversion of management contracts to lease contracts and changes in terms of contracts that are retained and timing of general and administrative expenditures.


Table of Contents

The operating results for any historical quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

 
 2013 Quarters Ended 2012 Quarters Ended 
 
 March 31 June 30 September 30 December 31 March 31 June 30 September 30 December 31(1) 
 
 (Unaudited)
 (Unaudited)
 

Parking services revenue:

                         

Lease contracts

 $121,085 $123,232 $122,771 $122,487 $37,544 $42,414 $42,969 $127,428 

Management contracts

  90,095  88,659  77,681  90,911  47,964  44,372  49,226  88,939 

Reimbursed management contract revenue

  159,477  158,402  154,858  157,141  103,937  104,160  100,958  164,027 
                  

Total revenue

  370,657  370,293  355,310  370,539  189,445  190,946  193,153  380,394 

Cost of parking services:

                         

Lease contracts

  112.118  112,014  115,696  116,262  35,387  38,000  40,108  118,286 

Management contracts

  58,737  53,833  44,680  51,480  29,271  24,071  30,713  57,894 

Reimbursed management contract revenue

  159,477  158,402  154,858  157,141  103,937  104,160  100,958  164,027 
                  

Total cost of parking services

  330,332  324,249  315,234  324,883  168,595  166,231  171,779  340,207 

Gross profit:

                         

Lease contracts

  8,967  11,218  7,075  6,225  2,157  4,414  2,861  9,142 

Management contracts

  31,358  34,826  33,001  39,431  18,693  20,301  18,513  31,045 
                  

Total gross profit

  40,325  46,044  40,076  45,656  20,850  24,715  21,374  40,187 

General and administrative expenses

  27,948  26,868  20,494  23,621  15,045  14,868  13,846  42,781 

Depreciation and amortization

  7,493  8.252  7,959  7,489  1,728  1,807  1,723  8,255 
                  

Operating income

  4,884  10,924  11,623  14,546  4,077  8,040  5,805  (10,849)

Other expense (income):

                         

Interest expense

  4,840  4,763  4,818  4,613  1,130  1,132  1,093  5,261 

Interest income

  (111) (128) (108) (296) (70) (50) (61) (116)

Total other expenses (income)

  4,729  4,635  4,710  4,317  1,060  1,082  1,032  5,145 

Income before income taxes

  155  6,289  6,913  10,229  3,017  6,958  4,773  (15,994)

Income tax expense (reversal)

  (154) 2,065  2,448  4,462  1,215  2,801  2,504  (10,140)
                  

Net income (loss)

  309  4,224  4,465  5,767  1,802  4,157  2,269  (5,854)

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

  569  780  721  606  72  85  75  802 
                  

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

 $(260)$3,444 $3,744 $5,161 $1,730 $4,072 $2,194 $(6,656)
                  
                  

Common stock data:

                         

Common stock data:

                         

Net income per common share:

                         

Basic

 $(0.01)$0.16 $0.17 $0.24 $0.11 $0.26 $0.14 $(0.30)

Diluted

 $(0.01)$0.15 $0.17 $0.23 $0.11 $0.26 $0.14 $(0.30)

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                         

Basic(2)

  21,870.771  21,889.777  21,911.574  21,938,377  15,563,914  15,665,263  15,668,129  21,836,583 

Diluted(2)

  21,870.771  22,221.102  22,285.723  22,319,723  15,820,118  15,900,659  15,928,685  21,836,583 

(1)
 
 2014 Quarters Ended 2013 Quarters Ended 
 
 March 31 June 30 September 30 December 31 March 31 June 30 September 30 December 31 
 
 (Unaudited)
 (Unaudited)
 

Parking services revenue:

                         

Lease contracts

 $116,635 $124,958 $129,004 $126,027 $121,085 $123,232 $122,771 $122,487 

Management contracts

  89,955  84,931  77,878  85,519  90,095  88,659  77,681  90,911 

Reimbursed management contract revenue

  169,178  164,539  173,405  172,663  159,477  158,402  154,858  157,141 

Total revenue

  375,768  374,428  380,287  384,209  370,657  370,293  355,310  370,539 

Cost of parking services:

                         

Lease contracts

  112,084  111,979  116,520  115,077  112.118  112,014  115,696  116,262 

Management contracts

  59,214  50,016  46,741  51,940  58,737  53,833  44,680  51,480 

Reimbursed management contract revenue

  169,178  164,539  173,405  172,663  159,477  158,402  154,858  157,141 

Total cost of parking services

  340,476  326,534  336,666  339,680  330,332  324,249  315,234  324,883 

Gross profit:

                         

Lease contracts

  4,551  12,979  12,484  10,950  8,967  11,218  7,075  6,225 

Management contracts

  30,741  34,915  31,137  33,579  31,358  34,826  33,001  39,431 

Total gross profit

  35,292  47,894  43,621  44,529  40,325  46,044  40,076  45,656 

General and administrative expenses

  26,066  24,996  24,123  26,331  27,948  26,868  20,494  23,621 

Depreciation and amortization

  7,163  7,730  7,630  7,826  7,493  8.252  7,959  7,489 

Operating income

  2,063  15,168  11,868  10,372  4,884  10,924  11,623  14,546 

Other expense (income):

                         

Interest expense

  4,809  4,811  4,162  4,033  4,840  4,763  4,818  4,613 

Interest income

  (98) (94) (144) (66) (111) (128) (108) (296)

Gain on contribution of a business to an unconsolidated entity

        (4,161)        

Equity in losses from investment in unconsolidated entity

        283         

Total other expenses (income)

  4,711  4,717  4,018  89  4,729  4,635  4,710  4,317 

Income before income taxes

  (2,648) 10,451  7,850  10,283  155  6,289  6,913  10,229 

Income tax expense (reversal)

  (7,438) 4,254  2,763  224  (154) 2,065  2,448  4,462 

Net income (loss)

  4,790  6,197  5,087  10,059  309  4,224  4,465  5,767 

Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest

  487  890  785  873  569  780  721  606 

Net income attributable to SP Plus Corporation

 $4,303 $5,307 $4,302 $9,186 $(260)$3,444 $3,744 $5,161 

Net income per common share:

                         

Basic

 $0.20 $0.24 $0.20 $0.42 $(0.01)$0.16 $0.17 $0.24 

Diluted

 $0.19 $0.24 $0.19 $0.41 $(0.01)$0.15 $0.17 $0.23 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                         

Basic

  21,977,836  21,991,965  21,997,394  22,071,706  21,870.771  21,889.777  21,911.574  21,938,377 

Diluted

  22,351,845  22,398,886  22,426,787  22,451,557  21,870.771  22,221.102  22,285.723  22,319,723 

21. Subsequent Events

        On February 20, 2015 (Restatement Date), we entered into an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the "Restated Credit Agreement") with Bank of America, N.A. ("Bank of America"), as administrative agent, an issuing lender and swing-line lender; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as an issuing lender and syndication agent; U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and BMO Harris Bank N.A., as co-documentation agents; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers; and the lenders party thereto (the "Lenders"). The Company began including Central operations within its consolidated operating results on October 2, 2012, the dateRestated Credit Facility reflects modifications to, and an extension of, the Central Merger.

(2)
On October 2, 2012,Credit Facility, as described above.

        Pursuant to the terms, and in conjunction withsubject to the Central Mergerconditions, of the Restated Credit Agreement, the Lenders have made available to the Company issued 6,161,332 sharesa senior secured credit facility (the "Restated Senior Credit Facility") that permits aggregate borrowings of common stock.

$400,000 consisting of (i) a revolving credit facility of up to $200,000 at any time outstanding, which includes a $100,000 sublimit for letters of credit and a $20,000


Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012sublimit for swing-line loans, and 2011

($ In thousands except share and per share data)

Note U. Stock Repurchases(ii) a term loan facility of $200,000 (reduced from $250,000). The Company may request increases of the revolving credit facility in an aggregate additional principal amount of $100 million. The Restated Senior Credit Facility matures on February 20, 2020.

        The entire amount of the term loan portion of the Restated Senior Credit Facility had been drawn by the Company as of the Restatement Date (including approximately $10,400 drawn on such date) and is subject to scheduled quarterly amortization of principal as follows: (i) $15,000 in the first year, (ii) $15,000 in the second year, (iii) $20,000 in the third year, (iv) $20,000 in the fourth year, (v) $20,000 in the fifth year and (vi) $110,000 in the sixth year. The Company also had outstanding borrowings of $147,299 (including $53,449 in letters of credit) under the revolving credit facility as of the Restatement Date.

        Borrowings under the Restated Senior Credit Facility bear interest, at the Company's option, (i) at a rate per annum based on the Company's consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio for the 12-month period ending as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, determined in accordance with the pricing levels set forth in the Restated Credit Agreement (the "Restatement Applicable Margin"), plus LIBOR or (ii) the Restatement Applicable Margin plus the highest of (x) the federal funds rate plus 0.5%, (y) the Bank of America prime rate and (z) a daily rate equal to LIBOR plus 1.0%. (the highest of (x), (y) and (z), the "Base Rate"), except that all swing-line loans will bear interest at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

        Under the terms of the Restated Credit Agreement, the Company is required to maintain a maximum consolidated total debt to EBITDA ratio of not greater than 4.0 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending during the period from the Restatement Date through September 30, 2015, (ii) 3.75 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending during the period from October 1, 2015 through September 30, 2016, and (iii) 3.5 to 1.0 as of the end of any fiscal quarter ending thereafter. In June 2011,addition, the BoardCompany is required to maintain a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of Directors authorizednot less than 1:25:1.0.

        Events of default under the Restated Credit Agreement include failure to pay principal or interest when due, failure to comply with the financial and operational covenants, the occurrence of any cross default event, non-compliance with the other loan documents, the occurrence of a change of control event, and bankruptcy and other insolvency events. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, the Lenders holding a majority of the commitments and outstanding term loan under the Restated Credit Agreement have the right, among others, to (i) terminate the commitments under the Restated Credit Agreement, (ii) accelerate and require the Company to repurchase sharesrepay all the outstanding amounts owed under the Restated Credit Agreement and (iii) require the Company to cash collateralize any outstanding letters of credit.

        Each wholly-owned domestic subsidiary of the Company common stock,(subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Restated Credit Agreement) has guaranteed all existing and future indebtedness and liabilities of the other guarantors and the Company arising under the Restated Credit Agreement. The Company's obligations under the Restated Credit Agreement and such domestic subsidiaries' guaranty obligations are secured by substantially all of their respective assets.

        In connection with and effective upon the execution and delivery of the Restated Credit Agreement on February 20, 2015, the Company terminated its then-existing Credit Agreement. Losses on the open market, up to $20,000 in aggregate and cancelled a prior authorization from 2008.

        No share repurchases were made byextinguishment of debt will be recorded as interest expense during the first quarter 2015 which the Company in 2013expects to be approximately $650 and 2012.

        As of December 31, 2013, $12,467 remained available for stock repurchases under the June 2011 authorization by the Board of Directors.relates to debt discount and debt issuance costs.


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

  SP PLUS CORPORATION

Date: March 6, 2015

 

By:

 

/s/ JAMES A. WILHELMVANCE C. JOHNSTON

James A. WilhelmVance C. Johnston
Director,Executive Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer and Chief Executive Officer (Principal ExecutiveTreasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Date: March 13, 2014

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ JAMES A. WILHELMG MARC BAUMANN

James A. WilhelmG Marc Baumann
 Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) March 13, 20146, 2015

/s/ CHARLES L. BIGGS

Charles L. Biggs

 

Director

 

March 13, 20146, 2015

/s/ KAREN M. GARRISON

Karen M. Garrison

 

Director

 

March 13, 20146, 2015

/s/ PAUL HALPERN

Paul Halpern

 

Director

 

March 13, 20146, 2015

/s/ ROBERT S. ROATH

Robert S. Roath

 

Director and Non-Executive Chairman

 

March 13, 20146, 2015

/s/ JONATHAN P. WARD

Jonathan P. Ward

 

Director

 

March 13, 20146, 2015

/s/ JAMES A. WILHELM

James A. Wilhelm


Director and Non-Executive Chairman


March 6, 2015

/s/ GORDON H. WOODWARD

Gordon H. Woodward

 

Director

 

March 13, 20146, 2015

Table of Contents

Signature
Title
Date





/s/ G MARC BAUMANN

G Marc Baumann
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer & President of Urban Operations (Principal Financial Officer)March 13, 2014

/s/ DANIEL R. MEYERVANCE C. JOHNSTON

Daniel R. MeyerVance C. Johnston

 

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer)


March 6, 2015

/s/ KRISTOPHER H. ROY

Kristopher H. Roy


Vice President, Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer)

 

March 13, 20146, 2015

Table of Contents


SP PLUS CORPORATION
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

Description
 Balance at
Beginning of
Year
 Acquired
through
Central
Merger
 Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
 Reductions(1) Balance at
End of Year
  Balance at
Beginning
of Year
 Acquired
through
Central
Merger
 Additions
Charged
to Costs
and
Expenses
 Reductions(1) Balance at
End of
Year
 

 (In thousands)
  (In thousands)
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

           

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

           

Year ended December 31, 2014

 $695  $745 $(488)$952 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 $506 $ $574 $(385)$695  506  574 (385) 695 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 485  492 (471) 506  $485  $492 $(471)$506 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 $321 $ $441 $(277)$485 

Tax valuation account

           

Tax valuation account:

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Year ended December 31, 2014

 $21,340   (9,048)$12,292 

Year ended December 31, 2013

 $25,299 $ $2,074 $(6,034)$21,339  25,299  2,075 (6,034) 21,340 

Year ended December 31, 2012

 318 24,981   25,299  $318 $24,981   $25,299 

Year ended December 31, 2011

 $318 $ $ $ $318 

(1)
Represents uncollectible accounts written off net of recoveries and reversal of provision.

Table of Contents


INDEX TO EXHIBITS

Exhibit
Number
 Description
 3.1 Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company filed on June 2, 2004 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
     
 3.1.1 Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company effective as of January 7, 2008 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
     
 3.1.2 Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company effective as of April 29, 2010 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1.3 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2010).
     
 3.1.3 Certificate of Amendment of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company effective as of May 6, 2010 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1.4 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 6, 2010).
     
 3.1.4 Certificate of Ownership and Merger, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on November 25, 2013, effective as of December 2, 2013 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 2, 2013).
     
 3.2 Fourth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company dated January 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 3.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 27, 2010).
     
 4.1 Specimen common stock certificate (incorporated by reference to exhibit 4.1 of Amendment No. 2 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on May 18, 2004).
     
 10.1^Credit Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, by and among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-syndication agents, U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-documentation agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
     
 10.1.1 First Amendment, dated as of November 15, 2013, to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, by and among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as co-syndication agents, U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and General Electric Capital Corporation, as co-documentation agents, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 19, 2013).
 

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
10.1.2*†Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2015, by and among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, an issuing lender and wing-line lender; Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as an issuing lender and syndication agent; U.S. Bank National Association, First Hawaiian Bank and BMO Harris Bank N.A., as co-documentation agents; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Wells Fargo Securities LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers, and the lenders party thereto.
    
 10.2 Confirmation of Interest Rate Swap Transaction, dated as of October 25, 2012, between the Company and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
 
  

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
 10.3 Confirmation of Interest Rate Swap Transaction, dated as of October 25, 2012, between the Company and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
     
 10.4 Confirmation of Interest Rate Swap Transaction, dated as of October 25, 2012, between the Company and PNC Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
     
 10.5+Employment Agreement dated as of March 30, 1998 between the Company and Myron C. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).
     
 10.5.1+First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated July 7, 2003 between the Company and Myron C. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2004).
     
 10.5.2+Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of May 10, 2004 between the Company and Myron C. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4.2 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2004).
     
 10.6+Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of March 26, 1998 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4, File No. 333-50437, filed on April 17, 1998).
10.6.1+Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of June 19, 2000 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5.1 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on February 10, 2004).
10.6.2+Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 6, 2000, between the Company and Michael K. Wolf, (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2000).
10.6.3+Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated April 1, 2002 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.19.3 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).
10.6.4+Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated December 31, 2003 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5.4 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on February 10, 2004).
10.6.5+Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated December 18, 2008 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5.5 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
10.6.6+Sixth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated January 28, 2009 between the Company and Michael K. WolfJames A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2009).
     
 10.6.7+Seventh Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 between the Company and Michael K. Wolf (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.10 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2012).
10.7+Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of January 28, 2009 between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Current Report of Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2009).

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
10.7.110.6.1+First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated January 25, 2012, between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2012).
     
 10.810.7+Deferred Compensation Agreement dated as of August 1, 1999, between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2012).
     
 10.8.110.7.1+First Amendment to Deferred Compensation Agreement dated January 25, 2012, between the Company and James A. Wilhelm (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2012).
     
 10.910.8+Employment Agreement dated May 18, 1998 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.24 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).
     
 10.9.110.8.1+First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of November 7, 2001 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.25 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).
 
  

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
 10.9.210.8.2+Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of August 1, 2003 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.2 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on February 10, 2004).
     
 10.9.310.8.3+Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 1, 2005 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.3 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
     
 10.9.410.8.4+Fourth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.4 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
     
 10.9.510.8.5+Fifth Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of January 28, 2009 between the Company and Robert N. Sacks (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7.5 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
     
 10.1010.9+Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002 between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.22.2 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2002).
     
 10.10.110.9.1+First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of April 11, 2005, between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2005).
     
 10.10.210.9.2+Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 28, 2008 between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.10.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2012).
     
 10.10.310.9.3+Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 between the Company and John Ricchiuto (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2012).
     
 10.1110.10+Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated March 1, 2005, between the Company and Steven A. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2005).

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
 10.11.110.10.1+First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008 between the Company and Steven A. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.11.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2012).
     
 10.11.210.10.2+Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 between the Company and Steven A. Warshauer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2012).
     
 10.1210.11+Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of May 18, 2006 between the Company and Edward E. Simmons (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 24, 2006).
     
 10.12.110.11.1+First Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008 between the Company and Edward E. Simmons (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12.1 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2012).
     
 10.12.210.11.2+Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 21, 2011 between the Company and Edward E. Simmons (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2012).

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
 10.12.310.11.3+Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 between the Company and Edward E. Simmons (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2012).
     
 10.1310.12*+Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and G Marc Baumann dated November 19, 2014 effective as of OctoberJanuary 1, 2001 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.27 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).2015.
     
 10.13.1+First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and G Marc Baumann dated as of December 29, 2008 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.11.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
10.13.2+Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and G Marc Baumann dated as of January 28, 2009 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 3, 2009).
10.13.3+Third Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and G Marc Baumann dated June 10, 2011 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report of Form 8-K filed on June 13, 2011).
10.1410.13+Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated as of March 1, 2005, between the Company and Thomas L. Hagerman (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 7, 2005).
     
 10.14.110.13.1+First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated October 1, 2007 between the Company and Thomas Hagerman (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2007).
     
 10.14.210.13.2+Second Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of December 29, 2008 between the Company and Thomas L. Hagerman (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14.2 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2012).
 
  

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
 10.14.310.13.3+Third Amendment to Employment Agreement dated as of April 2, 2012 between the Company and Thomas L. Hagerman (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for June 30, 2012).
 10.15
10.14+Executive Employment Agreement dated March 15, 2005 between the Company and Gerard M. Klaisle (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2010).
     
 10.15.110.14.1+First Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated December 29, 2008 between the Company and Gerard M. Klaisle (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2010).
     
 10.15.210.14.2+Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement dated July 28, 2011 between the Company and Gerald M. Klaisle (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 7, 2011).
     
 10.1610.15+Employment Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2012, between the Company and William Bodenhamer (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
     
 10.17+Employment Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2012, between the Company and Daniel Huberty (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
10.1810.16+Employment Agreement, dated as of September 10, 2012, between the Company and Rob Toy (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.9 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
     
 10.1910.17+Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and Keith B. Evans dated April 22, 2013 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 6, 2013).
     
10.18+Employment Agreement effective as of March 3, 2014 by and between the Company and Vance C. Johnston (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 1-K/A filed on March 31, 2014).
10.19+Employment Agreement between the Company and Hector Chevalier dated July 14, 2014 and made effective as of July 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 17, 2014).

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
 10.20+Long-Term Incentive Plan dated as of May 1, 2004 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.12 of Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-112652, filed on May 10, 2004).
     
 10.20.1+Long-Term Incentive Plan Amendment effective as of April 22, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Appendix B of the Company's 2008 Proxy on Form DEF 14A, filed on April 1, 2008).
     
 10.21+Form of Amended and Restated Stock Option Award Agreement between the Company and an optionee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2005).
     
 10.21.1+Form of First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Stock Option Award Agreement between the Company and an optionee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on November 21, 2005).
     
 10.22 Consulting Agreement dated as of October 16, 2001 between the Company and Shoreline Enterprises, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.36 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2001).
 
  

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
 10.22.1 Amendment to Consulting Agreement dated as of May 10, 2004 between the Company and Shoreline Enterprises, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.14.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2004).
     
 10.23*Office Lease dated as of October 31, 2012 between the Company and Piedmont—Chicago Center Owner, LLC.LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2013).
 10.24*Office Lease dated as of October 17, 2013 between the Company and Riverview Business Center I & II, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.23 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed for December 31, 2013).
     
 10.25 Form of Property Management Agreement (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.30 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 10, 2006).
     
 10.26 Form of the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated as of July 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2008).
     
 10.26.1 First Amendment to Form of the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K as filed on August 6, 2009).
     
 10.26.2 Second Amendment to Form of the Company's Restricted Stock Unit Agreement dated May 27, 2011 (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 2, 2011).
     
 10.27 Guaranty Agreement of APCOA/Standard Parking, Inc. dated as of March 2000 to and for the benefit of the State of Connecticut, Department of Transportation (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.27 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
     
 10.28 Construction, Financing and Operating Special Facility Lease Agreement dated as of March 2000 between the State of Connecticut Department of Transportation and APCOA Bradley Parking Company, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.28 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
 10.29 Trust Indenture dated March 1, 2000 between State of Connecticut and First Union National Bank as Trustee (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.29 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 13, 2009).
     
 10.30 Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 28, 2012, by and among the Company, Hermitage Merger Sub, Inc., KCPC Holdings, Inc. and Kohlberg CPC Rep., L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012). The schedules and exhibits to the Agreement and Plan of Merger have been omitted from this filing pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K but will be provided supplementallysupplemental to the SEC upon request.
     
 10.31 The Closing Agreements, dated February 28, 2012, between the Company and each of Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P. and Lubert-Adler Real Estate Parallel Fund V, L.P. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012).
     
 10.32 The Closing Agreements, dated February 28, 2012, between the Company and each of Kohlberg Investors V, L.P., Kohlberg TE Investors V, L.P., Kohlberg Partners V, L.P., Kohlberg Offshore Investors V, L.P. and KOCO Investors V,  L.P. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012).

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
     
 10.33 The Closing Agreements, dated February 28, 2012, between the Company and each of Versa Capital Fund I, L.P. and Versa Capital Fund I Parallel, L.P. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 29, 2012).
     
 10.34 Asset Preservation Stipulation and Order dated September 26, 2012 among the Company, KCPC Holdings, Inc. and Central Parking Corporation and the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.1 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
     
 10.35 Proposed Final Judgment dated September 26, 2012 among the Company, KCPC Holdings, Inc. and Central Parking Corporation and the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed for September 30, 2012).
     
 10.36 Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and Kohlberg CPC Rep, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.2 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
     
 10.37 Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and 2929 CPC HoldCo, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.3 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
     
 10.38 Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and VCM STAN-CPC Holdings, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.4 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
     
 10.39 Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and West-FSI, LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.5 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
     
 10.40 Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and Sailorshell and Co. (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.6 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
 
  

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
 10.41 Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and CP Klaff Equity LLC (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.7 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
     
 10.42 Closing Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2012, between the Company and Jumpstart Development LLC (Worldwide) (incorporated by reference to exhibit 10.8 of the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 2, 2012).
     
 14.1 Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to exhibit 14.1 of the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for December 31, 2002).
     
 21*Subsidiaries of the Company.
     
 23*Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm dated as of March 13, 2014.6, 2015.
     
 31.1*Section 302 Certification dated March 13, 20146, 2015 for James A. Wilhelm,G Marc Baumann, Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer).
     
 31.2*Section 302 Certification dated March 13, 20146, 2015 for G Marc Baumann,Vance C. Johnston, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer).
 
  

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
Description
 31.3*Section 302 Certification dated March 13, 20146, 2015 for Daniel R. Meyer, SeniorKristopher H. Roy, Vice President Corporate Controller and Assistant Treasurer (Principal Accounting Officer and Duly Authorized Officer).
     
 32**Certification pursuant to 18 USC Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, dated March 13, 2014.6, 2015.
 101.INS**XBRL Instance Document.
     
 101.SCH**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema.
     
 101.CAL**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase.
     
 101.DEF**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase.
     
 101.LAB**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase.
     
 101.PRE**XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase.

*
Filed herewith.

**
Furnished herewith.

+
Management contract or compensation plan, contract or agreement.


^
Confidential treatment requested ashas been granted with respect to certain portions.portions of this Exhibit pursuant to a confidential treatment order granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Omitted portions have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to certain portions of this Exhibit. Omitted portions have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.